grepcent / static financial knowledge base

KEYCORP /NEW/ (KEY)

CIK: 0000091576. SIC: 6021 National Commercial Banks. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-02-23.

SIC breadcrumb: Finance, Insurance, And Real Estate > Depository Institutions > SIC 6021 National Commercial Banks

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=91576. Latest filing source: 0001628280-26-010546.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue7,513,000,000USD20252026-02-23
Net income1,829,000,000USD20252026-02-23
Assets184,381,000,000USD20252026-02-23

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-02-23. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000091576.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric2016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Revenue5,024,000,0006,308,000,0006,455,000,0006,400,000,0006,715,000,0007,292,000,0007,272,000,0006,413,000,0004,619,000,0007,513,000,000
Net income791,000,0001,296,000,0001,866,000,0001,717,000,0001,343,000,0002,625,000,0001,917,000,000967,000,000-161,000,0001,829,000,000
Diluted EPS0.801.131.711.621.272.631.930.88-0.321.52
Operating cash flow1,689,000,0001,815,000,0002,506,000,0002,906,000,0001,673,000,0001,153,000,0004,469,000,0002,903,000,000664,000,0002,208,000,000
Capital expenditures145,000,000112,000,00099,000,00085,000,00063,000,00066,000,00096,000,000142,000,00065,000,000107,000,000
Dividends paid335,000,000480,000,000656,000,000804,000,000829,000,000823,000,000854,000,000911,000,000927,000,0001,054,000,000
Assets136,453,000,000137,698,000,000139,613,000,000144,988,000,000170,336,000,000186,346,000,000189,813,000,000188,281,000,000187,168,000,000184,381,000,000
Liabilities121,213,000,000122,673,000,000124,017,000,000127,950,000,000152,355,000,000168,923,000,000176,359,000,000173,644,000,000168,992,000,000164,000,000,000
Stockholders' equity15,240,000,00015,023,000,00015,595,000,00017,038,000,00017,981,000,00017,423,000,00013,454,000,00014,637,000,00018,176,000,00020,381,000,000
Free cash flow1,544,000,0001,703,000,0002,407,000,0002,821,000,0001,610,000,0001,087,000,0004,373,000,0002,761,000,000599,000,0002,101,000,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric2016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Net margin15.74%20.55%28.91%26.83%20.00%36.00%26.36%15.08%-3.49%24.34%
Return on equity5.19%8.63%11.97%10.08%7.47%15.07%14.25%6.61%-0.89%8.97%
Return on assets0.58%0.94%1.34%1.18%0.79%1.41%1.01%0.51%-0.09%0.99%
Liabilities / equity7.958.177.957.518.479.7013.1111.869.308.05

Financial Charts

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-05. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000091576.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2022-Q22022-06-300.54reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-09-300.55reported discrete quarter
2023-Q12023-03-310.30reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-06-301,595,000,000287,000,0000.27reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-09-301,566,000,000303,000,0000.29reported discrete quarter
2023-Q42023-12-311,538,000,00065,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2024-Q12024-03-311,533,000,000219,000,0000.20reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-06-301,526,000,000274,000,0000.25reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-09-30695,000,000-410,000,000-0.47reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-12-31865,000,000-244,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12025-03-311,773,000,000405,000,0000.33reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-06-301,840,000,000425,000,0000.35reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-09-301,895,000,000489,000,0000.41reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-12-312,005,000,000510,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-03-311,953,000,000522,000,0000.44reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0001628280-26-030507.

Extracted structurally from real Item 2 body heading to real Item 3/4 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-05-05. Report date: 2026-03-31.

Item 2.    Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations

Introduction

This section reviews the financial condition and results of operations of KeyCorp and its subsidiaries for the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2026, and March 31, 2025. Some tables may include additional periods to comply with disclosure requirements or to illustrate trends in greater depth. When you read this discussion, you should also refer to the consolidated financial statements and related notes in this report. The page locations of specific sections and notes that we refer to are presented in the Table of Contents.

References to our “2025 Form 10-K” refer to our Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, which has been filed with the SEC and is available on its website (www.sec.gov) and on our website (www.key.com/ir).

Terminology

Throughout this discussion, references to “Key,” “we,” “our,” “us,” and similar terms refer to the consolidated entity consisting of KeyCorp and its subsidiaries. “KeyCorp” refers solely to the parent holding company, and “KeyBank” refers solely to KeyCorp’s subsidiary bank, KeyBank National Association. “KeyBank (consolidated)” refers to the consolidated entity consisting of KeyBank and its subsidiaries.

We want to explain some industry-specific terms at the outset so you can better understand the discussion that follows.

•We use the phrase continuing operations in this document to mean all of our businesses other than our government-guaranteed and private education lending business, which are accounted for as discontinued operations.

•We engage in capital markets activities primarily through business conducted by our Commercial Bank segment. These activities encompass a variety of products and services. Among other things, we trade securities as a dealer, enter into derivative contracts (both to accommodate clients’ financing needs and to mitigate certain risks), and conduct transactions in foreign currencies (to accommodate clients’ needs).

•For regulatory purposes, capital is divided into two classes. Federal regulations currently prescribe that at least one-half of a bank or BHC’s total risk-based capital must qualify as Tier 1 capital. Both total and Tier 1 capital serve as bases for several measures of capital adequacy, which is an important indicator of financial stability and condition. Banking regulators evaluate a component of Tier 1 capital, known as Common Equity Tier 1, under the Regulatory Capital Rules. The “Capital” section of this report under the heading “Capital adequacy” provides more information on total capital, Tier 1 capital, and the Regulatory Capital Rules, including Common Equity Tier 1, and describes how these measures are calculated.

4

Table of contents

The acronyms and abbreviations identified below are used in the Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations as well as in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited). You may find it helpful to refer back to this page as you read this report.

Column 1Column 2
ABO: Accumulated benefit obligation.ALCO: Asset/Liability Management Committee.ALLL: Allowance for loan and lease losses.A/LM: Asset/liability management.AML: Anti-money laundering.AOCI: Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).ASC: Accounting Standards Codification.ASU: Accounting Standards Update.ATMs: Automated teller machines.BSA: Bank Secrecy Act.BHCA: Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.BHCs: Bank holding companies.Board: KeyCorp Board of Directors.CAPM: Capital Asset Pricing Model.CCAR: Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review.CECL: Current Expected Credit Losses.CFPB: Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, also known as the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.CFTC: Commodities Futures Trading Commission.CMBS: Commercial mortgage-backed securities.CMO: Collateralized mortgage obligation.Common Shares: KeyCorp common shares, $1 par value.DCF: Discounted cash flow.DIF: Deposit Insurance Fund of the FDIC.Dodd-Frank Act: Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform andConsumer Protection Act of 2010.EAD: Exposure at default.EBITDA: Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, andamortization.EPS: Earnings per share.ERBA: Expanded risk-based approach.ERISA: Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.ERM: Enterprise risk management.EVE: Economic value of equity.FASB: Financial Accounting Standards Board.FDIA: Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended.FDIC: Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.Federal Reserve: Board of Governors of the Federal ReserveSystem.FHLB: Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati.FHLMC: Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.FICO: Fair Isaac Corporation.FINRA: Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.FNMA: Federal National Mortgage Association.FSOC: Financial Stability Oversight Council.FTP: Funds transfer pricing.FVA: Fair value of employee benefit plan assets.GAAP: U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.GNMA: Government National Mortgage Association.IDI: Insured depository institution.IRS: Internal Revenue Service.ISDA: International Swaps and Derivatives Association.KBCM: KeyBanc Capital Markets, Inc.KCC: Key Capital Corporation.KCDC: Key Community Development Corporation.KCIC: Key Community Investment Capital LLC.LCR: Liquidity coverage ratio.LGD: Loss given default.LIHTC: Low-income housing tax credit.LTV: Loan-to-value.Moody’s: Moody’s Investor Services, Inc.MTRM: Market & Treasury Risk Management.N/A: Not applicable.NAV: Net asset value.NFA: National Futures Association.N/M: Not meaningful.NMTC: New market tax credit.NYSE: New York Stock Exchange.OBBBA: One Big Beautiful Bill Act.OCC: Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.OCI: Other comprehensive income (loss).OREO: Other real estate owned.PBO: Projected benefit obligation.PCCR: Purchased credit card relationship.PCD: Purchased credit deteriorated.PD: Probability of default.RMBS: Residential mortgage-backed securities.S&P: Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.SEC: U.S. Securities & Exchange Commission.Scotiabank: The Bank of Nova ScotiaSIFIs: Systemically important financial institutions, including large, interconnected BHCs and nonbank financial companies designated by FSOC for supervision by the Federal Reserve.SOFR: Secured Overnight Financing Rate.TE: Taxable-equivalent.TROC: Treasury Risk Oversight Committee.U.S. Treasury: United States Department of the Treasury.VaR: Value at risk.VEBA: Voluntary Employee Beneficiary Association.VIE: Variable interest entity.

Forward-looking Statements

From time to time, we have made or will make forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements usually can be identified by the use of words such as “goal,” “objective,” “plan,” “expect,” “assume,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “project,” “believe,” “estimate,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” or other words of similar meaning. Forward-looking statements provide our current expectations or forecasts of future events, circumstances, results or aspirations. Our disclosures in this report contain forward-looking statements. We may also make forward-looking statements in other documents filed with or furnished to the SEC. In addition, we may make forward-looking statements orally to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others.

Forward-looking statements, by their nature, are subject to assumptions, risks, and uncertainties, many of which are outside of our control. Our actual results may differ materially from those set forth in our forward-looking statements. There is no assurance that any list of risks and uncertainties or risk factors is complete. In addition, no assurance can be given that any plan, initiative, projection, goal, commitment, expectation, or prospect set forth in this report can or will be achieved. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ from those described in forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

5

Table of contents

•the extensive regulation of the U.S. financial services industry;

•complex and evolving laws and regulations regarding privacy and cybersecurity;

•operational or risk management failures by us or critical third parties;

•breaches of security or failures of our technology systems due to technological or other factors and cybersecurity threats;

•an ineffective risk management framework;

•negative outcomes from claims, litigation, arbitration, investigations, or governmental proceedings;

•failure or circumvention of our controls and procedures;

•our exposure to a wide range of climate-related physical risks across different geographical areas;

•evolving capital and liquidity standards under applicable regulatory rules;

•disruption of the U.S. and global financial system and markets, including the impact of inflation, tariffs or other trade policies, political instability, a prolonged shutdown of the U.S. government, a potential global economic downturn or recession, and extended military conflicts;

•unanticipated changes in our liquidity position, including but not limited to, changes in our access to or the cost of funding and our ability to secure alternative funding sources;

•our ability to receive dividends from our subsidiaries, including KeyBank;

•downgrades in our credit ratings or those of KeyBank;

•a worsening of the U.S. economy due to financial, political or other shocks;

•our ability to anticipate interest rate changes and manage interest rate risk;

•deterioration of economic conditions in the geographic regions where we operate;

•the soundness of other financial institutions, including instability in the financial industry;

•our concentrated credit exposure in commercial and industrial loans;

•deterioration of commercial real estate market fundamentals;

•defaults by our loan clients or counterparties;

•adverse changes in credit quality trends;

•declining asset prices;

•deterioration of asset quality and an increase in credit losses;

•geopolitical destabilization, including ongoing military conflicts;

•labor shortages, increases in unemployment rates, and supply chain constraints;

•our ability to develop and effectively use the quantitative models we rely upon in our business planning;

•our ability to timely and effectively implement our strategic initiatives;

•damage to our reputation;

•increased competitive pressure;

•our ability to adapt our products and services to industry standards and consumer preferences;

•our ability to attract and retain talented executives and employees;

•unanticipated adverse effects of strategic partnerships or acquisitions and dispositions of assets or businesses;

•the potential impact of Scotiabank’s significant equity interest in our business;

•inaccurate assumptions or estimates underlying our consolidated financial statements;

•changes in accounting policies, standards, and interpretations; and

•impairment of goodwill.

Any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf speak only as of the date they are made, and we do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect the impact of subsequent events or circumstances, except as required by applicable securities laws. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider all risks and uncertainties disclosed in our 2025 Form 10-K, in Part II, Item 1A. "Risk Factors" of this report, and in any subsequent reports filed with the SEC by Key, as well as our registration statements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, all of which are or will upon filing be accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and on our website at www.key.com/ir.

6

Table of contents

Executive Overview

Key reported $486 million in net income from continuing

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-02-23. Report date: 2025-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Page Number
Introduction51
Corporate strategy51
Executive overview52
Results of Operations53
Earnings overview53
Net interest income53
Provision for credit losses56
Noninterest income56
Noninterest expense58
Income taxes59
Business Segment Results59
Consumer Bank59
Commercial Bank60
Financial Condition62
Loans and loans held for sale62
Securities68
Deposits and other sources of funds70
Capital71
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations73
Off-balance sheet arrangements73
Guarantees74
Risk Management74
Overview74
Market risk management76
Liquidity risk management82
Credit risk management85
Operational and compliance risk management89
GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations90
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates91
Allowance for loan and lease losses92
Valuation methodologies93
Accounting and reporting developments96

50

Table of contents

Introduction

This section reviews the financial condition and results of operations of KeyCorp and its subsidiaries for 2025 and 2024. Some tables may include additional periods to comply with disclosure requirements or to illustrate trends in greater depth. When you read this discussion, you should also refer to the consolidated financial statements and related notes in this report. The page locations of specific sections and notes that we refer to are presented in the Table of Contents. To review our financial condition and results of operations for 2023 and a comparison between the 2023 and 2024 results, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of our 2024 Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 21, 2025, which discussion is incorporated herein by reference.

Corporate strategy

We remain committed to enhancing long-term shareholder value by continuing to execute our relationship-based business model, growing our franchise, and being disciplined with respect to capital management. We intend to pursue this commitment by growing profitably; acquiring and expanding targeted client relationships; effectively managing risk and rewards; maintaining financial strength; and engaging, retaining, and inspiring our high-performing and talented workforce and fostering a culture that is fair and inclusive for all. These strategic priorities for enhancing long-term shareholder value are described in more detail below.

•Grow profitably — We intend to continue to focus on generating positive operating leverage by growing revenue and creating a more efficient operating environment. We expect our relationship business model to keep generating organic growth as it helps us expand engagement with existing clients and attract new customers. We plan to leverage our continuous improvement culture to maintain an efficient cost structure that is aligned, sustainable, and consistent with the current operating environment and that supports our relationship business model.

•Acquire and expand targeted client relationships — We seek to be client-centric in our actions and have taken purposeful steps to enhance our ability to acquire and expand targeted relationships. We seek to provide solutions to serve our clients' needs. We focus on markets and clients where we can be the most relevant. In aligning our businesses and investments against these targeted client segments, we are able to make a meaningful positive impact for our clients.

•Effectively manage risk and rewards — Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring we properly identify, measure, and manage risks across the entire company to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability.

•Maintain financial strength — With the foundation of a strong balance sheet, we intend to remain focused on sustaining strong reserves, liquidity, and capital. We plan to work closely with our Board and regulators to manage capital to support our clients’ needs and drive long-term shareholder value. Our capital position remains strong, and we are well-positioned relative to our capital priorities.

•Engage a high-performing and talented workforce — Every day our employees provide our clients with great ideas, extraordinary service, and smart solutions. We intend to continue to engage our high-performing and talented workforce to create an environment where everyone can make a difference, own their careers, be respected, and feel a sense of pride.

51

Table of contents

Executive overview

Our results for 2025 saw us meet or exceed all of our financial targets communicated at the beginning of the year. We delivered full year record revenue with both net interest income and fee revenue growing greater than projected. As a result, we generated significant positive operating leverage. At December 31, 2025, our Common Equity Tier 1 and Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios stood at 11.78% and 13.46%, respectively. We are well positioned as we enter 2026.

In addition to the items described above, the following actions and results during 2025 also supported our overall corporate strategy.

•We added nearly 10% to our frontline banker staff across wealth management, commercial payments, middle market, and investment banking.

•We invested an additional $100 million in technology focused on customer-facing capabilities that make it easier for our clients to bank at Key.

•We ended the year with $70.0 billion in assets under management, a record high, reflecting the continued strong sales production in our mass affluent segment.

•We continued to maintain our strong risk discipline. Full year net charge-offs were 41 basis points. Additionally, all leading indicators: non-performing assets, criticized loans, and delinquencies moved in a favorable direction.

•We remained committed to our strategy to engage a high-performing and talented workforce and fostering an inclusive environment for all. We continue to be recognized by multiple organizations for our dedication to creating an environment where all employees are treated with respect and empowered to bring their authentic selves to work.

Business Outlook

Consistent with the forward guidance we provided on January 20, 2026, we expect these results for full year 2026 versus full year 2025.

Category2025 BaselineFY2026 (vs FY 2025)(a)
Revenue (TE)(b)$7,513 Millionup ~7%
Net interest income (TE) (b)$4,671 Millionup 8 to 10%
Net interest margin2.82%4Q exit rate: 3.00 - 3.05%(c)
Noninterest income$2,842 Millionup 3 - 4%
Noninterest income on an adjusted basis(b)(d)$2,495 Millionup 5 - 6%
Adjusted noninterest expense(b)$4,729 Millionup 3 to 4%
Average loans$105.7 Billionup 1 - 2%
Average Commercial Loans$74.5 Billionup ~5%
Net charge-offs to average loans40 to 45 basis points
Effective tax rate~22%
Tax-equivalent Effective Rate(e)~23%

(a)    Ranges are shown on an operating basis.

(b)    Key is unable to provide a reconciliation of forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly related GAAP financial measures due to the difficulty in forecasting when future amounts may occur. Such unavailable information could be significant for future results.

(c)    On ~$170 billion of average earning assets

(d)    Excluding commercial mortgage servicing fees, operating lease income and other leasing gains, other income, and net securities gains (losses)

(e)    Reflects the estimated full year taxable-equivalent adjustment.

We have also established the following medium-term targets reflecting expected run rates by the end of 2027:

Column 1Column 2Column 3Column 4
Return on tangible common equity(a)15.0%+Net Interest Margin3.25%+

(a)    Key is unable to provide a reconciliation of forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly related GAAP financial measures due to the difficulty in forecasting when future amounts may occur. Such unavailable information could be significant for future results.

52

Table of contents

Results of Operations

Earnings Overview

The following chart provides a reconciliation of net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2024, to the year ended December 31, 2025 (dollars in millions):

Net interest income

One of our principal sources of revenue is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income received on earning assets (such as loans and securities) and loan-related fee income, and interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings. There are several factors that affect net interest income, including:

•the volume, pricing, mix, and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities;

•the volume and value of net free funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and equity capital;

•the use of derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk;

•interest rate fluctuations and competitive conditions within the marketplace;

•asset quality; and

•fair value accounting of acquired earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

To make it easier to compare both the results across several periods and the yields on various types of earning assets (some taxable, some not), we present net interest income in this discussion on a “TE basis” (i.e., as if all income were taxable and at the same rate). For example, $100 of tax-exempt income would be presented as $126, an amount that, if taxed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, would yield $100.

53

Table of contents

Net interest income (TE) for 2025 was $4.7 billion, and the net interest margin was 2.69%. Compared to 2024, net interest income (TE) increased $861 million, and the net interest margin increased by 53 basis points. These increases primarily reflect lower interest-bearing deposit costs, the reinvestment of proceeds from maturing low-yielding investment securities, fixed-rate loans, and swaps into higher-yielding investments, and the repositioning of the available-for-sale portfolio during the second half of 2024, which involved the sale and reinvestment of approximately $10.0 billion of lower-yielding mortgaged-backed securities into higher-yielding investments. Additionally, the balance sheet composition shifted to reflect a more favorable mix of higher-yielding commercial and industrial loans, and an improved funding mix as lower-cost deposits increased while wholesale borrowings declined. These benefits were partially offset by the impact of lower interest rates on variable-rate earning assets.

Average loans totaled $105.7 billion for 2025, compared to $107.7 billion in 2024. The $2.1 billion decrease was driven by the intentional run-off of low-yielding consumer loans, which decreased $2.4 billion. Average commercial loans increased $380 million, primarily driven by a mix shift to commercial and industrial loans.

Average deposits totaled $149.3 billion for 2025, an increase of $3.1 billion compared to 2024, reflecting growth in consumer deposits.

Figure 1 shows the various components of our balance sheet that affect interest income and expense and their respective yields or rates over the past three years. This figure also presents a reconciliation of TE net interest income to net interest income reported in accordance with GAAP for each of those years. The net interest margin, which is an indicator of the profitability of our earning assets less the cost of funding, is calculated by dividing taxable-equivalent net interest income by average earning assets.

54

Table of contents

Figure 1. Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Net Interest Income, and Yields/Rates and Components of Net Interest Income Changes from Continuing Operations(g)

Year ended December 31,202520242023
Dollars in millionsAverageBalanceInterest (a)Yield/Rate (a)AverageBalanceInterest (a)Yield/Rate (a)Average BalanceInterest (a)Yield/ Rate (a)
ASSETS
Loans (b), (c)
Commercial and industrial (d)$55,877$3,3475.99%$53,951$3,3786.26%$59,379$3,4445.80%
Real estate — commercial mortgage13,3587985.9714,0808736.2015,9689315.83
Real estate — construction2,8401956.873,0422277.482,7551856.71
Commercial lease financing2,465883.613,0871053.413,7031163.13
Total commercial loans74,5404,4285.9474,1604,5836.1881,8054,6765.72
Real estate — residential mortgage19,2916443.3420,3826743.3121,4286993.26
Home equity loans6,0123365.596,7293985.927,5224335.76
Other consumer loans4,8922505.115,5192785.046,2633054.86
Credit cards92512613.5593413814.7898613613.88
Total consumer loans31,1201,3564.3533,5641,4884.4336,1991,5734.35
Total loans105,6605,7845.47107,7246,0715.64118,0046,2495.30
Loans held for sale1,029615.97979606.111,012616.06
Securities available for sale (b), (e)40,0341,5993.7337,1271,1422.7137,7187931.80
Held-to-maturity securities (b)7,3862643.587,9802843.569,0083123.46
Trading account assets1,108565.021,175615.161,138554.85
Short-term investments14,3556244.3514,8467925.337,3494145.63
Other investments (e)963333.381,177625.251,392735.28
Total earning assets170,5358,4214.86171,0088,4724.81175,6217,9574.37
Allowance for loan and lease losses(1,426)(1,515)(1,419)
Accrued income and other assets17,65517,32217,425
Discontinued assets233296384
Total assets$186,997$187,111$192,011
LIABILITIES
Money market deposits$42,247$1,0622.52%$39,525$1,1462.90%$34,539$6661.93%
Demand deposits59,2031,2842.1756,1301,4022.5054,7111,1022.01
Savings deposits4,5184.055,0107.146,3433.04
Time deposits15,3235693.7216,4977524.5613,7945514.00
Total interest-bearing deposits121,2912,9192.41117,1623,3072.82109,3872,3222.12
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements325134.1210344.351,647794.81
Bank notes and other short-term borrowings1,996844.202,9841645.495,8903085.24
Long-term debt (f)11,2987346.5017,2791,1876.8720,9831,3056.22
Total interest-bearing liabilities134,9103,7502.78137,5284,6623.39137,9074,0142.91
Noninterest-bearing deposits27,98528,99334,672
Accrued expense and other liabilities4,3764,8865,167
Discontinued liabilities (f)233296384
Total liabilities167,504171,703178,130
EQUITY
Total equity19,49315,40813,881
Total liabilities and equity$186,997$187,111$192,011
Interest rate spread (TE)2.08%1.42%1.46%
Net interest income (TE) and net interest margin (TE)$4,6712.69%$3,8102.16%$3,9432.17%
Less: TE adjustment (b)354530
Net interest income, GAAP basis$4,636$3,765$3,913

(a)Results are from continuing operations. Interest excludes the interest associated with the liabilities referred to in (f) below, calculated using a matched funds transfer pricing methodology.

(b)Interest income on tax-exempt securities and loans has been adjusted to a taxable-equivalent basis using the statutory federal income tax rate of 21% in effect that calendar year.

(c)For purposes of these computations, nonaccrual loans are included in average loan balances.

(d)Commercial and industrial average loan balances include $214 million, $196 million, and $157 million of assets from commercial credit cards for the years ended December 31, 2025, December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively.

(e)Yield presented is calculated on the basis of amortized cost excluding fair value hedge basis adjustments. The average amortized cost for securities available for sale was $42.9 billion and $42.2 billion for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively. Yield based on the fair value of securities available for sale was 3.99% and 3.08% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively.

(f)A portion of long-term debt and the related interest expense is allocated to discontinued liabilities as a result of applying our matched funds transfer pricing methodology to discontinued operations.

(g)Average balances presented are based on daily average balances over the respective stated period.

55

Table of contents

Figure 2 shows how the changes in yields or rates and average balances from the prior year affected net interest income. The section entitled “Financial Condition” contains additional discussion about changes in earning assets and funding sources.

Figure 2. Components of Net Interest Income Changes from Continuing Operations

2025 vs. 2024
Dollars in millionsAverageVolumeYield/ RateNet Change(a)
INTEREST INCOME
Loans$(73)$(214)$(287)
Loans held for sale3(2)1
Securities available for sale95362457
Held-to-maturity securities(21)1(20)
Trading account assets(3)(2)(5)
Short-term investments(25)(143)(168)
Other investments(10)(19)(29)
Total interest income (TE)(34)(17)(51)
INTEREST EXPENSE
Money market deposits75(159)(84)
Demand deposits74(192)(118)
Savings deposits(1)(2)(3)
Time deposits(51)(132)(183)
Total interest-bearing deposits97(485)(388)
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements99
Bank notes and other short-term borrowings(47)(33)(80)
Long-term debt(392)(61)(453)
Total interest expense(333)(579)(912)
Net interest income (TE)$299$562$861

(a)The change in interest not due solely to volume or rate has been allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

Provision for credit losses

Our provision for credit losses was a net charge of $471 million for 2025, compared to $335 million for 2024. The increase in our provision for credit losses was driven by reserve increases, partly offset by lower net charge-offs. The reserve build in 2025 was largely driven by elevated economic uncertainty and loan growth, both primarily impacting the commercial loan portfolio. This is in contrast to the reserve release in 2024 largely due to balance sheet optimization.

Noninterest income

Noninterest income for 2025 was $2.8 billion compared to $809 million inclusive of the $1.8 billion loss from the investment portfolio repositioning during 2024. Noninterest income represented 38% of total revenue for 2025 and 18% of total revenue for 2024.

56

Table of contents

The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest income and the factors that caused those elements to change.

Figure 3. Noninterest Income

Year ended December 31,Change 2025 vs. 2024Change 2024 vs. 2023
Dollars in millions202520242023AmountPercentAmountPercent
Trust and investment services income$591$557$516$346.1%$417.9%
Investment banking and debt placement fees7806885429213.514626.9
Cards and payments income33733134061.8(9)(2.6)
Service charges on deposit accounts2952612703413.0(9)(3.3)
Corporate services income294275302196.9(27)(8.9)
Commercial mortgage servicing fees2872581902911.26835.8
Corporate-owned life insurance income14013813221.464.5
Consumer mortgage income585851713.7
Operating lease income and other leasing gains437692(33)(43.4)(16)(17.4)
Other income232346(23)(50.0)
Net securities gains (losses)(6)(1,856)(11)1,850(99.7)(1,845)N/M
Total noninterest income$2,842$809$2,470$2,033251.3%$(1,661)(67.2)%

Trust and investment services income

Trust and investment services income consists of brokerage commissions, trust and asset management fees, and insurance income. The assets under management or administration that primarily generate these revenues are shown in Figure 4. For 2025, trust and investment services income increased $34 million, or 6.1%. This was primarily due to an increase in investment management income and other fees associated with higher assets under management.

A significant portion of our trust and investment services income depends on the value and mix of assets under management. At December 31, 2025, our bank, trust, and registered investment advisory subsidiaries had assets under management or administration of $70.0 billion, compared to $61.4 billion at December 31, 2024. The increase from 2024 to 2025 was attributable to market activity and net new business.

Figure 4. Assets Under Management or Administration

Year ended December 31,Change 2025 vs. 2024
Dollars in millions20252024AmountPercent
Discretionary assets under management by investment type:
Equity$37,433$34,541$2,8928.4%
Fixed income15,50013,9421,55811.2
Money market8,1446,7851,35920.0
Total discretionary assets under management$61,077$55,268$5,80910.5%
Non-discretionary assets under administration8,8876,0932,79445.9
Total$69,964$61,361$8,60314.0%

Investment banking and debt placement fees

Investment banking and debt placement fees consist of syndication fees, debt and equity securities underwriting fees, merger and acquisition and debt placement advisor fees, gains on sales of commercial mortgages, and agency origination fees. For 2025, investment banking and debt placement fees increased $92 million, or 13.5%, from the prior year reflective of growth in syndication and commercial mortgage activity offset slightly by decreased merger and acquisitions fee activity.

Cards and payments income

Cards and payments income, which consists of debit card, prepaid card, consumer and commercial credit card, and merchant services income increased $6 million, or 1.8%, in 2025 compared to 2024, driven by an increase in merchant services income and credit card fees, slightly offset by an increase in credit card rewards.

57

Table of contents

Service charges on deposit accounts

Service charges on deposit accounts increased $34 million, or 13.0%, in 2025 compared to the prior year. This increase was driven by higher account analysis fees and lower fee waivers, offset slightly by a decrease in deposit maintenance fees.

Other noninterest income

Other noninterest income includes operating lease income and other leasing gains, corporate services income, corporate-owned life insurance income, consumer mortgage income, commercial mortgage servicing fees, net securities gains (losses), and other income. Other noninterest income increased $1.9 billion in 2025 compared to 2024, primarily attributable to approximately $1.8 billion in losses on the sales of securities available for sale as part of portfolio repositioning activity during the third and fourth quarters of 2024. Excluding the impact of the repositioning activity, other noninterest income increased $34 million, reflecting increases in commercial mortgage servicing fees and corporate services income, offset by declines in operating lease income and other leasing gains.

Noninterest expense

Noninterest expense for 2025 was $4.7 billion, compared to $4.5 billion for 2024. Figure 5 gives a breakdown of our major categories of noninterest expense as a percentage of total noninterest expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025.

The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest expense and the factors that caused those elements to change.

Figure 5. Noninterest Expense

Year ended December 31,Change 2025 vs. 2024Change 2024 vs. 2023
Dollars in millions202520242023AmountPercentAmountPercent
Personnel$2,917$2,714$2,660$2037.5%$542.0%
Net occupancy27026626741.5(1)(0.4)
Computer processing425414368112.74612.5
Business services and professional fees1931741681910.963.6
Equipment83808833.8(8)(9.1)
Operating lease expense386377(25)(39.7)(14)(18.2)
Marketing959410911.1(15)(13.8)
Other expense682740997(58)(7.8)(257)(25.8)
Total noninterest income$4,703$4,545$4,734$1583.5%$(189)(4.0)%

Personnel

As shown in Figure 6, personnel expense, the largest category of our noninterest expense, increased by $203 million, or 7.5%, in 2025 compared to 2024. Overall activity for the year was driven by higher incentive compensation associated with noninterest income growth and continued investments in people.

Figure 6. Personnel Expense

Year ended December 31,Dollars in millionsChange 2025 vs. 2024Change 2024 vs. 2023
202520242023AmountPercentAmountPercent
Salaries and contract labor$1,715$1,609$1,649$1066.6%$(40)(2.4)%
Incentive and stock-based compensation (a)721661525609.113625.9
Employee benefits460442405184.1379.1
Severance2128119N/M(79)(97.5)
Total personnel expense$2,917$2,714$2,660$2037.5%$542.0%

(a)Excludes directors’ stock-based compensation of $5 million in 2025 and $4 million in 2024, reported as “other noninterest expense” in Figure 5.

N/M - Not meaningful

Non-personnel expense

In total, other non-personnel expense decreased $45 million, or 2.5%, in 2025 compared to 2024 primarily due to a $26 million decrease in the FDIC Special Assessment accrual within other expense and continued decreases in

58

Table of contents

operating lease expense, slightly offset by increases in computer processing and business services and professional fees expense.

Income taxes

We recorded a tax expense from continuing operations of $476 million for 2025, compared to tax benefit of $143 million for 2024. The effective tax rate, which is the provision for income taxes as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes, was 20.7% for 2025 and 46.6% for 2024. The tax benefit recorded and increased effective tax rate for the 2024 year resulted primarily from the $1.8 billion loss on the sales of securities incurred as part of a strategic repositioning of our securities portfolio.

In 2025, our federal tax expense and effective tax rate differ from the amount that would be calculated using the federal statutory tax rate primarily due to investments in tax-advantaged assets, such as corporate-owned life insurance, and tax credits associated with low-income housing investments, and periodic adjustments to our tax reserves as described in Note 13 (“Income Taxes”).

Business Segment Results

This section summarizes the financial performance of our two major business segments (operating segments): Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank. Note 23 (“Business Segment Reporting”) describes the products and services offered by each of these business segments and provides more detailed financial information pertaining to the segments. Dollars in the charts are presented in millions.

Consumer Bank

Segment imperatives

•Execute a relationship-oriented growth strategy, which will enable us to grow (i) stable, low-cost deposits and (ii) valuable fee income streams, including wealth management and cards and payments

•Simplify our business to improve execution and efficiency while managing risk

•Meet the needs of our clients and communities in markets where we operate

Market and business overview

As the banking industry moves forward, so do our clients. Anticipating our clients’ needs not only today, but also for tomorrow and into the future, has become one of the biggest challenges for the banking industry. We view these challenges as an opportunity to help our current client base meet their own goals, as well as attract new and diverse clients. Key Consumer Bank’s focus on durable, long-term client relationships centered in core checking has been evident through the execution of our strategic priorities through focus areas such as developing a core Consumer relationship product suite and driving long-term deposits and fee income through new and enhanced products and services. Key continues to adapt to an increasingly digital world with an increased focus on client experience across our online banking channels. The advice our bankers provide, in combination with our products, services and digital platforms, place Key in a strong position to develop long-lasting and meaningful relationships with our current and prospective clients. Our goal is to help our clients move forward on their financial journeys and to be by their sides along the way.

59

Table of contents

Figure 7. Consumer Bank Summary of Operations

Year ended December 31,Change 2025 vs.
Dollars in millions20252024202320242023
Summary of operations
Net interest income (TE)$2,709$2,246$2,22120.6%22.0%
Noninterest income9579249373.62.1
Total revenue (TE)3,6663,1703,15815.616.1
Provision for credit losses16912611134.152.3
Noninterest expense2,8022,7142,7793.2.8
Income (loss) before income taxes (TE)695330268110.6159.3
Allocated income taxes (benefit) and TE adjustments1687964112.7162.5
Net income (loss) attributable to Key$527$251$204110.0%158.3%
Average loans and leases
Real estate — residential mortgage$19,285$20,369$21,348(5.3)%(9.7)%
Home equity loans5,9736,6967,502(10.8)(20.4)
Other consumer loans4,8905,5016,223(11.1)(21.4)
Credit cards925934986(1.0)(6.2)
Commercial loans4,6715,2445,717(10.9)(18.3)
Total loans and leases$35,744$38,744$41,777(7.7)%(14.4)%
Average deposits
Money market deposits$34,688$30,723$28,35612.9%22.3%
Demand deposits22,75922,31523,1422.0(1.7)
Savings deposits4,3164,6796,051(7.8)(28.7)
Time deposits11,84013,1907,463(10.2)58.6
Noninterest-bearing deposits14,32814,94517,780(4.1)(19.4)
Total deposits$87,932$85,851$82,7932.4%6.2%
Credit-related statistics
Nonperforming assets at period end$201$201$190
Net loan charge-offs190207133
Net loan charge-offs to average total loans0.53%0.53%0.32%

•Net income attributable to Key of $527 million in 2025, compared to $251 million in 2024, an increase of 110.0%, largely driven by favorable rates on deposits

•Taxable-equivalent net interest income increased in 2025 by $463 million, or 20.6%, from the prior year, due to favorable rates on deposits

•Average loans and leases decreased in 2025 by $3.0 billion, or 7.7%, from the prior year, driven by broad-based declines across all loan categories

•Average deposits increased in 2025 by $2.1 billion, or 2.4%, from the prior year, driven by growth in money market deposits

•Provision for credit losses increased $43 million in 2025 compared to the prior year, driven by increased economic uncertainty slightly offset by loan balance run-off.

•Noninterest income increased in 2025 by $33 million, or 3.6%, driven by increases in trust and investment services income

•Noninterest expense increased in 2025 by $88 million, or 3.2%, primarily reflective of increased personnel expenses, slightly offset by lower FDIC special assessment charges

Commercial Bank

Segment imperatives

•Solve complex client needs through a differentiated product set of banking and capital markets capabilities

•Drive targeted scale through distinct product capabilities delivered to a broad set of clients

•Utilize industry expertise and broad capabilities to build relationships with narrowly targeted client sets

60

Table of contents

Market and business overview

Building relationships and delivering complex solutions for middle market and larger clients requires a distinctive operating model that understands their business and can provide a broad set of product capabilities. As competition for these clients intensifies, we have positioned the business to maintain and grow our competitive advantage by building targeted scale in businesses and client segments. Strong market share in businesses such as real estate loan servicing and equipment finance highlights our ability to successfully meet customer needs through targeted scale in distinct product capabilities. Clients expect us to understand every aspect of their business. Our deep market expertise in multiple industry verticals and relationship-led approach allow us to recognize opportunities and deliver strategic financial solutions that align with our clients’ goals. Our business model is positioned to meet our client needs because our focus is not on being a universal bank, but rather being the right bank for our clients.

Figure 8. Commercial Bank Summary of Operations

Year ended December 31,Change 2025 vs.
Dollars in millions20252024202320242023
Summary of operations
Net interest income (TE)$2,294$1,805$1,86627.1%22.9%
Noninterest income1,7451,6291,4297.122.1
Total revenue (TE)4,0393,4343,29517.622.6
Provision for credit losses29922737931.7(21.1)
Noninterest expense1,9051,8341,8063.95.5
Income (loss) before income taxes (TE)1,8351,3731,11033.665.3
Allocated income taxes (benefit) and TE adjustments38828222737.670.9
Net income (loss) attributable to Key$1,447$1,091$88332.6%63.9%
Average loans and leases
Commercial and industrial$52,156$49,926$55,0574.5%(5.3)%
Real estate — commercial mortgage12,05712,57514,325(4.1)(15.8)
Real estate — construction2,7352,9182,650(6.3)3.2
Commercial lease financing2,4503,0653,678(20.1)(33.4)
Other loans81473(42.9)(89.0)
Total loans and leases$69,407$68,498$75,7821.3%(8.4)%
Average deposits
Money market deposits$7,508$8,696$6,141(13.7)%22.3%
Demand deposits36,86835,03131,8645.215.7
Other deposits529739641(28.4)(17.5)
Noninterest-bearing deposits13,16513,55816,398(2.9)(19.7)
Total deposits$58,070$58,025$55,045.1%5.5%
Credit-related statistics
Nonperforming assets at period end$426$571$401
Net loan charge-offs237252111
Net loan charge-offs to average total loans0.34%0.37%0.15%

•Net income attributable to Key of $1.4 billion in 2025, compared to $1.1 billion in 2024, an increase of 32.6%, largely driven by an increase in investment banking and debt placement fees and commercial mortgage servicing income, along with lower FDIC assessment charges

•Taxable equivalent net interest income increased in 2025 by $489 million, or 27.1%, from the prior year, due to favorable deposit costs

•Average loan and lease balances increased $909 million in 2025, or 1.3%, driven by an increase in commercial and industrial loans

•Average deposit balances increased $45 million in 2025, or 0.1%, driven by our focus on growing deposits across our commercial businesses

•Provision for credit losses increased $72 million in 2025 compared to the prior year, resulting from reserve builds due to changes in economic conditions and portfolio growth, partially offset by lower net charge-offs

•Noninterest income increased $116 million in 2025, or 7.1%, from the prior year, driven by growth in investment banking and debt placement fees and commercial mortgage servicing income

•Noninterest expense increased by $71 million in 2025, or 3.9%, from the prior year, primarily driven by higher personnel expense related to incentive compensation associated with noninterest income growth and continued investments in people, partially offset by decreases in FDIC special assessment charges and operating lease expenses

61

Table of contents

Financial Condition

Loans and loans held for sale

Figure 9 shows the composition of our loan portfolio at December 31 for each of the past two years.

Figure 9. Composition of Loans

20252024
December 31,Dollars in millionsAmountPercent of TotalAmountPercent of Total
COMMERCIAL
Commercial and industrial (a)$57,68854.1%$52,90950.7%
Commercial real estate:
Commercial mortgage13,70712.913,31012.8
Construction2,8442.72,9362.8
Total commercial real estate loans16,55115.616,24615.6
Commercial lease financing (b)2,2702.12,7362.6
Total commercial loans76,50971.871,89168.9
CONSUMER
Real estate — residential mortgage18,73217.619,88619.1
Home equity loans5,7035.36,3586.1
Other consumer loans4,6444.45,1675.0
Credit cards9530.99580.9
Total consumer loans30,03228.232,36931.1
Total loans (c)$106,541100.0%$104,260100.0%

(a)Loan balances include $205 million and $212 million, of commercial credit card balances at December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively.

(b)Commercial lease financing includes receivables held as collateral for a secured borrowing of $1 million and $3 million at December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively. Principal reductions are based on the cash payments received from these related receivables. Additional information pertaining to this secured borrowing is included in Note 17 (“Borrowings”).

(c)Total loans exclude loans of $205 million at December 31, 2025, and $257 million at December 31, 2024, related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business.

At December 31, 2025, total loans outstanding from continuing operations were $106.5 billion, compared to $104.3 billion at the end of 2024. At December 31, 2025, 67% of our loans were variable rate as compared to 63% at the end of 2024. For more information on balance sheet carrying value, see Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Loans” and “Loans Held for Sale.”

Commercial loan portfolio

Commercial loans outstanding were $76.5 billion at December 31, 2025, an increase of $4.6 billion, or 6.4%, compared to December 31, 2024, primarily reflecting increases in commercial and industrial loans and commercial mortgage real estate loans.

Figure 10 provides our commercial loan portfolio by industry classification as of December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024.

62

Table of contents

Figure 10. Commercial Loans by Industry

December 31, 2025Commercial and industrialCommercial real estateCommercial lease financingTotal commercial loansPercent of total
Dollars in millions
Industry classification:
Agriculture$908$110$76$1,0941.4%
Automotive2,4756103,0854.0
Business services3,228227853,5404.6
Commercial real estate8,12412,045120,17026.4
Construction materials and contractors1,9782381532,3693.1
Consumer goods3,5415472134,3015.6
Consumer services4,0817992515,1316.7
Equipment1,586153451,7842.3
Finance12,1659616712,42816.3
Healthcare2,7141,3341334,1815.5
Materials and extraction2,1051771042,3863.1
Oil and gas2,05128132,0922.7
Public exposure1,65473061,9672.6
Technology1,00917821,1081.5
Transportation1,0221212761,4191.9
Utilities8,6863589,04411.8
Other361427410.5
Total$57,688$16,551$2,270$76,509100.0%
December 31, 2024Commercial and industrialCommercial real estateCommercial lease financingTotal commercial loansPercent of total
Dollars in millions
Industry classification:
Agriculture$876$99$80$1,0551.5%
Automotive2,21367022,8854.0
Business services2,8022721143,1884.4
Commercial real estate7,80411,911319,71827.4
Construction materials and contractors1,8472542032,3043.2
Consumer goods3,5575281904,2755.9
Consumer services4,1156273285,0707.1
Equipment1,584160631,8072.5
Finance10,1018420910,39414.5
Healthcare2,7111,1992104,1205.7
Materials and extraction2,1101961342,4403.4
Oil and gas1,95028101,9882.8
Public exposure2,00373872,3973.3
Technology82925959491.3
Transportation8411262911,2581.7
Utilities7,1864127,59810.6
Other380605445.7
Total$52,909$16,246$2,736$71,891100.0%

Commercial and industrial. Commercial and industrial loans are the largest component of our loan portfolio, representing 54% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2025, and 51% at December 31, 2024. This portfolio is approximately 92% variable rate and consists of loans primarily to large corporate, middle market, and small business clients.

Commercial and industrial loans totaled $57.7 billion at December 31, 2025, an increase of $4.8 billion, or 9.0%, compared to December 31, 2024. The increase was partly driven by increases in specialty finance lending within the finance industry classification. The finance industry classification is comprised primarily of finance companies, insurance companies, and leasing companies.

Commercial real estate loans. Our commercial real estate portfolio includes project loans primarily focused in market-rate and affordable multi-family housing loans, owner-occupied commercial and industrial operating company buildings, and community center grocer-anchored retail centers. These three commercial real estate segments make up 70% of our commercial real estate portfolio. Our non-owner-occupied portfolio is focused on operators of commercial real estate who not only utilize our loan products, but also utilize our broader industry-focused products and services and provide consistent pipelines into our agency, CMBS, and other long-term market take out products. This focus ensures our relationship clients foster and build portfolios with stable, recurring cash flows, with adequate, balanced cash reserves to support our balance sheet exposures through the economic cycle.

At December 31, 2025, commercial real estate loans totaled $16.6 billion, which includes $13.7 billion of mortgage loans and $2.8 billion of construction loans. Compared to December 31, 2024, this portfolio increased $305 million or 1.9%. Nonowner-occupied properties, generally properties for which at least 50% of the debt service is provided

63

Table of contents

by rental income from nonaffiliated third parties, represented 81% of total commercial real estate loans outstanding at December 31, 2025

Our construction loans constitute 17% of commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2025 compared to 18% as of December 31, 2024. Construction loans provide a stream of funding for properties not fully leased at origination to support debt service payments over the term of the contract or project. As of December 31, 2025, 76% of our construction portfolio are multi-family project loans. Our office exposure only represents 4% of commercial real estate loans at period end.

As shown in Figure 11, our commercial real estate loan portfolio includes various property types and geographic locations of the underlying collateral. These loans include commercial mortgage and construction loans in both Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank.

64

Table of contents

Figure 11. Commercial Real Estate Loans

Geographic RegionPercent of TotalCommercialMortgage
Dollars in millionsWestSouthwestCentralMidwestSoutheastNortheastNationalTotalConstruction
December 31, 2025
Nonowner-occupied:
Data Center$$$$$24$$671$6954.2%$272$423
Diversified129101762161.3216
Industrial371771542621662119085.572836
Land & Residential9613361956.33818
Lodging184334060146.9146
Medical Office353112063431931.29184
Multifamily1,3033561,3281,2011,7621,2284047,58245.82,1505,432
Office7919070842001146383.9638
Retail904091226871852309495.720929
Self Storage3615650161572801.720260
Senior Housing909535103181811927774.794683
Skilled Nursing1812202426433.9643
Student Housing7361346138.8138
Other58122747311292591.6259
Total nonowner-occupied1,7595131,7131,8702,7372,2592,62913,48081.42,67510,805
Owner-occupied1,0263165191249291573,07118.61692,902
Total$2,785$513$2,029$2,389$2,861$3,188$2,786$16,551100.0%$2,844$13,707
Nonowner-occupied:
Nonperforming loans$8$$25$68$48$7$1$157N/M$$157
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more2126534N/M133
Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days11156867N/M67
December 31, 2024
Nonowner-occupied:
Data Center$$$$98$54$$$152.9%$$152
Diversified1313118135.8135
Industrial44195103214258187334.554679
Land & Residential107372148.32820
Lodging4812144655592341.4234
Medical Office3543423797172711.7271
Multifamily1,3034851,2011,2042,3251,3361568,01049.32,4055,605
Office152112977134232137384.5738
Retail15268117297293798805.443837
Self Storage4444822218243602.214346
Senior Housing1723997855414245933.7154439
Skilled Nursing132170903922.4392
Student Housing4113631232401.550190
Other110711240482181.3218
Total nonowner-occupied2,0035921,7241,9463,4782,68357813,00480.02,74810,256
Owner-occupied1,0783306011821,0513,24220.01883,054
Total$3,081$592$2,054$2,547$3,660$3,734$578$16,246100.0%$2,936$13,310
Nonperforming loans$5$$64$80$81$13$$243N/M$$243
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more1021720N/M416
Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days1319932N/M32
West –Alaska, California, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Oregon, Washington, and Wyoming
Southwest –Arizona, Nevada, and New Mexico
Central –Arkansas, Colorado, Oklahoma, Texas, and Utah
Midwest –Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, South Dakota, and Wisconsin
Southeast –Alabama, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia, Washington, D.C., and West Virginia
Northeast –Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, and Vermont
National –Accounts in three or more regions

Consumer loan portfolio

Consumer loans outstanding at December 31, 2025, totaled $30.0 billion, a decrease of $2.3 billion, or 7.2%, from one year ago. The decrease was driven by declines across all consumer loan categories reflective of the intentional run-off of low-yielding loans, primarily consumer mortgages, and our focus on originating salable loans.

The residential mortgage portfolio is comprised of loans originated by our Consumer Bank and is the largest segment of our consumer loan portfolio as of December 31, 2025, representing approximately 62% of consumer loans. This is followed by our home equity portfolio comprising approximately 19% of consumer loans outstanding at year end.

65

Table of contents

We held the first lien position for approximately 63% of the home equity portfolio at December 31, 2025, and 65% at December 31, 2024. For loans with real estate collateral, we track borrower performance monthly. Regardless of the lien position, credit metrics are refreshed quarterly, including recent FICO scores as well as updated loan-to-value ratios. This information is used in establishing the ALLL. Our methodology is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses”.

Figure 12 presents our consumer loans by geography.

Figure 12. Consumer Loans by State

Dollars in millionsReal estate — residential mortgageHome equity loansOther consumer loansCredit cardsTotal
December 31, 2025
Washington$4,030$844$202$85$5,161
Ohio2,613758661953,632
New York6261,5877023263,241
Colorado2,769236118293,152
California2,0561339932,471
Oregon1,14548785411,758
Pennsylvania378395296621,131
Florida67536343131,067
Utah75921553171,044
Connecticut61820010029947
Other3,0639322,2801536,428
Total$18,732$5,703$4,644$953$30,032
December 31, 2024
Washington$4,312$929$214$85$5,540
Ohio2,6628951111973,865
New York7231,7567373303,546
Colorado2,891258131303,310
California2,1911244232,648
Oregon1,19553292401,859
Pennsylvania403449333601,245
Florida73341384131,171
Utah80523256181,111
Connecticut684223105281,040
Other3,2871,0312,5621547,034
Total$19,886$6,358$5,167$958$32,369

66

Table of contents

Loan sales

As shown in Figure 13, during 2025, we sold $10.1 billion of our loans. Sales of loans classified as held for sale generated net gains of $147 million during 2025.

Figure 13 summarizes our loan sales during 2025 and 2024.

Figure 13. Loans Sold (Including Loans Held for Sale)

Dollars in millionsCommercialCommercialReal EstateCommercialLeaseFinancingResidentialReal EstateTotal
2025
Fourth quarter$81$2,804$50$331$3,266
Third quarter792,513613593,012
Second quarter2391,4653382,042
First quarter891,355272601,731
Total$488$8,137$138$1,288$10,051
2024
Fourth quarter$150$2,584$$342$3,076
Third quarter601,406903931,949
Second quarter56860613121,289
First quarter861,554852091,934
Total$352$6,404$236$1,256$8,248

Figure 14 shows loans that are either administered or serviced by us but not recorded on the balance sheet; this includes loans that were sold.

Figure 14. Loans Administered or Serviced

December 31,Dollars in millions202520242023
Commercial real estate loans$566,567$557,633$499,449
Residential mortgage11,41911,34411,193
Education loans152189248
Commercial lease financing1,7191,7351,946
Commercial loans576603667
Consumer direct258328408
Consumer indirect83319792
Total$580,774$572,151$514,703

In the event of default by a borrower, we are subject to recourse with respect to approximately $8.2 billion of the $580.8 billion of loans administered or serviced at December 31, 2025. These are primarily associated with commercial real estate loans administered or serviced. Additional information about this recourse arrangement is included in Note 19 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Recourse agreement with FNMA.”

We derive income from several sources when retaining the right to administer or service loans that are sold. We earn noninterest income (recorded as “Consumer mortgage income” and “Commercial mortgage servicing fees”) from fees for servicing or administering loans. This fee income is reduced by the amortization of related servicing assets. In addition, we earn interest income from investing funds generated by escrow deposits collected in connection with the servicing loans. Additional information about our mortgage servicing assets is included in Note 8 (“Mortgage Servicing Assets”).

67

Table of contents

Maturities and sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates

Figure 15 shows the remaining maturities of our loan portfolio and the sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2025.

Figure 15. Remaining Maturities and Sensitivity of Certain Loans to Changes in Interest Rates(a)

December 31, 2025
Dollars in millionsWithin One YearOne - Five YearsFive - Fifteen YearsOver Fifteen YearsTotal
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$14,655$39,461$3,464$108$57,688
Commercial mortgage5,2276,1581,95936313,707
Real estate — construction1,2851,275255292,844
Commercial lease financing1911,2798002,270
Total commercial loans$21,358$48,173$6,478$500$76,509
Consumer
Real estate - residential mortgage$167$36$619$17,910$18,732
Home equity loans1031921,5433,8655,703
Other consumer loans5696751,9511,4494,644
Credit Cards953953
Total consumer loans1,7929034,11323,22430,032
Total loans$23,150$49,076$10,591$23,724$106,541
Loans with floating or adjustable interest rates (b)$43,944$2,940$11,630$58,514
Loans with predetermined interest rates (c)5,1327,65112,09424,877
Total$49,076$10,591$23,724$83,391

(a)Accrued interest of $459 million at December 31, 2025, is presented in "Accrued income and other assets" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is excluded from the amortized cost basis disclosed in this table.

(b)Floating and adjustable rates vary in relation to other interest rates (such as the base lending rate) or a variable index that may change during the term of the loan.

(c)Predetermined interest rates either are fixed or may change during the term of the loan according to a specific formula or schedule.

Securities

We manage our securities portfolio according to the following priorities: 1) store of liquidity, 2) interest rate risk management tool, and 3) source of earnings. In keeping with the first priority, the portfolio provides securities to meet our pledging requirements. Our securities portfolio totaled $48.2 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to $45.1 billion at December 31, 2024. Available-for-sale securities were $39.6 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to $37.7 billion at December 31, 2024. Held-to-maturity securities were $8.6 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to $7.4 billion at December 31, 2024.

Securities available for sale

The majority of our securities available-for-sale portfolio consists of federal agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs. CMOs are debt securities secured by a pool of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities.

68

Table of contents

Figure 16 shows the composition, TE yields, and remaining maturities of our securities available for sale. For more information about these securities, including gross unrealized gains and losses by type of security and securities pledged, see Note 6 (“Securities”).

Figure 16. Securities Available for Sale

Dollars in millionsU.S. Treasury, Agencies, and CorporationsAgency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a)Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a)Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a)TotalWeighted-Average Yield(c)
December 31, 2025
Remaining maturity:
One year or less$2,911$3$47$124$3,0854.33%
After one through five years4,8641,1673,2751,19810,5043.49
After five through ten years416,87911,0722,22220,2143.53
After ten years705164,8014065,7934.17
Fair value$7,886$8,565$19,195$3,950$39,596
Amortized cost(b)7,84210,26919,4514,28441,8463.67%
Weighted-average yield(c)4.16%1.91%4.58%2.89%3.67%
Weighted-average maturity1.5 years7.9 years10.8 years6.9 years8.0 years
December 31, 2024
Fair value$8,904$9,224$15,169$4,410$37,707
Amortized cost8,92811,40916,0384,92741,3023.48%

(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.

(b)Excluded from the amortized cost of securities available for sale are basis adjustments for securities designated in active fair value hedges. Basis adjustments totaled $99 million and $(6) million as of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The securities being hedged are primarily U.S Treasuries, Agency RMBS, and Agency CMBS.

(c)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.

Held-to-maturity securities

The majority of our held-to-maturity portfolio consists of federal agency CMOs and mortgage-backed securities. The portfolio is also comprised of asset-backed securities and foreign bonds. Figure 17 shows the composition, yields, and remaining maturities of these securities.

Figure 17. Held-to-Maturity Securities

Dollars in millionsAgency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a)Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a)Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a)Asset-backed securities(a)Other SecuritiesTotalWeighted-Average Yield(b)
December 31, 2025
Remaining maturity:
One year or less$38$$351$75$8$4722.57%
After one through five years1,2442137562162,2313.44
After five through ten years2,4962,0972034,7964.29
After ten years248648111,1233.49
Amortized cost$4,026$2,374$2,121$77$24$8,6223.87%
Fair value3,8582,3731,98375248,313
Weighted-average yield(b)3.78%4.91%2.96%2.05%4.07%3.87%
Weighted-average maturity6.4 years6.6 years8.3 years0.5 years1.5 years6.9 years
December 31, 2024
Amortized cost$4,577$151$2,333$308$26$7,3953.43%
Fair value4,2481342,130300256,837

(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.

(b)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.

69

Table of contents

Deposits and other sources of funds

Figure 18. Breakdown of Deposits at December 31, 2025

The following presents the breakdown of our deposits by product for the noted periods.

December 31,
Dollars in billions20252024
Money market deposits$42.7$41.0
Demand deposits61.357.6
Savings deposits4.44.6
Time deposits12.717.0
Noninterest bearing deposits27.629.6
Total$148.7$149.8

Our highly diversified deposit base is our primary source of funding. At December 31, 2025, our deposits totaled $148.7 billion, a decrease of $1.0 billion, compared to December 31, 2024.

Uninsured deposits totaled $66.2 billion and $64.4 billion at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Uninsured deposits are defined as the portion of deposit accounts in U.S. offices that exceed the FDIC insurance limit or similar state deposit insurance regimes and amounts in any other uninsured investment or deposit accounts that are classified as deposits and not subject to any federal or state deposit insurance regimes.

Figure 19 presents estimated uninsured deposits for the noted periods which reflect amounts disclosed in KeyBank’s Call Report adjusted for intercompany deposits, which are not customer facing and are eliminated in consolidation, and accrued interest.

70

Table of contents

Figure 19. Estimated Uninsured Deposits

December 31,
Dollars in billions20252024
Uninsured deposits(a)$66.2$64.4
Total deposits148.7149.8
Uninsured % of Deposits45%43%
(a) Intercompany deposits and accrued interest excluded from uninsured deposits$12.8$12.4

As of December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, approximately $12.0 billion and $12.3 billion, respectively, of uninsured deposits were collateralized by government-backed securities.

Figure 20 presents the maturity distribution of estimated uninsured time deposits.

Figure 20. Maturity Distribution of Uninsured Time Deposit Amounts

December 31,
Dollars in millions20252024
Remaining maturity:
Three months or less$636$575
After three through six months381582
After six through twelve months152220
After twelve months2977
Total$1,198$1,454

Wholesale funds, consisting of short-term borrowings and long-term debt, totaled $11.0 billion at December 31, 2025, compared to $14.2 billion at December 31, 2024. The decrease reflects maturities in long-term debt and a reduced need for wholesale borrowings. Wholesale funding supplements client deposit funding and may rise or fall with seasonal or other funding needs. For more information regarding our wholesale funds, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations under the heading “Risk Management - Liquidity risk management” of this report.

Capital

Our capital management objective is to maintain capital levels consistent with our risk appetite and of a sufficient amount to operate and support our clients under a wide range of economic conditions. Our current capital levels position us well to execute against our capital priorities including supporting organic growth, investing in our business, and providing an attractive return to our investors through dividends and share repurchases.

The following sections discuss certain ways we have deployed our capital. For further information, see the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Note 21 (“Shareholders' Equity”).

Dividends

Consistent with our capital plan, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $.205 per Common Share for each of the four quarters of 2025. These quarterly dividend payments brought our annual dividend to $.82 per Common Share for 2025.

71

Table of contents

Common Shares outstanding

Our Common Shares are traded on the NYSE under the symbol KEY with 25,873 holders of record at December 31, 2025. Our book value per Common Share was $16.27 based on 1.1 billion shares outstanding at December 31, 2025, compared to $14.21 based on 1.1 billion shares outstanding at December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2025, our tangible book value per Common Share was $13.77, compared to $11.70 at December 31, 2024.

Figure 21 shows activities that caused the change in our outstanding Common Shares over the past two years.

Figure 21. Changes in Common Shares Outstanding

2025 Quarters
In thousands2025FourthThirdSecondFirst2024
Shares outstanding at beginning of period1,106,7861,112,9521,112,4531,111,9861,106,786936,564
Share repurchases(11,109)(11,109)
Shares issued under employee compensation plans (net of cancellations and returns)6,7245584994675,2007,351
Shares issued under Scotiabank investment agreement162,871
Shares outstanding at end of period1,102,4011,102,4011,112,9521,112,4531,111,9861,106,786

In March 2025, the Board of Directors authorized a share repurchase program pursuant to which we may purchase up to $1.0 billion of Common Shares. Information on repurchases of Common Shares by KeyCorp is included in Part II, Item 5. “Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities” of this report. During the fourth quarter of 2025, we began repurchasing shares under the share repurchase program authorized by the Board of Directors in March 2025.

During 2025, Common Shares outstanding decreased by 4.4 million shares, primarily driven by share repurchases in the fourth quarter. For more information on share activity, see Note 21 (“Shareholders' Equity”).

At December 31, 2025, we had 154.3 million treasury shares, compared to 149.9 million treasury shares at December 31, 2024. The increase in treasury shares during the year was primarily attributable to the repurchase of 11.1 million shares beginning in the fourth quarter. Going forward, we expect to reissue treasury shares as needed in connection with stock-based compensation awards and for other corporate purposes.

Capital adequacy

Capital adequacy is an important indicator of financial stability and performance. All of our capital ratios remained in excess of regulatory requirements at December 31, 2025. Our capital and liquidity levels are intended to position us to weather an adverse operating environment while continuing to serve our clients’ needs, as well as to meet the Regulatory Capital Rules described in the “Supervision and regulation” section of Item 1 of this report. Our shareholders’ equity to assets ratio was 11.1% at December 31, 2025, compared to 9.7% at December 31, 2024. Our tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 8.4% at December 31, 2025, compared to 7.0% at December 31, 2024. See the section entitled “GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations,” which presents the computations of certain financial measures related to “tangible common equity.” The minimum capital and leverage ratios under the Regulatory Capital Rules together with the estimated ratios of KeyCorp at December 31, 2025, are set forth in the “Supervision and Regulation” section in Item 1 of this report.

Figure 22 represents the details of our regulatory capital positions at December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, under the Regulatory Capital Rules. Information regarding the regulatory capital ratios of KeyCorp’s banking subsidiaries is presented in Note 21 (“Shareholders' Equity”).

72

Table of contents

Figure 22. Capital Components and Risk-Weighted Assets

December 31, Dollars in millions20252024
COMMON EQUITY TIER 1
Key shareholders’ equity (GAAP)$20,381$18,176
Less:Preferred Stock (a)2,4462,446
Add:CECL phase-in (b)59
Common Equity Tier 1 capital before adjustments and deductions17,93515,789
Less:Goodwill, net of deferred taxes2,5562,574
Intangible assets, net of deferred taxes724
Deferred tax assets136172
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of deferred taxes(1,789)(2,729)
Accumulated gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, net of deferred taxes68(438)
Amounts in AOCI attributed to pension and postretirement benefit costs, net of deferred taxes(238)(303)
Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital17,19516,489
TIER 1 CAPITAL
Common Equity Tier 117,19516,489
Additional Tier 1 capital instruments and related surplus2,4462,445
Less:Deductions
Total Tier 1 capital19,64118,934
TIER 2 CAPITAL
Tier 2 capital instruments and related surplus1,5221,767
Allowance for losses on loans and liability for losses on lending-related commitments (c)1,7471,635
Less:Deductions
Total Tier 2 capital3,2693,402
Total risk-based capital$22,910$22,336
RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS (a)$145,933$138,296
AVERAGE QUARTERLY TOTAL ASSETS$187,035$188,855
CAPITAL RATIOS
Tier 1 risk-based capital13.46%13.69%
Total risk-based capital15.7016.15
Leverage (d)10.5010.03
Common Equity Tier 111.7811.92

(a)Net of capital surplus.

(b)As of January 1, 2025, the CECL optional transition provision had been fully phased-in. Amounts prior to January 1, 2025, reflect Key's election to adopt the CECL optional transition provision.

(c)The ALLL included in Tier 2 capital is limited by regulation to 1.25% of the institution’s standardized total risk-weighted assets (excluding its standardized market risk-weighted assets). The ALLL includes $11 million and $13 million of allowance classified as “discontinued assets” on the balance sheet at December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively.

(d)This ratio is Tier 1 capital divided by average quarterly total assets as defined by the Federal Reserve less: (i) goodwill, (ii) the disallowed intangible and deferred tax assets, and (iii) other deductions from assets for leverage capital purposes.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We are party to various types of off-balance sheet arrangements, which could lead to contingent liabilities or risks of loss that are not reflected on the balance sheet.

Variable interest entities

In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for consolidations, we consolidate a VIE if we have: (i) a variable interest in the entity; (ii) the power to direct activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance; and (iii) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., we are considered to be the primary beneficiary). Additional information regarding the nature of VIEs and our involvement with them is included in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation” and in Note 12 (“Variable Interest Entities”).

73

Table of contents

Commitments to extend credit or funding

Loan commitments provide for financing on predetermined terms as long as the client continues to meet specified criteria. These commitments generally carry variable rates of interest and have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. We typically charge a fee for our loan commitments. Since a commitment may expire without resulting in a loan or being fully utilized, the total amount of an outstanding commitment may significantly exceed any related cash outlay. Further information about our loan commitments at December 31, 2025, is presented in Note 19 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Commitments to Extend Credit or Funding.”

Other off-balance sheet arrangements

Other off-balance sheet arrangements include financial instruments that do not meet the definition of a guarantee in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, and other relationships, such as liquidity support provided to asset-backed commercial paper conduits, indemnification agreements and intercompany guarantees. Information about such arrangements is provided in Note 19 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Other Off-Balance Sheet Risk.”

Guarantees

We are a guarantor in various agreements with third parties. As guarantor, we may be contingently liable to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in a specified interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other variable (including the occurrence or nonoccurrence of a specified event). These variables, known as underlyings, may be related to an asset or liability, or another entity’s failure to perform under a contract. Additional information regarding these types of arrangements is presented in Note 19 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Guarantees.”

Risk Management

Overview

Like all financial services companies, we engage in business activities that come with related risks. The most significant risks we face are credit, compliance, operational, liquidity, market, strategic, model, and technology risks, as depicted in the following chart. We manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitable growth. Certain of these risks are defined and discussed in greater detail in the remainder of this section.

Our risk appetite is defined as the level of risk we are willing to accept and prudently manage in pursuit of our strategic objectives. It is consistent with our pursuit of risk-adjusted shareholder returns, our corporate risk-taking capacity and willingness to accept risk. Our risk appetite statement is an important component of our enterprise risk

74

Table of contents

governance framework, reinforces our risk culture, and provides focus on our primary risk management tenets of soundness, profitability, and growth.

Our risk appetite framework serves as a guide for establishing corporate and business strategies as well as for developing and evaluating strategic objectives and capital planning activities. It is articulated through qualitative statements and quantitative metrics, approved by the Board of Directors, and translated into limits, targets, and other measures at appropriate levels in the organization.

Maintaining a strong risk culture plays an integral role in achieving our strategic objectives and delivering for our stakeholders. Each employee plays a proactive role by complying with applicable laws and regulations, treating our customers fairly and responsibly, and demonstrating the highest levels of professionalism, conduct, and ethics. Our risk culture is centered on maintaining strong practices for risk awareness, identification, escalation, and mitigation across the enterprise.

We seek to sustain strong enterprise risk management practices consistent with industry standards and regulatory expectations. The table below depicts our risk management hierarchy and associated responsibilities and activities of each group.

75

Table of contents

GroupOverview and ResponsibilitiesActivities
Board of Directors•Oversight capacity•Oversees that Key’s risks are managed in a manner that is effective and balanced•Fiduciary duty to Key’s shareholders•Understands Key's risk philosophy•Approves the risk appetite•Inquires about risk practices•Reviews the portfolio of risks•Compares the actual risks to the risk appetite•Is apprised of significant risks, both actual and emerging, and determines whether management is responding appropriately•Challenges management and promotes accountability
Board of Directors Risk Committee(a)•Assists the Board in oversight of strategies, policies, procedures, and practices relating to the assessment and management of enterprise-wide risk, including credit, market, liquidity, model, operational, compliance, strategic, and technology risks•Assists the Board in overseeing risks related to capital adequacy, capital planning, and capital actions•Reviews and provides oversight of management’s activities related to the enterprise-wide risk management framework, which includes an annual review of the ERM Policy, including the Risk Appetite Statement, and management and ERM reports•Approves any material changes to Executive Level (Level II) Risk Governance Committee charters and significant policies relating to risk management, including corporate risk metrics for major risk categories
Board of Directors Compensation & Organization Committee(a)•Assists the Board in oversight of compensation policies and practices to support Key’s efforts to attract, retain, develop, motivate, and reward a high performing and collaborative workforce to achieve its business objectives•Oversees compensation for Key’s Board-Reported Executives, talent management and organizational development, including succession planning, leadership development and strategic hiring objectives
Board of Directors Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee(a)•Assists the Board with oversight of corporate governance matters and Key’s policies and practices on significant issues of corporate responsibility•Oversees the evaluation of the Board, the directors, and the Lead Director•Provides guidance on Board-related matters, including director candidates, director compensation, director independence, the Board committee structure, and succession planning matters•Reviews the Corporate Governance Guidelines•Provides oversight with respect to community investment strategy
Board of Directors Technology Committee (a)•Assists the Board with oversight of major technology investments and technology risks•Supports Key’s strategic objectives in areas such as cybersecurity, fraud, and data, project management, technology strategy, technology innovation, and emerging technology trends•In consultation with the Risk Committee, oversees technology-related risks including (but not limited to) cybersecurity, business resiliency, and other technology-related risks as necessary and appropriate
Board of Directors Audit Committee(a)•Assists the Board in oversight of financial statement integrity, regulatory and legal requirements, independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, and the performance of the internal audit function and independent auditors•Assists the Board in oversight of financial reporting, legal matters, and fraud risk•Meets with management and approves significant policies relating to the risk areas overseen by the Audit Committee•Receives reports on enterprise risk•Convenes to discuss the content of our financial disclosures and quarterly earnings releases
Executive Level (Level II) Risk Governance Committees•Includes ERM Committee, Asset Liability Committee, Capital Committee, Credit Risk Committee, Compliance Risk Committee, and Operational Risk Committee, as well as the Compensation & Benefits Oversight Committee and the Disclosure Committee. Level II Risk Governance Committees report to the Risk Committee of the Board (except for the Compensation & Benefits Oversight Committee, which reports to the Compensation & Organization Committee of the Board, and the Disclosure Committee, which reports to the Audit Committee of the Board) and are generally responsible for the activities listed herein•Escalation of risk issues, particularly issues that have the potential to increase aggregated risk beyond Key’s risk appetite, to the appropriate Level I Governance Committee, typically the Risk or Audit Committees of the Board•Identifying early warning events or trends, top and emerging risks and discussing forward looking assessments•Approving certain risk metrics•Monitoring certain metric limits, as well as associated risk levels to the Board approved risk appetite•Providing governance, direction, oversight and high-level management of their associated risk and the risk assessment process which is used in capital adequacy stress testing; •Monitoring stress testing results related to their associated risks (if required per committee charter) and escalating emerging risks as appropriate•Providing assurance, advice and support to the Risk Committee on their associated risk
Management Level (Level III) Risk Governance Committees•Includes attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense: First Line (line of business and support areas), Second Line (risk management), and Third Line (internal audit function)•Supports the ERM Committee, Asset Liability Committee, Capital Committee, Credit Risk Committee, Compliance Risk Committee, and Operational Risk Committee, as well as the Compensation & Benefits Oversight Committee and the Disclosure Committee, by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments
Internal Audit•Provides the KeyCorp Board and management with independent, risk-based, and objective assurance, advice, insight, and foresight•Conducts objective examinations of evidence for the purpose of providing independent assessments to the Audit Committee, management, and outside parties on the adequacy and effectiveness of business processes, risk management activities, internal controls, and governance processes for KeyCorp

(a)     Certain Board Committees, including the Audit and Risk Committees, meet jointly, as appropriate, to discuss matters that relate to each committee’s responsibilities. Committee chairpersons routinely meet with management during interim months to plan agendas for upcoming meetings and to discuss emerging trends and events that have transpired since the preceding meeting. All members of the Board receive formal reports designed to keep them abreast of significant developments during the interim months.

We utilize a Three Lines of Defense model for risk governance which establishes roles and responsibilities for each of the Three Lines, consisting of Business and Support Areas, Risk Management, and Internal Audit relative to the management and oversight of risk. As the first line of defense, Lines of Business and Support Areas have the primary responsibility to accept, own, and proactively identify, monitor, and manage risk. The second line of defense, Risk Management, provides independent, centralized oversight over all risk categories by aggregating, analyzing, and reporting risk information. The third line of defense, Internal Audit, is responsible for independently evaluating the appropriateness of the risk governance framework for the size, complexity, and risk profile of Key.

76

Table of contents

Market risk management

Market risk is the risk that movements in market risk factors, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, and volatilities will reduce Key’s income and the value of its portfolios. These factors influence prospective yields, values, or prices associated with the instrument. We are exposed to market risk both in our trading and nontrading activities, which include asset and liability management activities. Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring that we properly identify, measure, and manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness, and to maximize profitability. Information regarding our fair value policies, procedures, and methodologies is provided in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Fair Value Measurements” and Note 5 (“Fair Value Measurements”) in this report.

Trading market risk

Key incurs market risk as a result of trading activities that are used in support of client facilitation and hedging activities, principally within our investment banking and capital markets businesses. Key has exposures to a wide range of risk factors including interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and commodity prices, as well as the associated implied volatilities and spreads. Our primary market risk exposures are a result of trading and hedging activities in the derivative and fixed income markets, including securitization exposures. At December 31, 2025, we did not have any re-securitization positions. We maintain modest trading inventories to facilitate customer flow, make markets in securities, and hedge certain risks including but not limited to credit spread risk and interest rate risk. The risks associated with these activities are mitigated in accordance with the Market Risk policies. The majority of our positions are traded in active markets.

Governance structure - Trading market risk

Market risk management is an integral part of Key’s risk culture. The Joint KeyCorp and KeyBank National Association Risk Committee (“Board Risk Committee”) provides oversight of trading market risks. The ALCO and the Market Risk Committee regularly review and discuss market risk exposures and results of monitoring activities. Market risk policies and procedures have been defined and take into account our tolerance for risk and consideration for the business environment. The Market Risk Committee approves market risk policies and recommends our significant market risk policy to the ALCO and the Board Risk Committee for approval.

MTRM, as the second line of defense, is an independent risk management function that partners with the lines of business to identify, measure, and monitor market risks throughout our company. MTRM is responsible for ensuring transparency of significant market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits, and escalating limit exceptions to appropriate senior management. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. Market risk is monitored through various measures, such as VaR, and through routine stress testing, sensitivity, and scenario analyses. MTRM conducts stress tests for each position using historical worst case and standard shock scenarios. VaR, stressed VaR, and other analyses are prepared daily and distributed to appropriate management.

Covered positions. We monitor the market risk of our covered positions as defined in the Market Risk Rule, which includes all of our trading positions as well as all foreign exchange and commodity positions, regardless of whether the position is in a trading account. Key’s covered positions may also include mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities that may be identified as securitization positions or re-securitization positions under the Market Risk Rule. MTRM as well as the LOB that trades securitization positions monitor the positions, the portfolio composition and the risks identified in this section on a daily basis consistent with the Market Risk policies and procedures. At December 31, 2025, covered positions did not include any re-securitization positions. Instruments that are used to hedge nontrading activities, such as bank-issued debt and loan portfolios, equity positions that are not actively traded, and securities financing activities, do not meet the definition of a covered position. MTRM conducts an initial assessment of a position and shares with the Covered Position Working Group, which provides recommendation of the classification of a position, with final determination made by MTRM and legal. Decisions on the classification of Covered Positions are communicated to the Market Risk Committee as needed.

Our significant portfolios of covered positions are detailed below. We analyze market risk by portfolios of covered positions and do not separately measure and monitor our portfolios by risk type. The descriptions below incorporate the respective risk types associated with each of these portfolios.

77

Table of contents

•Fixed income includes those instruments associated with our capital markets business and the trading of securities as a dealer. These instruments may include positions in municipal bonds, bonds backed by the U.S. government, agency and corporate bonds, certain mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, money markets, and certain CMOs. The activities and instruments within the fixed income portfolio create exposures to interest rate and credit spread risks.

•Interest rate derivatives include interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, which are transacted primarily to accommodate the needs of commercial loan clients. In addition, we enter into interest rate derivatives to offset or mitigate the interest rate risk related to the client positions. The activities within this portfolio create exposures to interest rate risk.

VaR and stressed VaR. VaR is the estimate of the maximum amount of loss on an instrument or portfolio due to adverse market conditions during a given time interval within a stated confidence level. Stressed VaR is used to assess extreme conditions on market risk within our trading portfolios. MTRM calculates VaR and stressed VaR at various confidence levels daily, and the results are closely monitored. VaR and stressed VaR results are also provided to our regulators and utilized in regulatory capital calculations.

We use a historical simulation VaR model to measure the potential adverse effect of changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and credit spreads on the fair value of our covered positions and other non-covered positions. Historical moves in risk factors across various asset classes are incorporated in VaR metrics. Additional consideration is given to the risk factors to estimate the exposures that contain optionality features, such as options and cancellable provisions. VaR is calculated using daily observations over a one-year lookback period and approximates a 95% confidence level. Statistically, this means that we would expect to incur losses greater than VaR, on average, five out of 100 trading days, or three to four times each quarter.

The VaR model is an effective tool in estimating ranges of possible gains and losses on our positions. However, there are limitations inherent in the VaR model since it uses historical results over a given time interval to estimate future performance. Historical results may not be indicative of future results, and changes in the market or composition of our portfolios could have a significant impact on the accuracy of the VaR model. We regularly review and enhance the modeling techniques, inputs, and assumptions used. The VaR model undergoes periodic review and validation by Key’s Model Risk team. The Model Risk Committee oversees the Model Validation Program, and results of validations are discussed with the ERM Committee.

MTRM backtests the VaR model on a daily basis to evaluate its predictive power. The test compares VaR model results at the 99% confidence level to daily held profit and loss (the profit/loss resulting from changes in risk factors applied to the previous trading day’s closing positions; held profit and loss excludes fees, commissions, reserves, net interest income, and intraday trading). Backtesting exceptions occur when daily held profit and loss exceeds VaR. There were four backtesting exceptions for KeyCorp during the past 250 trading days ended December 31, 2025, generally caused by large moves in rates. The total number of VaR backtesting breaches for KeyCorp over the preceding 250 trading days is used to determine the multiplier for the VaR based capital requirement under the Market Risk Rule. The multiplier increases from a minimum of 3.0 to a maximum of 4.0, depending on the number of backtesting exceptions. All KeyCorp backtesting exceptions are thoroughly reviewed in the context of VaR model use and performance. The backtesting multiplier for KeyCorp was 3.0 for both December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024. We do not engage in correlation trading or utilize the internal model approach for measuring default and credit migration risk. Our net VaR approach incorporates diversification, but our VaR calculation does not include the impact of counterparty risk and our own credit spreads on derivatives.

The aggregate VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for all covered positions was $0.8 million at December 31, 2025, and $1.4 million at December 31, 2024. Figure 23 summarizes our VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024.

Figure 23. VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions

20252024
Three months ended December 31,Three months ended December 31,
Dollars in millionsHighLowMeanDecember 31,HighLowMeanDecember 31,
Trading account assets:
Fixed income$1.3$.6$.9$.7$1.3$.4$.9$.8
Derivatives:
Interest rate$.2$.1$.1$.1$.6$.4$.5$.5

78

Table of contents

Stressed VaR is calculated by running the portfolios through a predetermined stress period which is approved by the Market Risk Committee and is calculated at the 99% confidence level using the same model and assumptions used for general VaR. The aggregate stressed VaR for all covered positions was $2.6 million at December 31, 2025, and $5.2 million at December 31, 2024. Figure 24 summarizes our stressed VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024. Changes in VaR are dependent on portfolio composition, inventory levels, and other market factors.

Figure 24. Stressed VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions

20252024
Three months ended December 31,Three months ended December 31,
Dollars in millionsHighLowMeanDecember 31,HighLowMeanDecember 31,
Trading account assets:
Fixed income$2.3$.9$1.6$2.3$5.2$1.3$3.3$4.8
Derivatives:
Interest rate$.3$.1$.2$.2$.4$.2$.3$.3

Market risk is a component of our internal capital adequacy assessment. Our risk-weighted assets include a market risk-equivalent asset amount, which consists of a VaR component, stressed VaR component, a de minimis exposure amount, and a specific risk add-on including the securitization positions. The aggregate market value of the securitization positions as defined by the Market Risk Rule was $19 million at December 31, 2025, all of which were mortgage-backed security positions. Specific risk is the price risk of individual financial instruments, which is not accounted for by changes in broad market risk factors and is measured through a standardized approach. Market risk weighted assets, including the specific risk calculations, are run quarterly by MTRM in accordance with the Market Risk Rule, and approved by the Chief Market & Treasury Risk Officer.

Nontrading market risk

Most of our nontrading market risk is derived from interest rate fluctuations and its impacts on our traditional loan and deposit products, as well as investments, hedging relationships, long-term debt, and certain short-term borrowings. Interest rate risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by the potential for fluctuations in net interest income and the EVE. Such fluctuations may result from changes in interest rates and differences in the repricing and maturity characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. We manage the exposure to changes in net interest income and the EVE in accordance with our risk appetite and in accordance with the Board-approved ERM policy.

Interest rate risk positions are influenced by a number of factors, including the balance sheet positioning that arises out of customer preferences for loan and deposit products, economic conditions, the competitive environment within our markets, changes in market interest rates that affect client activity, and our hedging, investing, funding, and capital positions. The primary components of interest rate risk exposure consist of reprice risk, basis risk, yield curve risk, and option risk.

•“Reprice risk” is the exposure to changes in the level of interest rates and occurs when the volume of interest-bearing liabilities and the volume of interest-earning assets they fund (e.g., deposits used to fund loans) do not mature or reprice at the same time.

•“Yield curve risk” is the exposure to nonparallel changes in the slope of the yield curve (where the yield curve depicts the relationship between the yield on a particular type of security and its term to maturity) and occurs when interest-bearing liabilities and the interest-earning assets that they fund do not price or reprice to the same term point on the yield curve.

•“Option risk” is the exposure to a customer or counterparty’s ability to take advantage of the interest rate environment and terminate or reprice one of our assets, liabilities, or off-balance sheet instruments prior to contractual maturity. Option risk occurs when exposures to customer and counterparty early withdrawals or prepayments are not mitigated with an offsetting position or appropriate compensation.

•“Basis risk” is the exposure to asymmetrical changes in interest rate indexes and occurs when floating-rate assets and floating-rate liabilities reprice at the same time, but in response to different market factors or indexes.

79

Table of contents

Governance structure - Nontrading market risk

The management of nontrading market risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of nontrading market risk. The ERM Committee, the ALCO, and the Treasury Risk Oversight Committee (“TROC”) review reports on the interest rate risk exposures described above. In addition, the ALCO and the TROC review reports on stress tests and sensitivity analyses related to interest rate risk. These committees have various responsibilities related to managing nontrading market risk, including recommending, approving, and monitoring strategies that maintain risk positions within approved tolerance ranges. The A/LM policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of interest rate risk and is administered by the ALCO. The MTRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight.

Net interest income simulation analysis. The primary tool we use to measure our interest rate risk is simulation analysis. For purposes of this analysis, we estimate our net interest income based on the current and projected composition of our on- and off-balance sheet positions, accounting for recent and anticipated trends in customer activity. The analysis also incorporates assumptions for the current and projected interest rate environments and balance sheet growth projections based on a most likely macroeconomic outlook. The modeling incorporates investment portfolio and swap portfolio balances consistent with management's desired interest rate risk positioning. The simulation model estimates the amount of net interest income at risk by simulating the change in net interest income that would occur if rates were to gradually diverge from market expectations over the next 12 months (subject to a floor on market interest rates at zero).

Figure 25 presents the results of the simulation analysis at December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024. At December 31, 2025, our simulated exposure to changes in interest rates remained neutral. The exposure to declining rates has changed from 0.15% as of December 31, 2024 to (0.35)% as of December 31, 2025, while the exposure to rising rates has changed from (0.39)% as of December 31, 2024 to 0.41% as of December 31, 2025. The modest shift toward asset sensitivity was caused principally by the adoption of a new pricing model for indeterminate maturity interest-bearing deposits in the first quarter of 2025. The new deposit beta model incorporates more historical data and features that we believe more accurately reflect the behavior of our clients in rising and declining interest rate cycles. In addition, since the beginning of the second quarter of 2025, Key now measures simulated change in net interest income relative to implied forwards in a baseline scenario. Previously, metrics were calculated against a flat-rate assumption in the baseline scenario.

We are actively managing the balance sheet to maintain desired IRR positioning in the current environment. Tolerance levels for risk management require the development of remediation plans to maintain residual risk within tolerance if simulation modeling demonstrates that a gradual, parallel 200 basis point increase or 200 basis point decrease in interest rates over the next 12 months would adversely affect net interest income over the same period by more than 5.0%, revised mid-2025 from 5.5% to reflect tighter risk management. Current modeled exposure is within Board-approved tolerances.

Figure 25. Simulated Change in Net Interest Income

December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Basis point change assumption-200+200-200+200
Tolerance level(5.00)%(5.00)%(5.50)%(5.50)%
Interest rate risk assessment(0.35)%0.41%0.15%(0.39)%

Simulation analyses produce an estimate of interest rate exposure based on assumption inputs within the model. Assumptions are tailored to the specific interest rate environment and validated on a regular basis. However, actual results may differ from those derived in simulation analyses due to unanticipated changes to the balance sheet composition, customer behavior, product pricing, market interest rates, changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning, investment, funding and hedging activities or repercussions from exogenous events.

Regular sensitivity analyses are performed on the model inputs that could materially change the resulting risk assessments. Assessments are performed using different yield curve shapes, including steepenings or flattenings of the curve, immediate changes in market interest rates, and changes in the relationship of money market interest rates. Assessments are also performed on changes to the following assumptions: loan and deposit balances, the pricing of deposits without contractual maturities, changes in lending spreads, prepayments on loans and securities, investment, funding and hedging activities, and liquidity and capital management strategies.

80

Table of contents

The results of additional assessments indicate that net interest income could increase or decrease from the base simulation results presented in Figure 25. Net interest income is highly dependent on the timing, magnitude, frequency, and path of interest rate changes and the associated assumptions for deposit repricing relationships, lending spreads, and the balance behavior of transaction accounts. If fixed-rate assets increase by $1 billion, or fixed-rate liabilities decrease by $1 billion, then the potential benefit to declining rates would increase by approximately 21 basis points. A five percentage point increase or decrease in the interest-bearing deposit beta assumption changes the current simulation results by approximately 97 basis points.

The current interest rate risk position could fluctuate to higher or lower levels of risk depending on the competitive environment and client behavior that may affect the actual volume, mix, maturity, and repricing characteristics of loan and deposit flows. Corporate Treasury’s discretionary activities related to funding, investing, and hedging may also change as a result of changes in customer business flows or changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning. As changes occur to both the configuration of the balance sheet and the outlook for the economy, management proactively evaluates hedging opportunities that may change the interest rate risk profile.

Simulations are also conducted that measure the effect of changes in market interest rates in the second and third years of a three-year horizon. These simulations are conducted in a similar manner to those based on a 12-month horizon. To capture longer-term exposures, changes in the EVE are calculated as discussed in the following section.

Economic value of equity modeling. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis as it estimates risk exposure beyond 12-, 24-, and 36-month horizons. EVE modeling measures the extent to which the economic values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. EVE is calculated by subjecting the balance sheet to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates, measuring the resulting change in the values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments, and comparing those amounts with the base case of the current interest rate environment. EVE policy limits are measured against a +/-200 basis point scenario subject to a floor on market interest rates at zero. This analysis is highly dependent upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. Those assumptions are based on historical behaviors, as well as forward expectations. Remediation plans are similarly developed if the analysis indicates that the EVE will decrease by 15% or more in response to an instantaneous increase or decrease in interest rates. The position is within these guidelines as of December 31, 2025.

Management of interest rate exposure. The results of the various interest rate risk analyses are used to formulate A/LM strategies to achieve the desired risk profile while managing to objectives for capital adequacy and liquidity risk exposures. Specifically, risk positions are managed by purchasing or selling securities, issuing term debt with floating or fixed interest rates, and using derivatives. Interest rate swaps and options are predominantly used, which modify the interest rate characteristics of certain assets and liabilities.

Figure 26 shows all swap positions held for A/LM purposes. These positions are used to convert the contractual interest rate index of agreed-upon amounts of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index. For example, fixed-rate debt is converted to a floating rate through a “receive fixed/pay variable” interest rate swap. The volume, maturity, and mix of portfolio swaps change frequently to reflect broader A/LM objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For more information about how interest rate swaps are used to manage the risk profile, see Note 7 (“Derivatives and Hedging Activities”).

Figure 26. Portfolio Swaps and Options by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy

December 31, 2025
Weighted-AverageDecember 31, 2024
Dollars in millionsNotional AmountFair ValueMaturity (Years)Receive RatePay RateNotional AmountFair Value
Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional loans$37,050$661.73.3%3.8%$18,750$(442)
Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional debt8,722(198)4.22.73.89,818(470)
Receive fixed/pay variable — forward loans2,200402.64.13.819,200(114)
Receive fixed/pay variable — forward debt950(22)
Pay fixed/receive variable — conventional debt502.54.03.6501
Pay fixed/receive variable — securities10,194(100)2.23.84.19,4055
Total portfolio swaps$58,216$(192)(a)2.23.3%3.8%$58,173$(1,042)(a)
Floors — forward purchased$3,250$.1%%$3,250$2
Floors — forward sold3,250.13,250(1)
Total floors$6,500$%%$6,500$1

(a)Excludes accrued interest of $173 million and $51 million at December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively.

81

Table of contents

Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by our ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, and fund new business opportunities at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences. Liquidity management involves maintaining sufficient and diverse sources of funding to accommodate planned, as well as unanticipated, changes in cash flows of assets and liabilities under both normal and adverse conditions.

Governance structure

We manage liquidity for all of our affiliates on a consolidated basis. This approach considers the funding sources available to each entity, as well as each entity’s capacity to manage through adverse conditions.

The management of consolidated liquidity risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. Oversight and governance is provided by the Board, the ALCO, the TROC, and the Chief Risk Officer. The Asset Liability Management Policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of liquidity risk and is administered by the ALCO. The Corporate Treasury Oversight group within MTRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight. Our current liquidity risk management practices are in compliance with the Federal Reserve Board’s Enhanced Prudential Standards.

These committees mentioned above regularly review liquidity and funding summaries, liquidity trends, peer comparisons, variance analyses, liquidity projections, internal liquidity stress tests, and goal tracking reports. The reviews generate a discussion of positions, trends, and directives on liquidity risk and shape a number of our decisions. When liquidity pressure is elevated, positions are monitored more closely and reporting is more intensive. To ensure that emerging issues are identified, we monitor an extensive set of systemic and idiosyncratic early warning indicators daily.

Factors affecting liquidity

Our liquidity could be adversely affected by both direct and indirect events. An example of a direct event would be a downgrade in our credit ratings by a rating agency. Examples of indirect events (events unrelated to us) that could impair our access to liquidity would be an act of terrorism or war, natural disasters, global pandemics, political events, or the default or bankruptcy of a major corporation, mutual fund, or hedge fund. Similarly, market speculation, or rumors about us or the banking industry in general, may adversely affect the cost and availability of normal funding sources.

Our credit ratings and rating agency outlooks at December 31, 2025, are shown in Figure 27. While we believe these credit ratings, under normal conditions in the capital markets, will enable KeyCorp or KeyBank to issue fixed income securities to investors, downgrades in our credit ratings could increase our cost of funds, trigger additional collateral or funding requirements, and decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing to lend to us.

82

Table of contents

Figure 27. Credit Ratings

December 31, 2025OutlookShort-Term BorrowingsLong-Term Deposits(a)Senior Long-Term DebtSubordinated Long-Term DebtCapital SecuritiesPreferred Stock
KEYCORP
Standard & Poor’sStableA-2N/ABBBBBB-BBBB
Moody’sPositiveP-2N/ABaa2Baa2Baa3Ba1
Fitch Ratings, Inc.StableF1N/AA-N/ABB+BB+
DBRS, Inc.StableR-1 (low)N/AA (low)BBB (high)BBB (high)BBB (low)
KEYBANK
Standard & Poor’sStableA-2N/ABBB+BBBN/AN/A
Moody’sPositiveP-2P-1/A2Baa1Baa2N/AN/A
Fitch Ratings, Inc.StableF1F1/AA-BBB+N/AN/A
DBRS, Inc.StableR-1 (low)AAA (low)N/AN/A

(a)P-1 rating assigned by Moody’s is specific to KeyBank’s short-term bank deposit ratings. F1 assigned by Fitch Ratings, Inc. is specific to KeyBank’s short-term deposit ratings.

Managing liquidity risk

Most of our liquidity risk is derived from our business model, which involves taking in deposits, many of which can be withdrawn at any time, and lending them out in the form of illiquid loan assets. The assessments of liquidity risk are measured under the assumption of normal operating conditions as well as under stressed environments. We manage these exposures in accordance with our risk appetite, and within Board-approved policy limits.

We regularly monitor our liquidity position and funding sources and measure our capacity to obtain funds in a variety of hypothetical scenarios in an effort to maintain an appropriate mix of available and affordable funding. In the normal course of business, we perform a monthly internal liquidity stress test at the consolidated KeyCorp level. From time to time, we may conduct internal liquidity stress tests more frequently, and use assumptions to reflect the changed market environment. Our testing incorporates estimates for loan and deposit lives based on our historical studies. Internal liquidity stress tests analyze potential liquidity scenarios under various funding constraints and time periods. Ultimately, they determine the periodic effects that major direct and indirect events would have on our access to funding markets and our ability to fund our normal operations. To compensate for the effect of these assumed liquidity pressures, we consider alternative sources of liquidity and maturities over different time periods to project how funding needs would be managed.

Our primary source of funding for KeyBank is customer deposits resulting in a consolidated loan-to-deposit ratio of 72.5% as of December 31, 2025. If the cash flows needed to support operating and investing activities are not satisfied by deposit balances, we rely on wholesale funding or on-balance sheet liquid reserves. Additionally, excess cash generated by operating, investing, and deposit-gathering activities may be used to repay outstanding debt or invest in liquid assets.

We maintain a Contingency Funding Plan that outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis. As part of the plan, we maintain on-balance sheet liquid reserves referred to as our liquid asset portfolio, which consists of high quality liquid assets. During a stress period, that reserve could be used as a source of funding to provide time to develop and execute a longer-term strategy. Figure 28 shows our available contingent liquidity at December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2025, our secured term borrowings were $810 million, a decrease of $519 million compared to December 31, 2024 due to a reduction in FHLB borrowings.

Figure 28. Available Contingent Liquidity

December 31,
Dollars in billions20252024
Available contingent liquidity:
Unpledged securities$29.4$25.5
Net balances of federal funds sold and balances in our Federal Reserve account9.317.4
Unused secured borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland39.536.7
Unused secured borrowing capacity at the FHLB18.918.9
Total$97.0$98.5

83

Table of contents

Long-term liquidity strategy

Our long-term liquidity strategy is to be predominantly funded by core deposits. However, we may use wholesale funds to sustain an adequate liquid asset portfolio, meet daily cash demands, and allow management flexibility to execute business initiatives. Key’s client-based relationship strategy provides for a strong core deposit base that, in conjunction with intermediate and long-term wholesale funds managed to a diversified maturity structure and investor base, supports our liquidity risk management strategy. We use the loan-to-deposit ratio as a metric to monitor these strategies. Our target loan-to-deposit ratio is around 80% (at December 31, 2025, our loan-to-deposit ratio was 72.5%), which we calculate as the sum of total loans, loans held for sale, and nonsecuritized discontinued loans divided by deposits.

Liquidity programs

We have several liquidity programs that are designed to enable KeyCorp and KeyBank to raise funds in the public and private debt markets. The proceeds from most of these programs can be used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. These liquidity programs are reviewed from time to time by the Board and are renewed and replaced as necessary. There are no restrictive financial covenants in any of these programs.

KeyCorp maintains a Medium-Term Note Program that permits KeyCorp to issue notes with original maturities of nine months or more. At December 31, 2025, KeyCorp had $13.3 billion available for issuance under the Medium-Term Note Program.

Under its Bank Note Program, KeyBank may issue up to $20 billion of notes. At December 31, 2025, there was $20.0 billion available for issuance under the KeyBank Bank Note Program.

Liquidity for KeyCorp

The primary sources of liquidity for KeyCorp are dividends from KeyBank and the proceeds from the issuance of debt and capital securities. KeyCorp has sufficient liquidity when it can service its debt; support customary corporate operations and activities (including acquisitions); support occasional guarantees of subsidiaries’ obligations in transactions with third parties at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences; and fund capital distributions in the form of dividends and share buybacks.

We use a parent cash coverage months metric as the primary measure to assess parent company liquidity. The parent cash coverage months metric measures the number of months into the future where projected obligations can be met with the current quantity of liquidity. We generally issue term debt to supplement dividends from KeyBank to manage our liquidity position at or above our targeted levels. The parent company generally maintains cash and short-term investments in an amount sufficient to meet projected debt maturities and dividends for the next 24 months. At December 31, 2025, KeyCorp held $4.9 billion in cash and short-term investments, which we projected to be sufficient to meet our projected obligations, including the repayment of our maturing debt obligations for the periods prescribed by our risk tolerance.

Typically, KeyCorp meets its liquidity requirements through regular dividends from KeyBank, supplemented with the proceeds from term debt issuances. Federal banking law limits the amount of capital distributions that a bank can make to its holding company without prior regulatory approval. A national bank’s dividend-paying capacity is affected by several factors, including net profits (as defined by statute) for the two previous calendar years and for the current year, up to the date of dividend declaration. During 2025, KeyBank paid $1.4 billion in cash dividends to KeyCorp, and during the fourth quarter of 2025, KeyBank paid $525 million in cash dividends to KeyCorp. At December 31, 2025, KeyBank had $783 million in regulatory capacity to pay any dividends to KeyCorp without prior regulatory approval.

Our liquidity position and recent activity

Our liquid asset portfolio, which includes overnight and short-term investments, as well as unencumbered, high quality liquid securities held as protection against a range of potential liquidity stress scenarios, continues to exceed the amount that we estimate would be necessary to manage through an adverse liquidity event by providing sufficient time to develop and execute a longer-term solution.

84

Table of contents

On December 29, 2025 all of the KeyBank outstanding 4.700% Fixed Rate Senior Bank Notes due January 26, 2026 were called at a redemption price equal to 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Senior Bank Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date.

In addition, on January 28, 2026, also under the Medium-Term Note Program, KeyCorp issued $750 million of 5.305% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Senior Notes due January 28, 2037.

From time to time, KeyCorp or KeyBank may seek to retire, repurchase, or exchange outstanding debt, capital securities, preferred shares, or common shares through cash purchase, privately negotiated transactions or other means. Additional information on repurchases of Common Shares by KeyCorp is included in Part II, Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities of this report. Such transactions depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity and capital requirements, contractual restrictions, regulatory requirements, and other factors. The amounts involved may be material, individually or collectively.

The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows summarize our sources and uses of cash by type of activity for the years ended December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024.

Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk of loss arising from an obligor’s inability or failure to meet contractual payment or performance terms. Like other financial services institutions, we make loans, extend credit, distribute credit risk, purchase securities, provide financial and payments products, and enter into financial derivative contracts, all of which have related credit risk.

Credit policy, approval, and evaluation

We manage credit risk exposure through a multifaceted program. The Credit Risk Committee recommends Significant Level 1 credit policies to the Board Risk Committee for approval. These policies are communicated throughout the organization to foster a consistent approach to granting credit.

Our credit risk management team and certain individuals within our lines of business, to whom credit risk management has delegated limited credit authority, are responsible for credit approval. Individuals with assigned credit authority are authorized to grant exceptions to credit policies. It is not unusual to make exceptions to established policies when mitigating circumstances dictate, however, a corporate level tolerance has been established to keep exceptions at an acceptable level based upon portfolio and economic considerations.

Our credit risk management team uses risk models to evaluate consumer loans. These models, known as scorecards, forecast the probability of serious delinquency and default for an applicant. The scorecards are embedded in the application processing system, which allows for real-time scoring and automated decisions for many of our products. We periodically validate the loan scoring processes.

We maintain an active concentration management program to mitigate concentration risk in our credit portfolios. For individual obligors, we employ a sliding scale of exposure, known as hold limits, which is dictated by the type of loan and strength of the borrower.

85

Table of contents

Allowance for loan and lease losses

We estimate the appropriate level of the ALLL on at least a quarterly basis. The methodology used is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.” Briefly, the ALLL estimate uses various models and estimation techniques based on our historical loss experience, current borrower characteristics, current conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts and other relevant factors. The ALLL at December 31, 2025, represents our best estimate of the lifetime expected credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at that date. For more information, see Note 4 (“Asset Quality”).

As shown in Figure 29, our ALLL from continuing operations increased by $18 million, or 1.3%, from December 31, 2024. The commercial ALLL increased by $41 million, or 4.0%, from December 31, 2024, driven by changes in the economic outlook and loan growth, partly offset by improving credit quality trends. The consumer ALLL decreased $23 million, or 6.2%, from December 31, 2024, driven by the impact of ongoing loan balance reductions and strong credit performance.

Figure 29. Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

20252024
December 31,Dollars in millionsTotal AllowancePercent of Allowance to Total AllowancePercent of Loan Type to Total LoansTotal AllowancePercent of Allowance to Total AllowancePercent of Loan Type to Total Loans
Commercial and industrial$74550.6%54.1%$63945.4%50.7%
Commercial real estate:
Commercial mortgage25219.212.932022.712.8
Construction553.52.7513.62.8
Total commercial real estate loans30722.715.637126.315.6
Commercial lease financing261.72.1271.92.6
Total commercial loans1,07875.071.81,03773.668.9
Real estate — residential mortgage664.717.6906.419.1
Home equity loans524.75.3705.06.1
Other consumer loans1499.94.41369.65.0
Credit cards825.7.9765.4.9
Total consumer loans34925.028.237226.431.1
Total loans (a)$1,427100.0%100.0%$1,409100.0%100.0%

(a)Excludes allocations of the ALLL related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business in the amount of $11 million at December 31, 2025, and $13 million at December 31, 2024.

Net loan charge-offs

Figure 30 shows the trend in our net loan charge-offs by loan type, while the composition of loan charge-offs and recoveries by type of loan is presented in Figure 32. Figure 31 shows the ratio of net charge-offs by loan category as a percentage of the respective average loan balance.

Over the past 12 months, net loan charge-offs decreased $10 million, mainly reflecting a decrease in charge-offs of consumer loans.

86

Table of contents

Figure 30. Net Loan Charge-offs from Continuing Operations(a)

Year ended December 31,
Dollars in millions20252024
Commercial and industrial$255$305
Commercial real estate:
Commercial mortgage8738
Construction
Total commercial real estate loans8738
Commercial lease financing62
Total commercial loans348345
Real estate — residential mortgage(2)(2)
Home equity loans(1)
Other consumer loans4856
Credit cards3741
Total consumer loans8295
Total net loan charge-offs$430$440
Net loan charge-offs to average loans.41%.41%
Net loan charge-offs from discontinued operations — education lending business$2$3

(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.

Figure 31. Net Loan Charge-offs to Average Loans from Continuing Operations(a)

Year ended December 31,
20252024
Commercial and industrial0.46%0.56%
Commercial real estate:
Commercial mortgage0.650.27
Construction0.01
Total commercial real estate loans0.540.22
Commercial lease financing0.250.05
Total commercial loans0.470.46
Real estate — residential mortgage(0.01)(0.01)
Home equity loans(0.01)
Other consumer loans0.961.01
Credit cards4.084.44
Total consumer loans0.260.29
Total net loan charge-offs0.41%0.41%

(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.

87

Table of contents

Figure 32. Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience from Continuing Operations

Year ended December 31,Dollars in millions20252024
Average loans outstanding$105,660$107,724
Allowance for loan and lease losses at beginning of period$1,409$1,508
Loans charged off:
Commercial and industrial$312$363
Commercial real estate:
Commercial mortgage9440
Construction
Total commercial real estate loans (a)9440
Commercial lease financing67
Total commercial loans (b)412410
Real estate — residential mortgage23
Home equity loans22
Other consumer loans5664
Credit cards4547
Total consumer loans105116
Total loans charged off517526
Recoveries:
Commercial and industrial5758
Commercial real estate:
Commercial mortgage72
Construction
Total commercial real estate loans (a)72
Commercial lease financing5
Total commercial loans (b)6465
Real estate — residential mortgage45
Home equity loans32
Other consumer loans88
Credit cards86
Total consumer loans2321
Total recoveries8786
Net loan charge-offs(430)(440)
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses448341
Allowance for loan and lease losses at end of year$1,427$1,409
Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at beginning of the year290296
Provision (credit) for losses on lending-related commitments23(6)
Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at end of the year (c)$313$290
Total allowance for credit losses at end of the year$1,740$1,699
Net loan charge-offs to average total loans.41%.41%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to period-end loans1.341.35
Allowance for credit losses to period-end loans1.631.63
Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans232.0185.9
Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans282.9224.1
Discontinued operations — education lending business:
Loans charged off$3$4
Recoveries11
Net loan charge-offs$(2)$(3)

(a)See Figure 11 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.

(b)See Figure 10 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.

(c)Included in “accrued expense and other liabilities” on the balance sheet.

Nonperforming assets

Figure 33 shows the composition of our nonperforming assets. As shown in Figure 33, nonperforming assets decreased $145 million during 2025. See Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Nonperforming Loans,” “Impaired Loans,” and “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” for a summary of our nonaccrual and charge-off policies.

88

Table of contents

Figure 33. Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Past Due Loans from Continuing Operations

December 31,
Dollars in millions20252024
Commercial and industrial$256$322
Commercial real estate:
Commercial mortgage157243
Construction
Total commercial real estate loans (a)157243
Commercial lease financing7
Total commercial loans (b)420565
Real estate — residential mortgage10492
Home equity loans8089
Other consumer loans45
Credit cards77
Total consumer loans195193
Total nonperforming loans615758
Nonperforming loans held for sale3
OREO914
Other nonperforming assets
Total nonperforming assets$627$772
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more$99$90
Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days220206
Nonperforming assets from discontinued operations — education lending business22
Nonperforming loans to period-end portfolio loans.58%.73%
Nonperforming assets to period-end portfolio loans plus OREO and other nonperforming assets.59.74

(a)See Figure 11 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.

(b)See Figure 10 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.

Figure 34 shows the types of activity that caused the change in our nonperforming loans during each of the last four quarters and the years ended December 31, 2025, and December 31, 2024.

Figure 34. Summary of Changes in Nonperforming Loans from Continuing Operations

2025 Quarters
Dollars in millions2025FourthThirdSecondFirst2024
Balance at beginning of period$758$658$696$686$758$574
Loans placed on nonaccrual status8612482102331701,140
Charge-offs(517)(124)(140)(127)(126)(526)
Loans sold(20)(7)(13)(72)
Payments(323)(124)(68)(74)(57)(259)
Transfers to OREO(5)(1)(1)(1)(2)(6)
Loans returned to accrual status(139)(35)(26)(21)(57)(93)
Balance at end of period$615$615$658$696$686$758

Operational and compliance risk management

Like all businesses, we are subject to operational risk, which is the risk of loss resulting from human error or malfeasance, inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, and external events. These events include, among other things, threats to our cybersecurity, as we are reliant upon information systems and the internet to conduct our business activities. Operational risk intersects with compliance risk, which is the risk of loss from violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules and regulations, prescribed practices, and ethical standards. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, large financial companies like Key are subject to heightened prudential standards and regulation. This heightened level of regulation has increased our operational risk. While operational and compliance risk are separate risk disciplines in KeyCorp’s ERM framework, losses and/or additional regulatory compliance costs are included in operational loss reporting and could take the form of explicit charges, increased operational costs, or harm to our reputation.

We seek to mitigate operational risk through identification and measurement of risk, alignment of business strategies with risk appetite and tolerance, and a system of internal controls and reporting. We continuously strive to strengthen our system of internal controls to improve the oversight of our operational risk and to ensure compliance with laws, rules, and regulations. For example, an operational event database tracks the amounts and sources of operational risk and losses. This tracking mechanism helps to identify weaknesses and to highlight the need to take corrective action. We also rely upon software programs designed to assist in assessing operational risk and

89

Table of contents

monitoring our control processes. This technology has enhanced the reporting of the effectiveness of our controls to senior management and the Board.

The Operational Risk Management Program provides the framework for the structure, governance, roles, and responsibilities, as well as the content, to manage operational risk for Key. The Compliance Risk Management Program serves the same function in managing compliance risk for Key. The Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee support the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments. Both the Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee include attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense. Primary responsibility for managing and monitoring internal control mechanisms lies with the managers of our various lines of business. The Operational Risk Committee and Compliance Risk Committee are senior management committees that oversee our level of operational and compliance risk and direct and support our operational and compliance infrastructure and related activities. These committees and the Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management functions are an integral part of our ERM Program. Our Internal Audit function regularly assesses the overall effectiveness of our Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management Programs and our system of internal controls. Internal Audit reports the results of reviews on internal controls and systems to senior management and the Audit Committee and updates the Risk Committee, as appropriate, on matters related to the oversight of these controls.

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000091576-25-000038.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-02-21. Report date: 2024-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Page Number
Introduction50
Corporate strategy50
Executive overview51
Results of Operations53
Earnings overview53
Net interest income53
Provision for credit losses56
Noninterest income56
Noninterest expense58
Income taxes60
Business Segment Results60
Consumer Bank60
Commercial Bank61
Financial Condition63
Loans and loans held for sale63
Securities69
Deposits and other sources of funds72
Capital73
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations75
Off-balance sheet arrangements75
Guarantees76
Risk Management76
Overview76
Market risk management78
Liquidity risk management83
Credit risk management86
Operational and compliance risk management90
GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations91
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates92
Allowance for loan and lease losses93
Valuation methodologies94
Derivatives and hedging96
Contingent liabilities, guarantees and income taxes97
Accounting and reporting developments98

49

Table of contents

Introduction

This section reviews the financial condition and results of operations of KeyCorp and its subsidiaries for 2024 and 2023. Some tables may include additional periods to comply with disclosure requirements or to illustrate trends in greater depth. When you read this discussion, you should also refer to the consolidated financial statements and related notes in this report. The page locations of specific sections and notes that we refer to are presented in the Table of Contents. To review our financial condition and results of operations for 2022 and a comparison between the 2022 and 2023 results, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of our 2023 Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2024, which discussion is incorporated herein by reference.

Corporate strategy

We remain committed to enhancing long-term shareholder value by continuing to execute our relationship-based business model, growing our franchise, and being disciplined with respect to capital management. We intend to pursue this commitment by growing profitably; acquiring and expanding targeted client relationships; effectively managing risk and rewards; maintaining financial strength; and engaging, retaining, and inspiring our high-performing and talented workforce and fostering a culture that is fair and inclusive for all. These strategic priorities for enhancing long-term shareholder value are described in more detail below.

•Grow profitably — We intend to continue to focus on generating positive operating leverage by growing revenue and creating a more efficient operating environment. We expect our relationship business model to keep generating organic growth as it helps us expand engagement with existing clients and attract new customers. We plan to leverage our continuous improvement culture to maintain an efficient cost structure that is aligned, sustainable, and consistent with the current operating environment and that supports our relationship business model.

•Acquire and expand targeted client relationships — We seek to be client-centric in our actions and have taken purposeful steps to enhance our ability to acquire and expand targeted relationships. We seek to provide solutions to serve our clients' needs. We focus on markets and clients where we can be the most relevant. In aligning our businesses and investments against these targeted client segments, we are able to make a meaningful positive impact for our clients.

•Effectively manage risk and rewards — Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring we properly identify, measure, and manage risks across the entire company to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability.

•Maintain financial strength — With the foundation of a strong balance sheet, we intend to remain focused on sustaining strong reserves, liquidity, and capital. We plan to work closely with our Board and regulators to manage capital to support our clients’ needs and drive long-term shareholder value. Our capital position remains strong, and we are well-positioned relative to our capital priorities.

•Engage a high-performing and talented workforce — Every day our employees provide our clients with great ideas, extraordinary service, and smart solutions. We intend to continue to engage our high-performing and talented workforce to create an environment where everyone can make a difference, own their careers, be respected, and feel a sense of pride.

50

Table of contents

Executive overview

Our 2024 financial results were generally positive and reflected the impact of large securities repositioning trades that enhanced our future earnings trajectory. Net interest income was down, reflecting lower loans and changes in interest rates, but remained within our target range versus 2023. Fee growth was stronger than expected reflecting the second highest year of investment banking revenues in our history. At December 31, 2024, our Common Equity Tier 1 and Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios stood at 11.92% and 13.69%, respectively. We achieved meaningful positive operating leverage in the second half of the year and look to continue to deliver earnings growth and operating leverage in 2025.

Strategic Minority Investment by Scotiabank

On August 12, 2024, we entered into an Investment Agreement with Scotiabank pursuant to which Scotiabank agreed to make a strategic minority investment in KeyCorp of approximately $2.8 billion, representing approximately 14.9% pro forma common stock ownership of KeyCorp, for a fixed price of $17.17 per share. On August 30, 2024, Scotiabank completed the initial purchase of our Common Shares with an investment of approximately $821 million in gross proceeds. Following the initial purchase, Scotiabank owned approximately 4.9% of KeyCorp’s common stock.

On December 13, 2024, Key announced that all necessary bank regulatory approvals had been received for completion of Scotiabank’s strategic minority investment in KeyCorp. On December 27, 2024, Scotiabank completed the final purchase of our Common Shares contemplated under the Investment Agreement with an investment of approximately $2.0 billion (the “Second Closing”). Following the Second Closing, Scotiabank owns approximately 14.9% of our Common Shares.

On December 27, 2024, in connection with the Second Closing, the Board of Directors of KeyCorp increased the size of the Board to fifteen directors and appointed Jacqueline Allard and Somesh Khanna to serve on the Board, effectively immediately upon the Second Closing.

Refer to Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”) for additional information on this transaction.

Securities Repositioning

On September 6, 2024, we initiated a strategic repositioning of our available-for-sale investment securities portfolio by selling approximately $7.0 billion in market value of low-yielding mortgage-backed securities. The mortgage-backed securities that were sold had a weighted average book yield of approximately 2.3% and an average duration of approximately six years. Reinvestment of the proceeds from the sale was completed in October 2024, with the new securities having an average book yield of approximately 4.95% and an average duration of approximately four years. During the third quarter of 2024, along with our customary sale of short-dated U.S. Treasuries set to mature within the quarter, we also sold approximately $3 billion in U.S. Treasuries yielding 50 basis points that were set to mature in the fourth quarter of 2024. The total pre-tax loss on the sale of securities available for sale for the third quarter was $935 million of which $918 million was associated with the strategic repositioning.

Prior to the Second Closing, KeyCorp completed the strategic repositioning of its available-for-sale investment securities portfolio by selling an additional $3.0 billion in market value of low-yielding investment securities and terminating approximately $3.0 billion of fair value hedges, resulting in a pre-tax loss of $915 million in the fourth quarter of 2024. The investment securities that were sold had a weighted average book yield of approximately 1.5% and an average duration of approximately eight years. The reinvestment of the proceeds from the repositioning was completed in December 2024, with the new securities having an average book yield of 5.5% and an average duration of approximately four years.

In addition to the items described above, the following actions and results during 2024 also supported our overall corporate strategy.

•We have expanded our commercial banking business in Chicago and Southern California to serve more middle market clients with our differentiated platform, which includes a full range of commercial lending and capital markets capabilities as well as payments solutions designed specifically for the segment.

•We completed core technological modernization projects of our commercial loan platform and our derivatives platform.

51

Table of contents

•We ended the year with $61.4 billion in assets under management and administration, a record high, reflecting the strong sales production in our mass affluent segment.

•Within our Consumer Bank, we grew relationship households in excess of three percent for the second consecutive year, including growth of five to eight percent throughout our western markets.

•We remained committed to our strategy to engage a high-performing and talented workforce and fostering an inclusive environment for all. We continue to be recognized by multiple organizations for our dedication to creating an environment where all employees are treated with respect and empowered to bring their authentic selves to work.

Business Outlook

Consistent with the forward guidance we provided on January 21, 2025, we expect these results for full year 2025 versus full year 2024.

Category2024 BaselineFY2024 vs FY2023FY2025 (vs FY 2024)(a)
Average loans$107.7 Billion(9)%down 2% to 5%
Ending loans$104.3 Billion(7)%Flat vs YE 2024
PE Commercial Loans$71.9 Billion(7)%up 2% to 4%
Net interest income (TE)$3,810 Million(3)%up ~20%(b)
Adjusted noninterest income(c)$2,645 Million+7%up 5%+
Adjusted noninterest expense(c)$4,520 Million+3%up 3% to 5%
Net charge-offs to average loans41 bps+ 20 bps40 to 45 basis points (FY2025)
Effective tax rate~21% to 22% (FY2025)
Tax-equivalent Effective Rate(d)~23% to 24% (FY2025)

(a) Ranges are shown on an operating basis.

(b) Additional Guidance: Net interest income (TE): 10%+ 4Q25 vs. 4Q24.

(c) Refer to the GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliation within Management's Discussion and Analysis of this Form 10-K for the reconciliation of these non-GAAP measures.

(d) Reflects the estimated full year taxable-equivalent adjustment.

52

Table of contents

Results of Operations

Earnings Overview

The following chart provides a reconciliation of net income from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2023, to the year ended December 31, 2024 (dollars in millions):

Net interest income

One of our principal sources of revenue is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income received on earning assets (such as loans and securities) and loan-related fee income, and interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings. There are several factors that affect net interest income, including:

•the volume, pricing, mix, and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities;

•the volume and value of net free funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and equity capital;

•the use of derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk;

•interest rate fluctuations and competitive conditions within the marketplace;

•asset quality; and

•fair value accounting of acquired earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

To make it easier to compare both the results among several periods and the yields on various types of earning assets (some taxable, some not), we present net interest income in this discussion on a “TE basis” (i.e., as if all income were taxable and at the same rate). For example, $100 of tax-exempt income would be presented as $126, an amount that, if taxed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, would yield $100.

53

Table of contents

Net interest income (TE) for 2024 was $3.8 billion, and the net interest margin was 2.16%. Compared to 2023, net interest income (TE) decreased $133 million, and the net interest margin was relatively stable, decreasing by one basis point. The decline in net interest income (TE) and the net interest margin reflects higher deposit costs, partly due to a shift in funding mix from noninterest-bearing deposits to higher cost deposits in 2024, and lower loan balances, in part due to the residual effect of Key’s balance sheet optimization efforts during the second half of 2023. Net interest income (TE) and the net interest margin benefited from higher earning asset yields as a result of the higher interest rate environment, including the reinvestment of proceeds from maturing investment securities into higher-yielding investments. Net interest income (TE) and the net interest margin also benefited from the maturity of interest rate swaps with negative carry, and an increase in lower-cost deposits, which contributed to the decline in wholesale borrowings. In addition, during the second half of 2024, Key completed the available-for-sale portfolio repositioning, which involved the sale and reinvestment of approximately $10.0 billion of lower-yielding mortgaged-backed securities into higher-yielding investments.

Average loans totaled $107.7 billion for 2024, compared to $118.0 billion in 2023. The $10.3 billion decrease reflected continued tepid client loan demand. Commercial loans decreased $7.6 billion, due to lower commercial and industrial loans and commercial mortgage real estate loans. Additionally, average consumer loans declined by $2.6 billion, reflective of broad-based declines across all consumer loan categories.

Average deposits totaled $146.2 billion for 2024, an increase of $2.1 billion compared to 2023, reflecting growth in both consumer and commercial deposits, partially offset by a decline in brokered CDs.

Figure 1 shows the various components of our balance sheet that affect interest income and expense and their respective yields or rates over the past three years. This figure also presents a reconciliation of TE net interest income to net interest income reported in accordance with GAAP for each of those years. The net interest margin, which is an indicator of the profitability of our earning assets less the cost of funding, is calculated by dividing taxable-equivalent net interest income by average earning assets.

54

Table of contents

Figure 1. Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Net Interest Income, and Yields/Rates from Continuing Operations(g)

Year ended December 31,202420232022
Dollars in millionsAverageBalanceInterest (a)Yield/Rate (a)AverageBalanceInterest (a)Yield/Rate (a)Average BalanceInterest (a)Yield/ Rate (a)
ASSETS
Loans (b), (c)
Commercial and industrial (d)$53,951$3,3786.26%$59,379$3,4445.80%$54,970$2,1483.91%
Real estate — commercial mortgage14,0808736.2015,9689315.8315,5726334.07
Real estate — construction3,0422277.482,7551856.712,229994.44
Commercial lease financing3,0871053.413,7031163.133,869982.54
Total commercial loans74,1604,5836.1881,8054,6765.7276,6402,9783.89
Real estate — residential mortgage20,3826743.3121,4286993.2619,0365592.94
Home equity loans6,7293985.927,5224335.768,1153474.28
Other consumer loans5,5192785.046,2633054.866,5522774.27
Credit cards93413814.7898613613.8895910711.23
Total consumer loans33,5641,4884.4336,1991,5734.3534,6621,2903.72
Total loans107,7246,0715.64118,0046,2495.30111,3024,2683.84
Loans held for sale979606.111,012616.061,278564.41
Securities available for sale (b), (e)37,1271,1422.7137,7187931.8042,3257521.62
Held-to-maturity securities (b)7,9802843.569,0083123.467,6762132.77
Trading account assets1,175615.161,138554.85850313.61
Short-term investments14,8467925.337,3494145.634,264972.28
Other investments (e)1,177625.251,392735.28952222.26
Total earning assets171,0088,4724.81175,6217,9574.37168,6475,4393.15
Allowance for loan and lease losses(1,515)(1,419)(1,101)
Accrued income and other assets17,32217,42518,340
Discontinued assets296384492
Total assets$187,111$192,011$186,378
LIABILITIES
Money market deposits$39,525$1,1462.90%$34,539$6661.93%$35,966$52.14%
Demand deposits56,1301,4022.5054,7111,1022.0149,707182.37
Savings deposits5,0107.146,3433.047,7981.01
Time deposits16,4977524.5613,7945514.004,34744
Total interest-bearing deposits117,1623,3072.82109,3872,3222.1297,818279.29
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements10344.351,647794.812,107411.93
Bank notes and other short-term borrowings2,9841645.495,8903085.242,963903.02
Long-term debt (g)17,2791,1876.8720,9831,3056.2214,9154753.19
Total interest-bearing liabilities137,5284,6623.39137,9074,0142.91117,803885.75
Noninterest-bearing deposits28,99334,67249,044
Accrued expense and other liabilities4,8865,1674,309
Discontinued liabilities (f)296384492
Total liabilities171,703178,130171,648
EQUITY
Total equity15,40813,88114,730
Total liabilities and equity$187,111$192,011$186,378
Interest rate spread (TE)1.42%1.46%2.40%
Net interest income (TE) and net interest margin (TE)$3,8102.16%$3,9432.17%$4,5542.64%
Less: TE adjustment (b)453027
Net interest income, GAAP basis$3,765$3,913$4,527

(a)Results are from continuing operations. Interest excludes the interest associated with the liabilities referred to in (g) below, calculated using a matched funds transfer pricing methodology.

(b)Interest income on tax-exempt securities and loans has been adjusted to a taxabale-equivalent basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.

(c)For purposes of these computations, nonaccrual loans are included in average loan balances.

(d)Commercial and industrial average loan balances include $215 million, $196 million, and $157 million of assets from commercial credit cards for the years ended December 31, 2024, December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.

(e)Yield presented is calculated on the basis of amortized cost excluding fair value hedge basis adjustments. The average amortized cost for securities available for sale was $42.2 billion and $44.0 billion for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively. Yield based on the fair value of securities available for sale was 3.08% and 2.10% for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively.

(f)A portion of long-term debt and the related interest expense is allocated to discontinued liabilities as a result of applying our matched funds transfer pricing methodology to discontinued operations.

(g)Average balances presented are based on daily average balances over the respective stated period.

55

Table of contents

Figure 2 shows how the changes in yields or rates and average balances from the prior year affected net interest income. The section entitled “Financial Condition” contains additional discussion about changes in earning assets and funding sources.

Figure 2. Components of Net Interest Income Changes from Continuing Operations

2024 vs. 2023
Dollars in millionsAverageVolumeYield/ RateNet Change(a)
INTEREST INCOME
Loans$(568)$390$(178)
Loans held for sale(2)1(1)
Securities available for sale(13)362349
Held-to-maturity securities(36)8(28)
Trading account assets246
Short-term investments401(23)378
Other investments(11)(11)
Total interest income (TE)(227)742515
INTEREST EXPENSE
Money market deposits107373480
Demand deposits29271300
Savings deposits(1)54
Time deposits11784201
Total interest-bearing deposits252733985
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements(62)(13)(75)
Bank notes and other short-term borrowings(159)15(144)
Long-term debt(245)127(118)
Total interest expense(214)862648
Net interest income (TE)$(13)$(120)$(133)

(a)The change in interest not due solely to volume or rate has been allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

Provision for credit losses

Our provision for credit losses was a net charge of $335 million for 2024, compared to $489 million for 2023. The decrease in our provision for credit losses was driven by reserve releases, partly offset by higher net charge-offs. The net reserve release in 2024 was driven by changes in the economic outlook and planned balance sheet optimization efforts, which offset reserve increases attributable to asset quality migration. The higher net charge-offs were largely driven by the commercial and industrial portfolio.

56

Table of contents

Noninterest income

Noninterest income for 2024 was $809 million, inclusive of the $1.8 billion loss from the investment portfolio repositioning, compared to $2.5 billion during 2023. Noninterest income represented 18% of total revenue for 2024 and 39% of total revenue for 2023.

The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest income and the factors that caused those elements to change.

Figure 3. Noninterest Income

57

Table of contents

Trust and investment services income

Trust and investment services income consists of brokerage commissions, trust and asset management fees, and insurance income. The assets under management or administration that primarily generate these revenues are shown in Figure 4. For 2024, trust and investment services income increased $41 million, or 7.9%. This was primarily due to an increase in investment management income and other fees stemming from increased assets under management.

A significant portion of our trust and investment services income depends on the value and mix of assets under management. At December 31, 2024, our bank, trust, and registered investment advisory subsidiaries had assets under management or administration of $61.4 billion, compared to $54.9 billion at December 31, 2023. The increase from 2023 to 2024 was attributable to movements in the market and net new business.

Figure 4. Assets Under Management or Administration

Year ended December 31,Change 2024 vs. 2023
Dollars in millions20242023AmountPercent
Discretionary assets under management by investment type:
Equity$34,541$30,724$3,81712.4%
Fixed income13,94213,7751671.2
Money market6,7856,1875989.7
Total discretionary assets under management$55,268$50,686$4,5829.0%
Non-discretionary assets under administration6,0934,1731,92046.0
Total$61,361$54,859$6,50211.9%

Investment banking and debt placement fees

Investment banking and debt placement fees consist of syndication fees, debt and equity securities underwriting fees, merger and acquisition and debt placement advisor fees, gains on sales of commercial mortgages, and agency origination fees. For 2024, investment banking and debt placement fees increased $146 million, or 26.9%, from the prior year reflective of growth across all products excluding commercial mortgage activity.

Service charges on deposit accounts

Service charges on deposit accounts decreased $9 million, or 3.3%, in 2024 compared to the prior year. This decrease was driven by lower overdraft, maintenance, and service fees, offset slightly by higher account analysis fees.

Cards and payments income

Cards and payments income, which consists of debit card, consumer and commercial credit card, and merchant services income decreased $9 million, or 2.6%, in 2024 compared to 2023, driven by a decrease in debit interchange fees, partially offset by an increase in card reward costs.

Other noninterest income

Other noninterest income includes operating lease income and other leasing gains, corporate services income, corporate-owned life insurance income, consumer mortgage income, commercial mortgage servicing fees, net securities gains (losses), and other income. Other noninterest income decreased $1.8 billion in 2024 compared to 2023, primarily attributable to approximately $1.8 billion in losses on the sales of securities available for sale as part of portfolio repositioning activity during the third and fourth quarters of 2024. Excluding the impact of the repositioning activity, other noninterest income was relatively flat, increasing $3 million, reflecting an increase in commercial mortgage servicing fees offset by decreases in operating lease income and corporate services income.

Noninterest expense

Noninterest expense for 2024 was $4.5 billion, compared to $4.7 billion for 2023. Figure 5 gives a breakdown of our major categories of noninterest expense as a percentage of total noninterest expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2024.

58

Table of contents

The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest expense and the factors that caused those elements to change.

Figure 5. Noninterest Expense

(a)Other noninterest expense includes equipment, operating lease expense, marketing, intangible asset amortization and other miscellaneous expense. See the "Consolidated Statements of Income" in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report.

Personnel

As shown in Figure 6, personnel expense, the largest category of our noninterest expense, increased by $54 million, or 2.0%, in 2024 compared to 2023. Overall activity for the year was driven by higher incentive compensation from strong capital markets activity during the year, partially offset by a decrease in severance expense. Salaries and contract labor were down reflecting a decrease in FTE’s, offset slightly by increased contract labor costs.

Figure 6. Personnel Expense

Year ended December 31,Dollars in millionsChange 2024 vs. 2023
20242023AmountPercent
Salaries and contract labor$1,609$1,649$(40)(2.4)%
Incentive and stock-based compensation (a)66152513625.9
Employee benefits442405379.1
Severance281(79)N/M
Total personnel expense$2,714$2,660$542.0%

N/M - Not meaningful

(a)Excludes directors’ stock-based compensation of $4 million in 2024 and $3 million in 2023, reported as “other noninterest expense” in Figure 5.

59

Table of contents

Non-personnel expense

In total, other non-personnel expense decreased $243 million, or 11.7%, in 2024 compared to 2023 primarily due to items impacting non-personnel expense in 2023, including a $190 million FDIC special assessment charge, as well as corporate real estate related rationalization costs recorded within other expense.

Income taxes

We recorded a tax benefit from continuing operations of $143 million for 2024, compared to tax expense of $196 million for 2023. The effective tax rate, which is the provision for income taxes as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes, was 46.6% for 2024 and 16.9% for 2023. The tax benefit recorded and increased effective tax rate for the year resulted primarily from the $1.8 billion loss on the sales of securities incurred as part of a strategic repositioning of our securities portfolio.

In 2024, our federal tax expense and effective tax rate differ from the amount that would be calculated using the federal statutory tax rate primarily due to investments in tax-advantaged assets, such as corporate-owned life insurance, and tax credits associated with low-income housing investments, and periodic adjustments to our tax reserves as described in Note 14 (“Income Taxes”).

Business Segment Results

This section summarizes the financial performance of our two major business segments (operating segments): Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank. Note 25 (“Business Segment Reporting”) describes the products and services offered by each of these business segments and provides more detailed financial information pertaining to the segments. Dollars in the charts are presented in millions.

Consumer Bank

Segment imperatives

•Execute a relationship-oriented growth strategy, which will enable us to grow (i) stable, low-cost deposits and (ii) valuable fee income streams, including wealth management and cards and payments

•Simplify our business to improve execution and efficiency while managing risk

•Meet the needs of our clients and communities in markets where we operate

Market and business overview

As the banking industry moves forward, so do our clients. Anticipating our clients’ needs not only today, but also for tomorrow and into the future, has become one of the biggest challenges for the banking industry. We view these challenges as an opportunity to help our current client base meet their own goals, as well as attract new and diverse clients. Key Consumer Bank’s focus on durable, long-term client relationships centered in core checking has been evident through the execution of our strategic priorities through focus areas such as developing a core Consumer relationship product suite and driving long-term deposits and fee income through new and enhanced products and services. Key continues to adapt to an increasingly digital world with an increased focus on client experience across our online banking channels. The advice our bankers provide, in combination with our products, services and digital platforms, place Key in a strong position to develop long-lasting and meaningful relationships with our current and prospective clients. Our goal is to help our clients move forward on their financial journeys and to be by their sides along the way.

Summary of operations

•Net income attributable to Key of $283 million in 2024, compared to $202 million in 2023, an increase of 40.1%, largely driven by favorable rates on deposits and lower FDIC special assessment charges

•Taxable-equivalent net interest income increased in 2024 by $67 million, or 3.0%, from the prior year, due to favorable rates on deposits

•Average loans and leases decreased in 2024 by $3.0 billion, or 7.3%, from the prior year, driven by broad-based declines across all loan categories

•Average deposits increased in 2024 by $3.1 billion, or 3.7%, from the prior year, driven by growth in retail deposits, particularly in money market deposit accounts and certificates of deposit

60

Table of contents

•Provision for credit losses increased $15 million in 2024 compared to the prior year, driven by higher net charge-offs, partly offset by a reserve release due to changes in the portfolio and economic conditions

•Noninterest income decreased in 2024 by $12 million, or 1.3%, driven by decreases in cards and payments income and service charges on deposit accounts

•Noninterest expense decreased in 2024 by $67 million, or 2.4%, primarily reflective of lower FDIC special assessment charges

Commercial Bank

Segment imperatives

•Solve complex client needs through a differentiated product set of banking and capital markets capabilities

•Drive targeted scale through distinct product capabilities delivered to a broad set of clients

•Utilize industry expertise and broad capabilities to build relationships with narrowly targeted client sets

61

Table of contents

Market and business overview

Building relationships and delivering complex solutions for middle market clients requires a distinctive operating model that understands their business and can provide a broad set of product capabilities. As competition for these clients intensifies, we have positioned the business to maintain and grow our competitive advantage by building targeted scale in businesses and client segments. Strong market share in businesses such as real estate loan servicing and equipment finance highlights our ability to successfully meet customer needs through targeted scale in distinct product capabilities. Clients expect us to understand every aspect of their business. Our seven industry verticals are aligned to drive targeted scale in segments where we have a breadth of industry expertise. Our business model is positioned to meet our client needs because our focus is not on being a universal bank, but rather being the right bank for our clients.

Summary of operations

•Net income attributable to Key of $1.1 billion in 2024, compared to $885 million in 2023, an increase of 23.3%, largely driven by an increase in investment banking and debt placement fees and commercial mortgage servicing income, along with lower FDIC assessment charges

•Taxable equivalent net interest income decreased in 2024 by $61 million, or 3.3%, from the prior year, primarily driven by a reduction in loan balances

•Average loan and lease balances decreased $7.3 billion in 2024, or 9.6%, driven by a decline in commercial and industrial loans

•Average deposit balances increased $3.0 billion in 2024, or 5.4%, driven by our focus on growing deposits across our commercial businesses

•Provision for credit losses decreased $152 million in 2024 compared to the prior year, resulting from reserve releases due to changes in the portfolio and economic conditions, partially offset by higher net charge-offs

•Noninterest income increased $198 million in 2024, or 13.8%, from the prior year, driven by growth in investment banking and debt placement fees and commercial mortgage servicing income

•Noninterest expense increased by $28 million in 2024, or 1.6%, from the prior year, primarily due to increases in incentive compensation and other personnel expenses, partially offset by decreases in FDIC special assessment charges and operating lease expenses

62

Table of contents

Financial Condition

Loans and loans held for sale

Figure 7. Breakdown of Loans as of December 31, 2024

(a)Other consumer loans include Consumer loans and Credit cards. See Note 4 (“Loan Portfolio”) Item 8. Financial Statements of this report.

Figure 8 shows the composition of our loan portfolio at December 31 for each of the past two years.

Figure 8. Composition of Loans

20242023
December 31,Dollars in millionsAmountPercent of TotalAmountPercent of Total
COMMERCIAL
Commercial and industrial (a)$52,90950.7%$55,81549.6%
Commercial real estate:
Commercial mortgage13,31012.815,18713.5
Construction2,9362.83,0662.7
Total commercial real estate loans16,24615.618,25316.2
Commercial lease financing (b)2,7362.63,5233.1
Total commercial loans71,89168.977,59168.9
CONSUMER
Real estate — residential mortgage19,88619.120,95818.6
Home equity loans6,3586.17,1396.4
Other consumer loans5,1675.05,9165.2
Credit cards9580.91,0020.9
Total consumer loans32,36931.135,01531.1
Total loans (c)$104,260100.0%$112,606100.0%

(a)Loan balances include $212 million and $207 million, of commercial credit card balances at December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively.

(b)Commercial lease financing includes receivables held as collateral for a secured borrowing of $3 million and $7 million at December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively. Principal reductions are based on the cash payments received from these related receivables. Additional information pertaining to this secured borrowing is included in Note 20 (“Long-Term Debt”).

(c)Total loans exclude loans of $257 million at December 31, 2024, and $339 million at December 31, 2023, related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business.

63

Table of contents

At December 31, 2024, total loans outstanding from continuing operations were $104.3 billion, compared to $112.6 billion at the end of 2023. For more information on balance sheet carrying value, see Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Loans” and “Loans Held for Sale.”

Commercial loan portfolio

Commercial loans outstanding were $71.9 billion at December 31, 2024, a decrease of $5.7 billion, or 7.3%, compared to December 31, 2023, primarily reflecting declines in commercial and industrial loans and commercial mortgage real estate loans.

Figure 9 provides our commercial loan portfolio by industry classification as of December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023.

Figure 9. Commercial Loans by Industry

December 31, 2024Commercial and industrialCommercial real estateCommercial lease financingTotal commercial loansPercent of total
Dollars in millions
Industry classification:
Agriculture$875$99$80$1,0541.5%
Automotive2,17367322,8484.0
Business services2,899262813,2424.5
Commercial real estate7,79911,909319,71127.4
Construction materials and contractors1,8392582032,3003.2
Consumer goods3,5565331904,2795.9
Consumer services4,1276163285,0717.1
Equipment1,7401591372,0362.8
Finance10,1039920910,41114.5
Healthcare2,7071,2042104,1215.7
Materials and extraction2,1351961342,4653.4
Oil and gas1,95028101,9882.8
Public exposure1,96173872,3553.3
Technology, media, and telecom5211044575.8
Transportation8491272911,2671.8
Utilities7,27964227,70710.7
Other396605461.6
Total$52,909$16,246$2,736$71,891100.0%
December 31, 2023Commercial and industrialCommercial real estateCommercial lease financingTotal commercial loansPercent of total
Dollars in millions
Industry classification:
Agriculture$925$114$74$1,1131.4%
Automotive2,15383342,9903.9
Business services3,3872431123,7424.8
Commercial real estate8,22913,113821,35027.5
Construction materials and contractors2,3112922652,8683.7
Consumer goods3,8516222684,7416.1
Consumer services4,5687743275,6697.3
Equipment2,4051711682,7443.5
Finance8,9081042849,29612.0
Healthcare3,2221,4563034,9816.4
Materials and extraction2,4023041522,8583.7
Oil and gas2,21237122,2612.9
Public exposure2,24185132,7623.6
Technology, media, and telecom80711788961.2
Transportation988974661,5512.0
Utilities6,41864596,8838.9
Other78868308861.1
Total$55,815$18,253$3,523$77,591100.0%

Commercial and industrial. Commercial and industrial loans are the largest component of our loan portfolio, representing 51% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2024, and 50% at December 31, 2023. This portfolio is approximately 89% variable rate and consists of loans primarily to large corporate, middle market, and small business clients.

Commercial and industrial loans totaled $52.9 billion at December 31, 2024, a decrease of $2.9 billion, or 5.2%, compared to December 31, 2023. The decrease was broad-based and spread across most industry categories, reflecting our planned balance sheet optimization efforts.

64

Table of contents

Commercial real estate loans. Our commercial real estate portfolio includes project loans primarily focused in market-rate and affordable multi-family housing loans, owner-occupied commercial and industrial operating company buildings, and community center grocer-anchored retail centers. These three commercial real estate segments make up 75% of our commercial real estate portfolio. Our non-owner-occupied portfolio is focused on operators of commercial real estate who not only utilize our loan products, but also our broader industry-focused products and services and provide consistent pipelines into our agency, CMBS, and other long-term market take out products. This focus ensures our relationship clients foster and build portfolios with stable, recurring cash flows, with adequate, balanced cash reserves to support our balance sheet exposures through the economic cycle.

At December 31, 2024, commercial real estate loans totaled $16.2 billion, which includes $13.3 billion of mortgage loans and $2.9 billion of construction loans. Compared to December 31, 2023, this portfolio decreased $2.0 billion or 11.0%, driven mainly by decreases in nonowner-occupied.

Since the global financial crisis in 2008, we have limited our construction business and reduced our overall construction loans from 42% to 18% of commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2024. Construction loans provide a stream of funding for properties not fully leased at origination to support debt service payments over the term of the contract or project. As of December 31, 2024, 82% of our construction portfolio are multi-family project loans. Our office exposure only represents 5% of commercial real estate loans at period end.

As shown in Figure 10, our commercial real estate loan portfolio includes various property types and geographic locations of the underlying collateral. These loans include commercial mortgage and construction loans in both Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank.

65

Table of contents

Figure 10. Commercial Real Estate Loans

Geographic Region
Dollars in millionsWestSouthwestCentralMidwestSoutheastNortheastNationalTotalPercent of TotalConstructionCommercialMortgage
December 31, 2024
Nonowner-occupied:
Data Center$$$$98$54$$$152.9%$$152
Diversified1313118135.8135
Industrial44195103214258187334.554679
Land & Residential107372148.32820
Lodging4812144655592341.4234
Medical Office3543423797172711.7271
Multifamily1,3034851,2011,2042,3251,3361568,01049.32,4055,605
Office152112977134232137384.5738
Retail15268117297293798805.443837
Self Storage4444822218243602.214346
Senior Housing1723997855414245933.7154439
Skilled Nursing132170903922.4392
Student Housing4113631232401.550190
Other110711240482181.3218
Total nonowner-occupied2,0035921,7241,9463,4782,68357813,00480.02,74810,256
Owner-occupied1,0783306011821,0513,24220.01883,054
Total$3,081$592$2,054$2,547$3,660$3,734$578$16,246100.0%$2,936$13,310
Nonowner-occupied:
Nonperforming loans$5$$64$80$81$13$$243N/M$$243
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more1021720N/M416
Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days1319932N/M32
December 31, 2023
Nonowner-occupied:
Data Center$$$$$$$$%$$
Diversified33161641861.0186
Industrial582480110230280208024.4168634
Land & Residential533532140.21822
Lodging48344666552221.25217
Medical Office374212197752731.527246
Multifamily1,2375521,2711,2722,7071,3704448,85348.52,3896,464
Office14215376118285508244.5824
Retail2136841831022972131,0986.0751,023
Self Storage62451572321713972.24393
Senior Housing1242214388651202137754.2126649
Skilled Nursing662022154832.6483
Student Housing271581851.059126
Other11283537671603201.8320
Total nonowner-occupied1,9306191,8321,8853,5592,8531,78014,45879.22,87111,587
Owner-occupied1,14114147201671,3523,79520.81953,600
Total$3,071$620$2,246$2,605$3,726$4,205$1,780$18,253100.0%$3,066$15,187
Nonperforming loans$1$$46$1$9$5$38$100N/M$$100
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more16310N/M10
Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days3127729N/M29
West –Alaska, California, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Oregon, Washington, and Wyoming
Southwest –Arizona, Nevada, and New Mexico
Central –Arkansas, Colorado, Oklahoma, Texas, and Utah
Midwest –Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, South Dakota, and Wisconsin
Southeast –Alabama, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia, Washington, D.C., and West Virginia
Northeast –Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, and Vermont
National –Accounts in three or more regions

Consumer loan portfolio

Consumer loans outstanding at December 31, 2024, totaled $32.4 billion, a decrease of $2.6 billion, or 7.6%, from one year ago. The decrease was driven by declines across all consumer loan categories and reflect the higher interest rate environment and our focus on originating salable loans.

The residential mortgage portfolio is comprised of loans originated by our Consumer Bank and is the largest segment of our consumer loan portfolio as of December 31, 2024, representing approximately 61% of consumer loans. This is followed by our home equity portfolio comprising approximately 20% of consumer loans outstanding at year end.

66

Table of contents

We held the first lien position for approximately 65% of the home equity portfolio at December 31, 2024, and 64% at December 31, 2023. For loans with real estate collateral, we track borrower performance monthly. Regardless of the lien position, credit metrics are refreshed quarterly, including recent FICO scores as well as updated loan-to-value ratios. This information is used in establishing the ALLL. Our methodology is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses”.

Figure 11 presents our consumer loans by geography.

Figure 11. Consumer Loans by State

Dollars in millionsReal estate — residential mortgageHome equity loansConsumer direct loansCredit cardsTotal
December 31, 2024
Washington$4,312$929$214$85$5,540
Ohio2,6628951111973,865
New York7231,7567373303,546
Colorado2,891258131303,310
California2,1911244232,648
Oregon1,19553292401,859
Pennsylvania403449333601,245
Florida73341384131,171
Utah80523256181,111
Connecticut684223105281,040
Other3,2871,0312,5621547,034
Total$19,886$6,358$5,167$958$32,369
December 31, 2023
Washington$4,520$1,020$227$88$5,855
Ohio2,7041,0292512034,187
New York8051,9937753473,920
Colorado3,001277149323,459
California2,2941450032,811
Oregon1,269585108432,005
Pennsylvania445517379631,404
Florida78242416141,254
Utah85125264181,185
Connecticut765255113291,162
Other3,5221,1552,9341627,773
Total$20,958$7,139$5,916$1,002$35,015

67

Table of contents

Loan sales

As shown in Figure 12, during 2024, we sold $8.2 billion of our loans. Sales of loans classified as held for sale generated net gains of $120 million during 2024.

Figure 12 summarizes our loan sales during 2024 and 2023.

Figure 12. Loans Sold (Including Loans Held for Sale)

Dollars in millionsCommercialCommercialReal EstateCommercialLeaseFinancingResidentialReal EstateTotal
2024
Fourth quarter$150$2,584$$342$3,076
Third quarter601,406903931,949
Second quarter56860613121,289
First quarter861,554852091,934
Total$352$6,404$236$1,256$8,248
2023
Fourth quarter$34$1,735$21$340$2,130
Third quarter852,861493453,340
Second quarter1181,431282831,860
First quarter1251,1211641351,545
Total$362$7,148$262$1,103$8,875

Figure 13 shows loans that are either administered or serviced by us but not recorded on the balance sheet; this includes loans that were sold.

Figure 13. Loans Administered or Serviced

December 31,Dollars in millions202420232022
Commercial real estate loans$557,633$499,449$488,478
Residential mortgage11,34411,19311,026
Education loans189248312
Commercial lease financing1,7351,9461,646
Commercial loans603667723
Consumer direct328408509
Consumer indirect3197921,536
Total$572,151$514,703$504,230

In the event of default by a borrower, we are subject to recourse with respect to approximately $7.8 billion of the $572.2 billion of loans administered or serviced at December 31, 2024. These are primarily associated with commercial real estate loans administered or serviced. Additional information about this recourse arrangement is included in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Recourse agreement with FNMA.”

We derive income from several sources when retaining the right to administer or service loans that are sold. We earn noninterest income (recorded as “Consumer mortgage income” and “Commercial mortgage servicing fees”) from fees for servicing or administering loans. This fee income is reduced by the amortization of related servicing assets. In addition, we earn interest income from investing funds generated by escrow deposits collected in connection with the servicing loans. Additional information about our mortgage servicing assets is included in Note 9 (“Mortgage Servicing Assets”).

68

Table of contents

Maturities and sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates

Figure 14 shows the remaining maturities of our loan portfolio and the sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2024.

Figure 14. Remaining Maturities and Sensitivity of Certain Loans to Changes in Interest Rates(a)

December 31, 2024
Dollars in millionsWithin One YearOne - Five YearsFive - Fifteen YearsOver Fifteen YearsTotal
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$13,360$35,689$3,733$127$52,909
Commercial Mortgage6,4834,3222,17632913,310
Real estate — construction1,8297501651922,936
Commercial lease financing1811,5869692,736
Total commercial loans$21,853$42,347$7,043$648$71,891
Consumer
Real estate - residential mortgage$183$36$678$18,989$19,886
Home equity loans992051,7984,2566,358
Other consumer loans5058072,0401,8155,167
Credit Cards958958
Total consumer loans1,7451,0484,51625,06032,369
Total loans$23,598$43,395$11,559$25,708$104,260
Loans with floating or adjustable interest rates (b)$37,592$2,991$12,385$52,968
Loans with predetermined interest rates (c)5,8038,56813,32327,694
Total$43,395$11,559$25,708$80,662

(a)Accrued interest of $456 million at December 31, 2024, is presented in "Accrued income and other assets" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is excluded from the amortized cost basis disclosed in this table.

(b)Floating and adjustable rates vary in relation to other interest rates (such as the base lending rate) or a variable index that may change during the term of the loan.

(c)Predetermined interest rates either are fixed or may change during the term of the loan according to a specific formula or schedule.

Securities

Our securities portfolio is constructed to store liquidity and help manage interest rate risk, including holding securities used to accommodate pledging requirements. Our securities portfolio totaled $45.1 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $45.8 billion at December 31, 2023. Available-for-sale securities were $37.7 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $37.2 billion at December 31, 2023. Held-to-maturity securities were $7.4 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $8.6 billion at December 31, 2023.

As shown in Figure 15, all of our mortgage-backed securities, which include both securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, are issued by government-sponsored enterprises or GNMA, and are traded in liquid secondary markets. These securities are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value for the available-for-sale portfolio and at cost for the held-to-maturity portfolio. For more information about these securities, see Note 6 (“Fair Value Measurements”) under the heading “Qualitative Disclosures of Valuation Techniques,” and Note 7 (“Securities”).

Figure 15. Mortgage-Backed Securities by Issuer

December 31,Dollars in millions20242023
FHLMC & FNMA$14,291$24,302
GNMA21,57311,665
Total (a)$35,864$35,967

(a)Includes securities held in the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios.

69

Table of contents

Securities available for sale

The majority of our securities available-for-sale portfolio consists of federal agency mortgage-backed securities and CMOs. CMOs are debt securities secured by a pool of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities. In September 2024, we initiated a strategic repositioning of our securities available for sale portfolio by selling approximately $7.0 billion in market value of low-yielding mortgage-backed securities. The investment securities that were sold had a weighted average book yield of approximately 2.3% and an average duration of approximately six years. Reinvestment of the proceeds from the sale was completed in October 2024, with the new securities having an average book yield of approximately 4.95% and an average duration of approximately four years. During the third quarter of 2024, along with our customary sale of short-dated U.S. Treasuries set to mature within the quarter, we also sold approximately $3 billion in U.S. Treasuries yielding 50 basis points that were set to mature in the fourth quarter of 2024.

In December 2024, we completed the strategic repositioning of our securities available-for-sale portfolio by selling an additional $3.0 billion of low-yielding investment securities and terminating approximately $3.0 billion of fair value hedges. The investment securities sold had a weighted average book yield of approximately 1.5% and an average duration of approximately eight years. Reinvestment of the proceeds from the sale was completed in December 2024, with the new securities having an average book yield of 5.5% and an average duration of approximately four years.

Figure 16 shows the composition, TE yields, and remaining maturities of our securities available for sale. For more information about these securities, including gross unrealized gains and losses by type of security and securities pledged, see Note 7 (“Securities”).

70

Table of contents

Figure 16. Securities Available for Sale

Dollars in millionsU.S. Treasury, Agencies, and CorporationsAgency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a)Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a)Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a)TotalWeighted-Average Yield(b)
December 31, 2024
Remaining maturity:
One year or less$2,585$4$6$580$3,1753.93%
After one through five years6,2121,1402,93161210,8953.66
After five through ten years406,0736,9342,35815,4053.29
After ten years672,0075,2988608,2323.49
Fair value$8,904$9,224$15,169$4,410$37,707
Amortized cost(b)8,92811,40916,0384,92741,3023.48%
Weighted-average yield(c)4.21%1.98%4.32%2.91%3.48%
Weighted-average maturity1.7 years8.3 years9.9 years6.7 years7.3 years
December 31, 2023
Fair value$9,026$15,478$3,589$9,092$37,185%
Amortized cost9,30018,9114,18910,29542,6951.79

(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.

(b)Excluded from the amortized cost of securities available for sale are basis adjustments for securities designated in active fair value hedges. Basis adjustments totaled $(6) million and $140 million as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. The securities being hedged are primarily U.S Treasuries, Agency RMBS, and Agency CMBS.

(c)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.

Held-to-maturity securities

The majority of our held-to-maturity portfolio consists of federal agency CMOs and mortgage-backed securities. The portfolio is also comprised of asset-backed securities and foreign bonds. Figure 17 shows the composition, yields, and remaining maturities of these securities.

Figure 17. Held-to-Maturity Securities

Dollars in millionsAgency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a)Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a)Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a)Asset-backed securities(a)Other SecuritiesTotalWeighted-Average Yield(b)
December 31, 2024
Remaining maturity:
One year or less$35$$41$2$7$852.54%
After one through five years1,1601011,221304192,8053.05
After five through ten years2,429723622,6743.59
After ten years953438351,8313.79
Amortized cost$4,577$151$2,333$308$26$7,3953.43%
Fair value4,2481342,130300256,837
Weighted-average yield(b)3.78%2.82%2.94%2.09%4.17%3.43%
Weighted-average maturity7.2 years7.1 years8.3 years1.4 years1.9 years7.3 years
December 31, 2023
Amortized cost$5,170$165$2,473$738$29$8,5753.49%
Fair value4,8961522,270709298,056

(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.

(b)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.

71

Table of contents

Deposits and other sources of funds

Figure 18. Breakdown of Deposits at December 31, 2024

The following presents the breakdown of our deposits by product for the noted periods.

December 31,
Dollars in billions20242023
Money market deposits$41.0$37.0
Demand deposits57.657.7
Savings deposits4.65.4
Time deposits17.014.8
Noninterest bearing deposits29.630.7
Total$149.8$145.6

Our highly diversified deposit base is our primary source of funding. At December 31, 2024, our deposits totaled $149.8 billion, an increase of $4.2 billion, compared to December 31, 2023. The increase reflects our durable relationship-based business model, in addition to changing client behavior as a result of higher interest rates.

Uninsured deposits totaled $64.4 billion and $61.5 billion at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. Uninsured deposits are defined as the portion of deposit accounts in U.S. offices that exceed the FDIC insurance limit or similar state deposit insurance regimes and amounts in any other uninsured investment or deposit accounts that are classified as deposits and not subject to any federal or state deposit insurance regimes.

Figure 19 presents estimated uninsured deposits for the noted periods which reflect amounts disclosed in KeyBank’s Call Report adjusted for intercompany deposits, which are not customer facing and are eliminated in consolidation, and accrued interest.

72

Table of contents

Figure 19. Estimated Uninsured Deposits

December 31,
Dollars in billions20242023
Uninsured deposits(a)$64.4$61.5
Total deposits149.8145.6
Uninsured % of Deposits43%42%
(a) Intercompany deposits and accrued interest excluded from uninsured deposits$12.4$9.5

As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, approximately $12.3 billion and $13.1 billion, respectively, of uninsured deposits were collateralized by government-backed securities.

Figure 20 presents the maturity distribution of estimated uninsured time deposits.

Figure 20. Maturity Distribution of Uninsured Time Deposit Amounts

December 31,
Dollars in millions20242023
Remaining maturity:
Three months or less$575$480
After three through six months582324
After six through twelve months220353
After twelve months7752
Total$1,454$1,209

Wholesale funds, consisting of short-term borrowings and long-term debt, totaled $14.2 billion at December 31, 2024, compared to $22.6 billion at December 31, 2023. The decrease reflects our balance sheet optimization efforts, which reduced our need for wholesale borrowings. For more information regarding our wholesale funds, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations under the heading “Risk Management - Liquidity risk management” of this report.

Capital

Our capital management objective is to maintain capital levels consistent with our risk appetite and of a sufficient amount to operate under a wide range of economic conditions. Our current capital levels position us well to execute against our capital priorities including supporting organic growth and paying dividends.

The following sections discuss certain ways we have deployed our capital. For further information, see the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).

(a)Common Share repurchases were suspended during the second quarter of 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and resumed in the first quarter of 2021.

Dividends

Consistent with our capital plans, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $.205 per Common Share for each of the four quarters of 2024. These quarterly dividend payments brought our annual dividend to $.82 per Common Share for 2024.

Common Shares outstanding

Our Common Shares are traded on the NYSE under the symbol KEY with 27,154 holders of record at December 31, 2024. Our book value per Common Share was $14.21 based on 1.1 billion shares outstanding at

73

Table of contents

December 31, 2024, compared to $13.02 based on 936.6 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2023. At December 31, 2024, our tangible book value per Common Share was $11.70, compared to $10.02 at December 31, 2023.

Figure 21 shows activities that caused the change in our outstanding Common Shares over the past two years.

Figure 21. Changes in Common Shares Outstanding

2024 Quarters
In thousands2024FourthThirdSecondFirst2023
Shares outstanding at beginning of period936,564991,251943,200942,776936,564933,325
Open market share repurchases(2,550)
Shares issued under employee compensation plans (net of cancellations and returns)7,3514932224246,2125,789
Shares issued under Scotiabank investment agreement162,871115,04247,829
Shares outstanding at end of period1,106,7861,106,786991,251943,200942,776936,564

During 2024, Common Shares outstanding increased by 170.2 million shares, primarily driven by issuances under the Scotiabank investment agreement. For more information on share activity, see Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).

At December 31, 2024, we had 149.9 million treasury shares, compared to 320.1 million treasury shares at December 31, 2023. The decrease in treasury shares during the year was primarily attributable to the issuance of 162.9 million shares to Scotiabank in connection with the strategic minority investment. Going forward, we expect to reissue treasury shares as needed in connection with stock-based compensation awards and for other corporate purposes.

Capital adequacy

Capital adequacy is an important indicator of financial stability and performance. All of our capital ratios remained in excess of regulatory requirements at December 31, 2024. Our capital and liquidity levels are intended to position us to weather an adverse operating environment while continuing to serve our clients’ needs, as well as to meet the Regulatory Capital Rules described in the “Supervision and regulation” section of Item 1 of this report. Our shareholders’ equity to assets ratio was 9.7% at December 31, 2024, compared to 7.8% at December 31, 2023. Our tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 7.0% at December 31, 2024, compared to 5.1% at December 31, 2023. The minimum capital and leverage ratios under the Regulatory Capital Rules together with the estimated ratios of KeyCorp at December 31, 2024, calculated on a fully phased-in basis, are set forth under the heading “Basel III” in the “Supervision and Regulation” section in Item 1 of this report.

Figure 22 represents the details of our regulatory capital positions at December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, under the Regulatory Capital Rules. Information regarding the regulatory capital ratios of KeyCorp’s banking subsidiaries is presented in Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).

74

Table of contents

Figure 22. Capital Components and Risk-Weighted Assets

December 31, Dollars in millions20242023
COMMON EQUITY TIER 1
Key shareholders’ equity (GAAP)$18,176$14,637
Less:Preferred Stock (a)2,4462,446
Add:CECL phase-in (b)59118
Common Equity Tier 1 capital before adjustments and deductions15,78912,309
Less:Goodwill, net of deferred taxes2,5742,594
Intangible assets, net of deferred taxes2449
Deferred tax assets1721
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of deferred taxes(2,729)(4,296)
Accumulated gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, net of deferred taxes(438)(656)
Amounts in AOCI attributed to pension and postretirement benefit costs, net of deferred taxes(303)(277)
Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital16,48914,894
TIER 1 CAPITAL
Common Equity Tier 116,48914,894
Additional Tier 1 capital instruments and related surplus2,4452,446
Less:Deductions
Total Tier 1 capital18,93417,340
TIER 2 CAPITAL
Tier 2 capital instruments and related surplus1,7672,020
Allowance for losses on loans and liability for losses on lending-related commitments (c)1,6351,668
Less:Deductions
Total Tier 2 capital3,4023,688
Total risk-based capital$22,336$21,028
RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS
Risk-weighted assets on balance sheet$105,047$115,861
Risk-weighted off-balance sheet exposure31,88331,555
Market risk-equivalent assets1,3661,159
Gross risk-weighted assets138,296148,575
Less:Excess allowance for loan and lease losses
Net risk-weighted assets$138,296$148,575
AVERAGE QUARTERLY TOTAL ASSETS$188,855$191,948
CAPITAL RATIOS
Tier 1 risk-based capital13.69%11.67%
Total risk-based capital16.1514.15
Leverage (d)10.039.03
Common Equity Tier 111.9210.02

(a)Net of capital surplus.

(b)Amount reflects our decision to adopt the CECL transitional provision.

(c)The ALLL included in Tier 2 capital is limited by regulation to 1.25% of the institution’s standardized total risk-weighted assets (excluding its standardized market risk-weighted assets). The ALLL includes $13 million and $16 million of allowance classified as “discontinued assets” on the balance sheet at December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively.

(d)This ratio is Tier 1 capital divided by average quarterly total assets as defined by the Federal Reserve less: (i) goodwill, (ii) the disallowed intangible and deferred tax assets, and (iii) other deductions from assets for leverage capital purposes.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We are party to various types of off-balance sheet arrangements, which could lead to contingent liabilities or risks of loss that are not reflected on the balance sheet.

Variable interest entities

In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for consolidations, we consolidate a VIE if we have: (i) a variable interest in the entity; (ii) the power to direct activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance; and (iii) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., we are considered to be the primary beneficiary). Additional information regarding the nature of VIEs and our involvement with them is included in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation” and in Note 13 (“Variable Interest Entities”).

75

Table of contents

Commitments to extend credit or funding

Loan commitments provide for financing on predetermined terms as long as the client continues to meet specified criteria. These commitments generally carry variable rates of interest and have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. We typically charge a fee for our loan commitments. Since a commitment may expire without resulting in a loan or being fully utilized, the total amount of an outstanding commitment may significantly exceed any related cash outlay. Further information about our loan commitments at December 31, 2024, is presented in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Commitments to Extend Credit or Funding.”

Other off-balance sheet arrangements

Other off-balance sheet arrangements include financial instruments that do not meet the definition of a guarantee in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, and other relationships, such as liquidity support provided to asset-backed commercial paper conduits, indemnification agreements and intercompany guarantees. Information about such arrangements is provided in Note 22 under the heading “Other Off-Balance Sheet Risk.”

Guarantees

We are a guarantor in various agreements with third parties. As guarantor, we may be contingently liable to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in a specified interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other variable (including the occurrence or nonoccurrence of a specified event). These variables, known as underlyings, may be related to an asset or liability, or another entity’s failure to perform under a contract. Additional information regarding these types of arrangements is presented in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Guarantees.”

Risk Management

Overview

Like all financial services companies, we engage in business activities and assume the related risks. The most significant risks we face are credit, compliance, operational, liquidity, market, reputation, strategic, and model risks. Our risk management activities are shown in the following chart, and we manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability. Certain of these risks are defined and discussed in greater detail in the remainder of this section.

Federal banking regulators continue to emphasize with financial institutions the importance of relating capital management strategy to the level of risk at each institution. We believe our internal risk management processes help us achieve and maintain capital levels that are commensurate with our business activities and risks, and

76

Table of contents

conform to regulatory expectations. The table below depicts our risk management hierarchy and associated responsibilities and activities of each group.

77

Table of contents

GroupOverview and ResponsibilitiesActivities
Board of Directors–Oversight capacity–Oversees that Key’s risks are managed in a manner that is effective and balanced–Fiduciary duty to Key’s shareholders–Understands Key's risk philosophy–Approves the risk appetite–Inquires about risk practices–Reviews the portfolio of risks–Compares the actual risks to the risk appetite–Is apprised of significant risks, both actual and emerging, and determines whether management is responding appropriately–Challenges management and promotes accountability
Board of Directors Audit Committee (a)–Assists the Board in oversight of financial statement integrity, regulatory and legal requirements, independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, and the performance of the internal audit function and independent auditors–Assists the Board in oversight of financial reporting, legal matters, and fraud risk–Meets with management and approves significant policies relating to the risk areas overseen by the Audit Committee–Receives reports on enterprise risk–Meets bi-monthly–Convenes to discuss the content of our financial disclosures and quarterly earnings releases
Board of Directors Risk Committee (a)–Assists the Board in oversight of strategies, policies, procedures, and practices relating to the assessment and management of enterprise-wide risk, including credit, market, liquidity, model, operational, compliance, reputation, and strategic risks–Assists the Board in overseeing risks related to capital adequacy, capital planning, and capital actions–Reviews and provides oversight of management’s activities related to the enterprise-wide risk management framework, which includes an annual review of the ERM Policy, including the Risk Appetite Statement, and management and ERM reports–Approves any material changes to the charter of the ERM Committee and significant policies relating to risk management, including corporate risk tolerances for major risk categories
ERM Committee–Chaired by the Chief Executive Officer and comprising the Chief Risk Officer and other senior level executives–Manage risk and ensure that the corporate risk profile is managed in a manner consistent with our risk appetite–Oversees the ERM Program, which encompasses our risk philosophy, policy, framework, and governance structure for the management of risks across the entire company–Approves and manages the risk-adjusted capital framework we use to manage risks
Disclosure Committee–Includes representatives from each of the Three Lines of Defense–Meets quarterly to review recent internal and external events to determine whether all appropriate disclosures have been made in reports filed with the SEC–Convenes quarterly to discuss the content of our 10-Q and 10-K
Tier 2 Risk Governance Committees–Includes attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense–The First Line of Defense is the line of business primarily responsible to accept, own, proactively identify, monitor, and manage risk–The Second Line of Defense comprises Risk Management representatives who provide independent, centralized oversight over all risk categories by aggregating, analyzing, and reporting risk information–Risk Review, our internal audit function, provides the Third Line of Defense. Its role is to provide independent assessment and testing of the effectiveness of, appropriateness of, and adherence to KeyCorp’s risk management policies, practices, and controls–Supports the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments
Internal Audit–Provide the KeyCorp Board and management with independent, risk-based, and objective assurance, advice, insight, and foresight.–Conducts objective examinations of evidence for the purpose of providing independent assessments to the Audit Committee, management, and outside parties on the adequacy and effectiveness of business processes, risk management activities, internal controls, and governance processes for KeyCorp.

(a) The Audit and Risk Committees meet jointly, as appropriate, to discuss matters that relate to each committee’s responsibilities. Committee chairpersons routinely meet with management during interim months to plan agendas for upcoming meetings and to discuss emerging trends and events that have transpired since the preceding meeting. All members of the Board receive formal reports designed to keep them abreast of significant developments during the interim months.

Market risk management

Market risk is the risk that movements in market risk factors, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, and volatilities will reduce Key’s income and the value of its portfolios. These factors influence prospective yields, values, or prices associated with the instrument. We are exposed to market risk both in our trading and nontrading activities, which include asset and liability management activities. Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring that we properly identify, measure, and manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness, and to maximize profitability. Information regarding our fair value policies, procedures, and methodologies is provided in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Fair Value Measurements” and Note 6 (“Fair Value Measurements”) in this report.

78

Table of contents

Trading market risk

Key incurs market risk as a result of trading activities that are used in support of client facilitation and hedging activities, principally within our investment banking and capital markets businesses. Key has exposures to a wide range of risk factors including interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and commodity prices, as well as the associated implied volatilities and spreads. Our primary market risk exposures are a result of trading and hedging activities in the derivative and fixed income markets, including securitization exposures. At December 31, 2024, we did not have any re-securitization positions. We maintain modest trading inventories to facilitate customer flow, make markets in securities, and hedge certain risks including but not limited to credit risk and interest rate risk. The risks associated with these activities are mitigated in accordance with the Market Risk hedging policy. The majority of our positions are traded in active markets.

Governance structure - Trading market risk

Market risk management is an integral part of Key’s risk culture. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of trading market risks. The ERM Committee and the Market Risk Committee regularly review and discuss market risk exposures and results of monitoring activities. Market risk policies and procedures have been defined and take into account our tolerance for risk and consideration for the business environment. The Market Risk Committee approves market risk policies and recommends our significant market risk policy to the ERM Committee, the KeyBank Board, and the Risk Committee of the Board for approval.

MTRM, as the second line of defense, is an independent risk management function that partners with the lines of business to identify, measure, and monitor market risks throughout our company. MTRM is responsible for ensuring transparency of significant market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits, and escalating limit exceptions to appropriate senior management. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. Market risk is monitored through various measures, such as VaR, and through routine stress testing, sensitivity, and scenario analyses. MTRM conducts stress tests for each position using historical worst case and standard shock scenarios. VaR, stressed VaR, and other analyses are prepared daily and distributed to appropriate management.

Covered positions. We monitor the market risk of our covered positions as defined in the Market Risk Rule, which includes all of our trading positions as well as all foreign exchange and commodity positions, regardless of whether the position is in a trading account. Key’s covered positions may also include mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities that may be identified as securitization positions or re-securitization positions under the Market Risk Rule. MTRM as well as the LOB that trades securitization positions monitor the positions, the portfolio composition and the risks identified in this section on a daily basis consistent with the Market Risk policies and procedures. At December 31, 2024, covered positions did not include any re-securitization positions. Instruments that are used to hedge nontrading activities, such as bank-issued debt and loan portfolios, equity positions that are not actively traded, and securities financing activities, do not meet the definition of a covered position. MTRM is responsible for identifying our portfolios as either covered or non-covered. The Covered Position Working Group develops the final list of covered positions, and a summary is provided to the Market Risk Committee.

Our significant portfolios of covered positions are detailed below. We analyze market risk by portfolios of covered positions and do not separately measure and monitor our portfolios by risk type. The descriptions below incorporate the respective risk types associated with each of these portfolios.

•Fixed income includes those instruments associated with our capital markets business and the trading of securities as a dealer. These instruments may include positions in municipal bonds, bonds backed by the U.S. government, agency and corporate bonds, certain mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, money markets, and certain CMOs. The activities and instruments within the fixed income portfolio create exposures to interest rate and credit spread risks.

•Interest rate derivatives include interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, which are transacted primarily to accommodate the needs of commercial loan clients. In addition, we enter into interest rate derivatives to offset or mitigate the interest rate risk related to the client positions. The activities within this portfolio create exposures to interest rate risk.

VaR and stressed VaR. VaR is the estimate of the maximum amount of loss on an instrument or portfolio due to adverse market conditions during a given time interval within a stated confidence level. Stressed VaR is used to assess extreme conditions on market risk within our trading portfolios. MTRM calculates VaR and stressed VaR at

79

Table of contents

various confidence levels and the results are closely monitored. VaR and stressed VaR results are also provided to our regulators and utilized in regulatory capital calculations.

We use a historical simulation VaR model to measure the potential adverse effect of changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and credit spreads on the fair value of our covered positions and other non-covered positions. Historical moves in risk factors across various asset classes are incorporated in VaR metrics. Additional consideration is given to the risk factors to estimate the exposures that contain optionality features, such as options and cancellable provisions. VaR is calculated using daily observations over a one-year time horizon, and approximates a 95% confidence level. Statistically, this means that we would expect to incur losses greater than VaR, on average, five out of 100 trading days, or three to four times each quarter. We also calculate VaR and stressed VaR at a 99% confidence level.

The VaR model is an effective tool in estimating ranges of possible gains and losses on our positions. However, there are limitations inherent in the VaR model since it uses historical results over a given time interval to estimate future performance. Historical results may not be indicative of future results, and changes in the market or composition of our portfolios could have a significant impact on the accuracy of the VaR model. We regularly review and enhance the modeling techniques, inputs, and assumptions used. Our market risk policy includes the independent validation of our VaR model by Key’s internal model validation group on an annual basis. The Model Risk Committee oversees the Model Validation Program, and results of validations are discussed with the ERM Committee.

Actual losses for the total covered positions did not exceed aggregate daily VaR for any day during the quarters ended December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023. MTRM backtests our VaR model on a daily basis to evaluate its predictive power. The test compares VaR model results at the 99% confidence level to daily held profit and loss. Results of back testing are provided to the Market Risk Committee. Backtesting exceptions occur when daily held profit and loss exceed VaR. We do not engage in correlation trading or utilize the internal model approach for measuring default and credit migration risk. Our net VaR approach incorporates diversification, but our VaR calculation does not include the impact of counterparty risk and our own credit spreads on derivatives.

The aggregate VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for all covered positions was $1.4 million at December 31, 2024, and $1.6 million at December 31, 2023. Figure 23 summarizes our VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023.

Figure 23. VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions

20242023
Three months ended December 31,Three months ended December 31,
Dollars in millionsHighLowMeanDecember 31,HighLowMeanDecember 31,
Trading account assets:
Fixed income$1.3$.4$.9$.8$1.3$.7$1.1$1.1
Derivatives:
Interest rate$.6$.4$.5$.5$.5$.3$.4$.4

Stressed VaR is calculated by running the portfolios through a predetermined stress period which is approved by the Market Risk Committee and is calculated at the 99% confidence level using the same model and assumptions used for general VaR. The aggregate stressed VaR for all covered positions was $5.2 million at December 31, 2024, and $4.0 million at December 31, 2023. Figure 24 summarizes our stressed VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023. The increase in stressed VaR is due to a change in the size and composition of our fixed income inventory.

Figure 24. Stressed VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions

20242023
Three months ended December 31,Three months ended December 31,
Dollars in millionsHighLowMeanDecember 31,HighLowMeanDecember 31,
Trading account assets:
Fixed income$5.2$1.3$3.3$4.8$4.7$1.9$3.1$3.6
Derivatives:
Interest rate$.4$.2$.3$.3$.4$.2$.3$.3

80

Table of contents

Market risk is a component of our internal capital adequacy assessment. Our risk-weighted assets include a market risk-equivalent asset amount, which consists of a VaR component, stressed VaR component, a de minimis exposure amount, and a specific risk add-on including the securitization positions. The aggregate market value of the securitization positions as defined by the Market Risk Rule was $24 million at December 31, 2024, all of which were mortgage-backed security positions. Specific risk is the price risk of individual financial instruments, which is not accounted for by changes in broad market risk factors and is measured through a standardized approach. Market risk weighted assets, including the specific risk calculations, are run quarterly by MTRM in accordance with the Market Risk Rule, and approved by the Chief Market Risk Officer.

Nontrading market risk

Most of our nontrading market risk is derived from interest rate fluctuations and its impacts on our traditional loan and deposit products, as well as investments, hedging relationships, long-term debt, and certain short-term borrowings. Interest rate risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by the potential for fluctuations in net interest income and the EVE. Such fluctuations may result from changes in interest rates and differences in the repricing and maturity characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. We manage the exposure to changes in net interest income and the EVE in accordance with our risk appetite and in accordance with the Board-approved ERM policy.

Interest rate risk positions are influenced by a number of factors, including the balance sheet positioning that arises out of customer preferences for loan and deposit products, economic conditions, the competitive environment within our markets, changes in market interest rates that affect client activity, and our hedging, investing, funding, and capital positions. The primary components of interest rate risk exposure consist of reprice risk, yield curve risk, option risk, and basis risk.

•“Reprice risk” is the exposure to changes in the level of interest rates and occurs when the volume of interest-bearing liabilities and the volume of interest-earning assets they fund (e.g., deposits used to fund loans) do not mature or reprice at the same time.

•“Yield curve risk” is the exposure to non-parallel changes in the slope of the yield curve (where the yield curve depicts the relationship between the yield on a particular type of security and its term to maturity) and occurs when interest-bearing liabilities and the interest-earning assets that they fund do not price or reprice to the same term point on the yield curve.

•“Option risk” is the exposure to a customer or counterparty’s ability to take advantage of the interest rate environment and terminate or reprice one of our assets, liabilities, or off-balance sheet instruments prior to contractual maturity. Option risk occurs when exposures to customer and counterparty early withdrawals or prepayments are not mitigated with an offsetting position or appropriate compensation.

•“Basis risk” is the exposure to asymmetrical changes in interest rate indexes and occurs when floating-rate assets and floating-rate liabilities reprice at the same time, but in response to different market factors or indexes.

Governance structure - Nontrading market risk

The management of nontrading market risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of nontrading market risk. The ERM Committee, the ALCO, and the Treasury Risk Oversight Committee (“TROC”) review reports on the interest rate risk exposures described above. In addition, the ALCO reviews reports on stress tests and sensitivity analyses related to interest rate risk. These committees have various responsibilities related to managing nontrading market risk, including recommending, approving, and monitoring strategies that maintain risk positions within approved tolerance ranges. The A/LM Policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of interest rate risk and is administered by the ALCO. MTRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight.

Net interest income simulation analysis. The primary tool we use to measure our interest rate risk is simulation analysis. For purposes of this analysis, we estimate our net interest income based on the current and projected composition of our on- and off-balance sheet positions, accounting for recent and anticipated trends in customer activity. The analysis also incorporates assumptions for the current and projected interest rate environments and balance sheet growth projections based on a most likely macroeconomic view. The modeling incorporates investment portfolio and swap portfolio balances consistent with management's desired interest rate risk positioning. The simulation model estimates the amount of net interest income at risk by simulating the change in net interest

81

Table of contents

income that would occur if rates were to gradually increase or decrease from current levels over the next 12 months (subject to a floor on market interest rates at zero).

Figure 25 presents the results of the simulation analysis at December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023. At December 31, 2024, our simulated impact to changes in interest rates was relatively neutral. The exposure to declining rates has changed from (0.01)% as of December 31, 2023 to 0.15% as of December 31, 2024, as a result of the change in balance sheet mix and positioning. Tolerance levels for risk management require the development of remediation plans to maintain residual risk within tolerance if simulation modeling demonstrates that a gradual, parallel 200 basis point increase or 200 basis point decrease in interest rates over the next 12 months would adversely affect net interest income over the same period by more than 5.5%. Current modeled exposure is within Board-approved tolerances. If a tolerance level is breached and determined inconsistent with risk appetite, the development of a remediation plan is required to reduce exposure back to within tolerance.

Figure 25. Simulated Change in Net Interest Income

December 31, 2024December 31, 2023
Basis point change assumption-200200-200200
Tolerance level(5.50)%(5.50)%(5.50)%(5.50)%
Interest rate risk assessment0.15%(0.39)%(0.01)%(2.08)%

Simulation analyses produce an estimate of interest rate exposure based on assumption inputs within the model. Assumptions are tailored to the specific interest rate environment and validated on a regular basis. However, actual results may differ from those derived in simulation analyses due to unanticipated changes to the balance sheet composition, customer behavior, product pricing, market interest rates, changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning, investment, funding and hedging activities or repercussions from exogenous events.

Regular stress tests and sensitivity analyses are performed on the model inputs that could materially change the resulting risk assessments. Assessments are performed using different yield curve shapes, including steepenings or flattenings of the curve, immediate changes in market interest rates, and changes in the relationship of money market interest rates. Assessments are also performed on changes to the following assumptions: loan and deposit balances, the pricing of deposits without contractual maturities, changes in lending spreads, prepayments on loans and securities, investment, funding and hedging activities, and liquidity and capital management strategies.

The results of additional assessments indicate that net interest income could increase or decrease from the base simulation results presented in Figure 25. Net interest income is highly dependent on the timing, magnitude, frequency, and path of interest rate changes and the associated assumptions for deposit repricing relationships, lending spreads, and the balance behavior of transaction accounts. If fixed-rate assets increase by $1 billion, or fixed-rate liabilities decrease by $1 billion, then the potential benefit to declining rates would increase by approximately 23 basis points. A five percentage point increase or decrease in the interest-bearing deposit beta assumption changes the current simulation results by approximately 120 basis points.

The current interest rate risk position could fluctuate to higher or lower levels of risk depending on the competitive environment and client behavior that may affect the actual volume, mix, maturity, and repricing characteristics of loan and deposit flows. Corporate Treasury discretionary activities related to funding, investing, and hedging may also change as a result of changes in customer business flows or changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning. As changes occur to both the configuration of the balance sheet and the outlook for the economy, management proactively evaluates hedging opportunities that may change our interest rate risk profile.

Simulations are also conducted that measure the effect of changes in market interest rates in the second and third years of a three-year horizon. These simulations are conducted in a similar manner to those based on a 12-month horizon. To capture longer-term exposures, changes in the EVE are calculated as discussed in the following section.

Economic value of equity modeling. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis as it estimates risk exposure beyond 12-, 24-, and 36-month horizons. EVE modeling measures the extent to which the economic values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. EVE is calculated by subjecting the balance sheet to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates, measuring the resulting change in the values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments, and comparing those amounts with the base case of the current interest rate environment. EVE policy limits are measured against a +/-200 basis point scenario subject to a floor on market interest rates at zero. This analysis is highly dependent

82

Table of contents

upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. Those assumptions are based on historical behaviors, as well as forward expectations. Remediation plans are similarly developed if this analysis indicates that our EVE will decrease by more than 15% in response to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates. The position is within these guidelines as of December 31, 2024.

Management of interest rate exposure. The results of the various interest rate risk analyses are used to formulate A/LM strategies to achieve the desired risk profile while managing to objectives for capital adequacy and liquidity risk exposures. Specifically, risk positions are managed by purchasing or selling securities, issuing term debt with floating or fixed interest rates, and using derivatives. Interest rate swaps and options are predominantly used, which modify the interest rate characteristics of certain assets and liabilities.

Figure 26 shows all swap positions held for A/LM purposes. These positions are used to convert the contractual interest rate index of agreed-upon amounts of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index. For example, fixed-rate debt is converted to a floating rate through a “receive fixed/pay variable” interest rate swap. The volume, maturity, and mix of portfolio swaps change frequently to reflect broader A/LM objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For more information about how interest rate swaps are used to manage our risk profile, see Note 8 (“Derivatives and Hedging Activities”).

Figure 26. Portfolio Swaps and Options by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy

December 31, 2024
Weighted-AverageDecember 31, 2023
Dollars in millionsNotional AmountFair ValueMaturity (Years)Receive RatePay RateNotional AmountFair Value
Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional loans$18,750$(442)1.42.3%4.5%$15,000$(641)
Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional debt9,818(470)3.52.64.58,976(395)
Receive fixed/pay variable — forward loans19,200(114)3.13.84.54,000(27)
Receive fixed/pay variable — forward debt950(22)9.23.84.51,411(40)
Pay fixed/receive variable — conventional debt5013.54.73.6501
Pay fixed/receive variable — securities9,40552.84.54.18,655(152)
Total portfolio swaps$58,173$(1,042)(a)2.73.2%4.4%$38,092$(1,254)(a)
Floors — forward purchased$3,250$21.1%%$3,250$26
Floors — forward sold3,250(1)1.13,250(11)
Total floors$6,500$1%%$6,500$15

(a)Excludes accrued interest of $51 million and $58 million at December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023, respectively.

Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by our ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, and fund new business opportunities at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences. Liquidity management involves maintaining sufficient and diverse sources of funding to accommodate planned, as well as unanticipated, changes in assets and liabilities under both normal and adverse conditions.

Governance structure

We manage liquidity for all of our affiliates on a consolidated basis. This approach considers the funding sources available to each entity, as well as each entity’s capacity to manage through adverse conditions.

The management of consolidated liquidity risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. Oversight and governance is provided by the Board, the ERM Committee, the ALCO, the TROC, and the Chief Risk Officer. The Asset Liability Management Policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of liquidity risk and is administered by the ALCO. The Corporate Treasury Oversight group within MTRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight. Our current liquidity risk management practices are in compliance with the Federal Reserve Board’s Enhanced Prudential Standards.

The committees mentioned above regularly review liquidity and funding summaries, liquidity trends, peer comparisons, variance analyses, liquidity projections, internal liquidity stress tests, and goal tracking reports. The reviews generate a discussion of positions, trends, and directives on liquidity risk and shape a number of our decisions. When liquidity pressure is elevated, positions are monitored more closely and reporting is more intensive.

83

Table of contents

To ensure that emerging issues are identified, we monitor an extensive set of systematic and idiosyncratic early warning indicators daily.

Factors affecting liquidity

Our liquidity could be adversely affected by both direct and indirect events. An example of a direct event would be a downgrade in our credit ratings by a rating agency. Examples of indirect events (events unrelated to us) that could impair our access to liquidity would be an act of terrorism or war, natural disasters, global pandemics, political events, or the default or bankruptcy of a major corporation, mutual fund, or hedge fund. Similarly, market speculation, or rumors about us or the banking industry in general, may adversely affect the cost and availability of normal funding sources.

Our credit ratings at December 31, 2024, are shown in Figure 27. While we believe these credit ratings, under normal conditions in the capital markets, will enable KeyCorp or KeyBank to issue fixed income securities to investors, downgrades in our credit ratings could increase our cost of funds, trigger additional collateral or funding requirements, and decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing to lend to us.

Figure 27. Credit Ratings

December 31, 2024OutlookShort-Term BorrowingsLong-Term Deposits(a)Senior Long-Term DebtSubordinated Long-Term DebtCapital SecuritiesPreferred Stock
KEYCORP
Standard & Poor’sStableA-2N/ABBBBBB-BBBB
Moody’sStableP-2N/ABaa2Baa2Baa3Ba1
FitchPositiveF2N/ABBB+N/ABBBB
DBRSStableR-1 (low)N/AA (low)BBB (high)BBB (high)BBB (low)
KEYBANK
Standard & Poor’sStableA-2N/ABBB+BBBN/AN/A
Moody’sStableP-2P-1/A2Baa1Baa2N/AN/A
FitchPositiveF2F2/A-BBB+BBBN/AN/A
DBRSStableR-1 (low)AAA (low)N/AN/A

(a)P-1 rating assigned by Moody’s is specific to KeyBank’s short-term bank deposit ratings. F2 assigned by Fitch Ratings, Inc. is specific to KeyBank’s short-term deposit ratings.

Managing liquidity risk

Most of our liquidity risk is derived from our business model, which involves taking in deposits, many of which can be withdrawn at any time, and lending them out in the form of illiquid loan assets. The assessments of liquidity risk are measured under the assumption of normal operating conditions as well as under stressed environments. We manage these exposures in accordance with our risk appetite, and within Board-approved policy limits.

We regularly monitor our liquidity position and funding sources and measure our capacity to obtain funds in a variety of hypothetical scenarios in an effort to maintain an appropriate mix of available and affordable funding. In the normal course of business, we perform a monthly internal liquidity stress test at the consolidated KeyCorp level. From time to time, we may conduct internal liquidity stress tests more frequently, and use assumptions to reflect the changed market environment. Our testing incorporates estimates for loan and deposit lives based on our historical studies. Internal liquidity stress tests analyze potential liquidity scenarios under various funding constraints and time periods. Ultimately, they determine the periodic effects that major direct and indirect events would have on our access to funding markets and our ability to fund our normal operations. To compensate for the effect of these assumed liquidity pressures, we consider alternative sources of liquidity and maturities over different time periods to project how funding needs would be managed.

Our primary source of funding for KeyBank is customer deposits resulting in a consolidated loan-to-deposit ratio of 70% as of December 31, 2024. If the cash flows needed to support operating and investing activities are not satisfied by deposit balances, we rely on wholesale funding or on-balance sheet liquid reserves. Conversely, excess cash generated by operating, investing, and deposit-gathering activities may be used to repay outstanding debt or invest in liquid assets.

We maintain a Contingency Funding Plan that outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis. As part of the plan, we maintain on-balance sheet liquid reserves referred to as our liquid asset portfolio, which consists of high-quality liquid assets. During a problem period, that reserve could be used as a source of funding to provide time to develop and execute a longer-term strategy. Figure 28 shows our available contingent liquidity at December 31,

84

Table of contents

2024 and December 31, 2023. In 2024, our secured term borrowings decreased $8.5 billion from a reduction in FHLB borrowings.

Figure 28. Available Contingent Liquidity

December 31,
Dollars in billions20242023
Available contingent liquidity:
Unpledged securities$25.5$7.5
Net balances of federal funds sold and balances in our Federal Reserve account17.410.7
Unused secured borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland36.754.7
Unused secured borrowing capacity at the FHLB18.913.6
Total$98.5$86.5

Long-term liquidity strategy

Our long-term liquidity strategy is to be predominantly funded by core deposits. However, we may use wholesale funds to sustain an adequate liquid asset portfolio, meet daily cash demands, and allow management flexibility to execute business initiatives. Key’s client-based relationship strategy provides for a strong core deposit base that, in conjunction with intermediate and long-term wholesale funds managed to a diversified maturity structure and investor base, supports our liquidity risk management strategy. We use the loan-to-deposit ratio as a metric to monitor these strategies. Our target loan-to-deposit ratio is around 80% (at December 31, 2024, our loan-to-deposit ratio was 70.3%), which we calculate as the sum of total loans, loans held for sale, and nonsecuritized discontinued loans divided by deposits.

Liquidity programs

We have several liquidity programs, which are described in Note 20 (“Long-Term Debt”), that are designed to enable KeyCorp and KeyBank to raise funds in the public and private debt markets. The proceeds from most of these programs can be used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. These liquidity programs are reviewed from time to time by the Board and are renewed and replaced as necessary. There are no restrictive financial covenants in any of these programs.

KeyBank had no bank note issuances during 2024. At December 31, 2024, there was $20.0 billion available for issuance under the KeyBank Bank Note Program.

Liquidity for KeyCorp

The primary source of liquidity for KeyCorp is from subsidiary dividends, primarily from KeyBank. KeyCorp has sufficient liquidity when it can service its debt; support customary corporate operations and activities (including acquisitions); support occasional guarantees of subsidiaries’ obligations in transactions with third parties at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences; and fund capital distributions in the form of dividends and share buybacks.

We use a parent cash coverage months metric as the primary measure to assess parent company liquidity. The parent cash coverage months metric measures the number of months into the future where projected obligations can be met with the current quantity of liquidity. We generally issue term debt to supplement dividends from KeyBank to manage our liquidity position at or above our targeted levels. The parent company generally maintains cash and short-term investments in an amount sufficient to meet projected debt maturities over at least the next 24 months. At December 31, 2024, KeyCorp held $5.2 billion in cash and short-term investments, which we projected to be sufficient to meet our projected obligations, including the repayment of our maturing debt obligations for the periods prescribed by our risk tolerance.

Typically, KeyCorp meets its liquidity requirements through regular dividends from KeyBank, supplemented with term debt. Federal banking law limits the amount of capital distributions that a bank can make to its holding company without prior regulatory approval. A national bank’s dividend-paying capacity is affected by several factors, including net profits (as defined by statute) for the two previous calendar years and for the current year, up to the date of dividend declaration. During 2024, KeyBank paid $750 million in cash dividends to KeyCorp, and during the fourth quarter of 2024, KeyBank paid no cash dividends to KeyCorp. KeyCorp issued debt of $1.0 billion in the first

85

Table of contents

quarter of 2024. At December 31, 2024, KeyBank had no regulatory capacity to pay any dividends to KeyCorp without prior regulatory approval.

Our liquidity position and recent activity

Over the past 12 months, our liquid asset portfolio, which includes overnight and short-term investments, as well as unencumbered, high quality liquid securities held as protection against a range of potential liquidity stress scenarios, has increased primarily due to an increase in Key's cash position. The liquid asset portfolio continues to exceed the amount that we estimate would be necessary to manage through an adverse liquidity event by providing sufficient time to develop and execute a longer-term solution.

On August 12, 2024, we entered into an Investment Agreement with Scotiabank pursuant to which Scotiabank agreed to make a strategic minority investment in KeyCorp of approximately $2.8 billion, representing approximately 14.9% pro forma common stock ownership of KeyCorp, for a fixed price of $17.17 per share. On August 30, 2024, Scotiabank completed the initial purchase of 47,829,359 of our Common Shares with an investment of approximately $821 million in gross proceeds.

On December 13, 2024, we announced that all necessary bank regulatory approvals had been received for completion of Scotiabank’s strategic minority investment in KeyCorp. On December 27, 2024, Scotiabank completed the final purchase of 115,042,316 of our Common Shares, contemplated under the Investment Agreement with an investment of approximately $2.0 billion. Following the Second Closing, Scotiabank owns approximately 14.9% of our common stock.

In conjunction with the investment from Scotiabank, we executed a strategic repositioning of our securities available-for-sale portfolio, selling $7.0 billion and $3.0 billion in market value of low-yielding investment securities in the third and fourth quarters of 2024, respectively. The sales resulted in a total pre-tax loss of $1.8 billion. Proceeds from the sales were invested in shorter-duration, higher-yielding investment securities.

From time to time, KeyCorp or KeyBank may seek to retire, repurchase, or exchange outstanding debt, capital securities, preferred shares, or common shares through cash purchase, privately negotiated transactions or other means. Additional information on repurchases of Common Shares by KeyCorp is included in Part II, Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities of this report. Such transactions depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity and capital requirements, contractual restrictions, regulatory requirements, and other factors. The amounts involved may be material, individually or collectively.

The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows summarize our sources and uses of cash by type of activity for the years ended December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023.

Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk of loss arising from an obligor’s inability or failure to meet contractual payment or performance terms. Like other financial services institutions, we make loans, extend credit, distribute credit risk, purchase securities, provide financial and payments products, and enter into financial derivative contracts, all of which have related credit risk.

Credit policy, approval, and evaluation

We manage credit risk exposure through a multifaceted program. The Credit Risk Committee approves management credit policies and recommends significant credit policies to the Enterprise Risk Management Committee, the KeyBank Board, and the Risk Committee of the Board for approval. These policies are communicated throughout the organization to foster a consistent approach to granting credit.

Our credit risk management team and certain individuals within our lines of business, to whom credit risk management has delegated limited credit authority, are responsible for credit approval. Individuals with assigned credit authority are authorized to grant exceptions to credit policies. It is not unusual to make exceptions to established policies when mitigating circumstances dictate, however, a corporate level tolerance has been established to keep exceptions at an acceptable level based upon portfolio and economic considerations.

86

Table of contents

Our credit risk management team uses risk models to evaluate consumer loans. These models, known as scorecards, forecast the probability of serious delinquency and default for an applicant. The scorecards are embedded in the application processing system, which allows for real-time scoring and automated decisions for many of our products. We periodically validate the loan scoring processes.

We maintain an active concentration management program to mitigate concentration risk in our credit portfolios. For individual obligors, we employ a sliding scale of exposure, known as hold limits, which is dictated by the type of loan and strength of the borrower.

Allowance for loan and lease losses

We estimate the appropriate level of the ALLL on at least a quarterly basis. The methodology used is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.” Briefly, the ALLL estimate uses various models and estimation techniques based on our historical loss experience, current borrower characteristics, current conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts and other relevant factors. The ALLL at December 31, 2024, represents our best estimate of the lifetime expected credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at that date. For more information, see Note 5 (“Asset Quality”).

As shown in Figure 29, our ALLL from continuing operations decreased by $99 million, or 6.6%, from December 31, 2023. The commercial ALLL decreased by $23 million, or 2.2%, from December 31, 2023, driven by strategic balance sheet reductions and changes in the economic outlook, partly offset by portfolio credit migration. The consumer ALLL decreased $76 million, or 17.0%, from December 31, 2023, also largely driven by balance sheet reductions and economic forecasts, including improved home price values.

Figure 29. Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

20242023
December 31,Dollars in millionsTotalAllowancePercent ofAllowanceto TotalAllowancePercent ofLoan Typeto TotalLoansTotalAllowancePercent ofAllowanceto TotalAllowancePercent ofLoan Typeto TotalLoans
Commercial and industrial$63945.4%50.7%$55636.9%49.6%
Commercial real estate:
Commercial mortgage32022.712.841927.813.5
Construction513.62.8523.42.7
Total commercial real estate loans37126.315.647131.216.2
Commercial lease financing271.92.6332.23.1
Total commercial loans1,03773.668.91,06070.368.9
Real estate — residential mortgage906.419.116210.718.6
Home equity loans705.06.1865.76.4
Other consumer loans1369.65.01228.15.2
Credit cards765.4.9785.2.9
Total consumer loans37226.431.144829.731.1
Total loans (a)$1,409100.0%100.0%$1,508100.0%100.0%

(a)Excludes allocations of the ALLL related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business in the amount of $13 million at December 31, 2024, and $16 million at December 31, 2023.

87

Table of contents

Net loan charge-offs

Figure 30 shows the trend in our net loan charge-offs by loan type, while the composition of loan charge-offs and recoveries by type of loan is presented in Figure 32. Figure 31 shows the ratio of net charge-offs by loan category as a percentage of the respective average loan balance.

Over the past 12 months, net loan charge-offs increased $196 million, with the most significant amounts coming from charge-offs of commercial and industrial loans from consumer goods related exposures.

Figure 30. Net Loan Charge-offs from Continuing Operations(a)

Year ended December 31,
Dollars in millions20242023
Commercial and industrial$305$144
Real estate — commercial mortgage3837
Real estate — construction(1)
Commercial lease financing2(5)
Total commercial loans345175
Real estate — residential mortgage(2)(3)
Home equity loans(1)
Other consumer loans5643
Credit cards4130
Total consumer loans9569
Total net loan charge-offs$440$244
Net loan charge-offs to average loans.41%.21%
Net loan charge-offs from discontinued operations — education lending business$3$3

(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.

Figure 31. Net Loan Charge-offs to Average Loans from Continuing Operations(a)

Year ended December 31,
20242023
Commercial and industrial0.56%0.24%
Real estate — commercial mortgage0.270.23
Real estate — construction(0.04)
Commercial lease financing0.05(0.14)
Total commercial loans0.460.21
Real estate — residential mortgage(0.01)(0.01)
Home equity loans(0.01)
Other consumer loans1.010.69
Credit cards4.443.04
Total consumer loans0.290.19
Total net loan charge-offs0.41%0.21%

(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.

88

Table of contents

Figure 32. Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience from Continuing Operations

Year ended December 31,Dollars in millions20242023
Average loans outstanding$107,724$118,004
Allowance for loan and lease losses at beginning of period$1,508$1,337
Loans charged off:
Commercial and industrial$363$188
Real estate — commercial mortgage4039
Real estate — construction
Total commercial real estate loans (a)4039
Commercial lease financing7
Total commercial loans (b)410227
Real estate — residential mortgage31
Home equity loans22
Other consumer loans6451
Credit cards4737
Total consumer loans11691
Total loans charged off526318
Recoveries:
Commercial and industrial5844
Real estate — commercial mortgage22
Real estate — construction1
Total commercial real estate loans (a)23
Commercial lease financing55
Total commercial loans (b)6552
Real estate — residential mortgage54
Home equity loans23
Other consumer loans88
Credit cards67
Total consumer loans2122
Total recoveries8674
Net loan charge-offs(440)(244)
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses341415
Allowance for loan and lease losses at end of year$1,409$1,508
Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at beginning of the year296225
Provision (credit) for losses on lending-related commitments(6)74
Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at end of the year (c)$290$296
Total allowance for credit losses at end of the year$1,699$1,804
Net loan charge-offs to average total loans.41%.21%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to period-end loans1.351.34
Allowance for credit losses to period-end loans1.631.60
Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans185.9262.7
Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans224.1%314.3%
Discontinued operations — education lending business:
Loans charged off$4$4
Recoveries11
Net loan charge-offs$(3)$(3)

(a)See Figure 10 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.

(b)See Figure 9 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.

(c)Included in “accrued expense and other liabilities” on the balance sheet.

Nonperforming assets

Figure 33 shows the composition of our nonperforming assets. As shown in Figure 33, nonperforming assets increased $181 million during 2024. See Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Nonperforming Loans,” “Impaired Loans,” and “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” for a summary of our nonaccrual and charge-off policies.

89

Table of contents

Figure 33. Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Past Due Loans from Continuing Operations

December 31,
Dollars in millions20242023
Commercial and industrial$322$297
Real estate — commercial mortgage243100
Real estate — construction
Total commercial real estate loans (a)243100
Commercial lease financing
Total commercial loans (b)565397
Real estate — residential mortgage9271
Home equity loans8997
Other consumer loans54
Credit cards75
Total consumer loans193177
Total nonperforming loans758574
Nonperforming loans held for sale
OREO1417
Other nonperforming assets
Total nonperforming assets$772$591
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more$90$107
Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days206222
Restructured loans — accruing and nonaccruing (c)N/AN/A
Restructured loans included in nonperforming loans (c)N/AN/A
Nonperforming assets from discontinued operations — education lending business23
Nonperforming loans to period-end portfolio loans.73%.51%
Nonperforming assets to period-end portfolio loans plus OREO and other nonperforming assets (c).74.52

(a)See Figure 10 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.

(b)See Figure 9 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.

(c)Restructured loans are those for which Key, for reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. See Note 5 (“Asset Quality“) for more information. These concessions are made to improve the collectability of the loan and generally take the form of a reduction of the interest rate, extension of the maturity date or reduction in the principal balance.

Figure 34 shows the types of activity that caused the change in our nonperforming loans during each of the last four quarters and the years ended December 31, 2024, and December 31, 2023.

Figure 34. Summary of Changes in Nonperforming Loans from Continuing Operations

2024 Quarters
Dollars in millions2024FourthThirdSecondFirst2023
Balance at beginning of period$574$728$710$658$574$387
Loans placed on nonaccrual status1,140309271317243768
Charge-offs(526)(131)(167)(131)(97)(318)
Loans sold(72)(13)(32)(22)(5)(38)
Payments(259)(111)(37)(76)(35)(132)
Transfers to OREO(6)(2)(1)(1)(2)(9)
Loans returned to accrual status(93)(22)(16)(35)(20)(84)
Balance at end of period$758$758$728$710$658$574

Operational and compliance risk management

Like all businesses, we are subject to operational risk, which is the risk of loss resulting from human error or malfeasance, inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, and external events. These events include, among other things, threats to our cybersecurity, as we are reliant upon information systems and the internet to conduct our business activities. Operational risk intersects with compliance risk, which is the risk of loss from violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules and regulations, prescribed practices, and ethical standards. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, large financial companies like Key are subject to heightened prudential standards and regulation. This heightened level of regulation has increased our operational risk. While operational and compliance risk are separate risk disciplines in KeyCorp’s ERM framework, losses and/or additional regulatory compliance costs are included in operational loss reporting and could take the form of explicit charges, increased operational costs, or harm to our reputation.

We seek to mitigate operational risk through identification and measurement of risk, alignment of business strategies with risk appetite and tolerance, and a system of internal controls and reporting. We continuously strive to strengthen our system of internal controls to improve the oversight of our operational risk and to ensure compliance with laws, rules, and regulations. For example, an operational event database tracks the amounts and sources of

90

Table of contents

operational risk and losses. This tracking mechanism helps to identify weaknesses and to highlight the need to take corrective action. We also rely upon software programs designed to assist in assessing operational risk and monitoring our control processes. This technology has enhanced the reporting of the effectiveness of our controls to senior management and the Board.

The Operational Risk Management Program provides the framework for the structure, governance, roles, and responsibilities, as well as the content, to manage operational risk for Key. The Compliance Risk Management Program serves the same function in managing compliance risk for Key. The Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee support the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments. Both the Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee include attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense. Primary responsibility for managing and monitoring internal control mechanisms lies with the managers of our various lines of business. The Operational Risk Committee and Compliance Risk Committee are senior management committees that oversee our level of operational and compliance risk and direct and support our operational and compliance infrastructure and related activities. These committees and the Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management functions are an integral part of our ERM Program. Our Risk Review function regularly assesses the overall effectiveness of our Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management Programs and our system of internal controls. Risk Review reports the results of reviews on internal controls and systems to senior management and the Audit Committee and updates the Risk Committee, as appropriate, on matters related to the oversight of these controls.

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000091576-24-000040.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-02-22. Report date: 2023-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Page Number
Introduction48
Long-term financial targets49
Corporate strategy50
Strategic developments50
Results of Operations51
Earnings overview51
Net interest income51
Provision for credit losses54
Noninterest income54
Noninterest expense56
Income taxes58
Business Segment Results58
Consumer Bank58
Commercial Bank59
Financial Condition61
Loans and loans held for sale61
Securities67
Deposits and other sources of funds70
Capital71
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations73
Off-balance sheet arrangements73
Guarantees74
Risk Management74
Overview74
Market risk management76
Liquidity risk management82
Credit risk management85
Operational and compliance risk management88
GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations89
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates90
Allowance for loan and lease losses91
Valuation methodologies92
Derivatives and hedging94
Contingent liabilities, guarantees and income taxes94
Accounting and reporting developments95

47

Table of contents

Introduction

This section reviews the financial condition and results of operations of KeyCorp and its subsidiaries for 2023 and 2022. Some tables may include additional periods to comply with disclosure requirements or to illustrate trends in greater depth. When you read this discussion, you should also refer to the consolidated financial statements and related notes in this report. The page locations of specific sections and notes that we refer to are presented in the Table of Contents. To review our financial condition and results of operations for 2021 and a comparison between the 2021 and 2022 results, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of our 2022 Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2023, which discussion is incorporated herein by reference.

48

Table of contents

Long-term financial targets

(a)See the section entitled “GAAP to non-GAAP Reconciliations,” which presents the computations of certain financial measures related to “cash efficiency.” The section includes tables that reconcile the GAAP performance measures to the corresponding non-GAAP measures, which provides a basis for period-to-period comparisons.

(a)See the section entitled “GAAP to non-GAAP Reconciliations,” which presents the computations of certain financial measures related to “tangible common equity.” The section includes tables that reconcile the GAAP performance measures to the corresponding non-GAAP measures, which provides a basis for period-to-period comparisons.

Positive Operating Leverage

Generate positive operating leverage and a cash efficiency ratio in the range of 54.0% to 56.0%.

For the 2023 fiscal year, our cash efficiency ratio and operating leverage were affected by an increase in noninterest expense and a decrease in revenues. Noninterest expense increased 7% from prior year including the impact of the FDIC special assessment as well as efficiency-related charges as we focused on expense management, including simplifying and streamlining our businesses. Net interest income decreased 13% from prior year reflecting higher interest-bearing deposit costs and a shift in funding mix to higher cost deposits and borrowings. Positive operating leverage remains one of our long-term financial targets.

Moderate Risk Profile

Maintain a moderate risk profile by targeting a net loan charge-offs to average loans ratio in the range of .40% to .60% through a credit cycle.

Our net charge-offs to average loans ratio remains near historically low levels and continues to reflect our proven underwrite-to-distribute model. We believe our strong risk management practices will allow us to continue supporting our clients, while maintaining our moderate risk profile, and will position Key to perform well through all business cycles.

Financial Return

A return on average tangible common equity in the range of 16.0% to 19.0%.

Our full-year dividend for 2023 was $.82. Our proactive balance sheet optimization efforts drove the increase in our CET1 ratio and improved our liquidity and funding profile. We believe that these proactive efforts will better position Key to deliver sound, profitable growth and value for all of our stakeholders.

49

Table of contents

Corporate strategy

We remain committed to enhancing long-term shareholder value by continuing to execute our relationship-based business model, growing our franchise, and being disciplined with respect to capital management. We intend to pursue this commitment by growing profitably; acquiring and expanding targeted client relationships; effectively managing risk and rewards; maintaining financial strength; and engaging, retaining, and inspiring our diverse and high-performing workforce. These strategic priorities for enhancing long-term shareholder value are described in more detail below.

•Grow profitably — We intend to continue to focus on generating positive operating leverage by growing revenue and creating a more efficient operating environment. We expect our relationship business model to keep generating organic growth as it helps us expand engagement with existing clients and attract new customers. We plan to leverage our continuous improvement culture to maintain an efficient cost structure that is aligned, sustainable, and consistent with the current operating environment and that supports our relationship business model.

•Acquire and expand targeted client relationships — We seek to be client-centric in our actions and have taken purposeful steps to enhance our ability to acquire and expand targeted relationships. We seek to provide solutions to serve our clients' needs. We focus on markets and clients where we can be the most relevant. In aligning our businesses and investments against these targeted client segments, we are able to make a meaningful impact for our clients.

•Effectively manage risk and rewards — Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring we properly identify, measure, and manage risks across the entire company to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability.

•Maintain financial strength — With the foundation of a strong balance sheet, we intend to remain focused on sustaining strong reserves, liquidity, and capital. We plan to work closely with our Board and regulators to manage capital to support our clients’ needs and drive long-term shareholder value. Our capital position remains strong, and we are well-positioned relative to our capital priorities.

•Engage a high-performing, talented, and diverse workforce — Every day our employees provide our clients with great ideas, extraordinary service, and smart solutions. We intend to continue to engage our high-performing, talented, and diverse workforce to create an environment where they can make a difference, own their careers, be respected, and feel a sense of pride.

Strategic developments

We took the following actions during 2023 in support of our corporate strategy:

•Throughout dynamic market conditions we continued to support our clients, growing in both commercial clients and consumer households and raising $80 billion in capital for our clients.

•We’ve continued to focus on relationships, primacy, and quality deposits, while de-emphasizing non-relationship business and significantly improving our funding and liquidity.

•Overall, credit quality remains strong reflecting our strong risk management discipline and our proven underwrite-to-distribute business model. We’ve continued to maintain low exposure in high-risk categories such as leveraged lending and office properties.

•We proactively managed our balance sheet by reducing risk-weighted assets, improving our capital position. At December 31, 2023, our Common Equity Tier 1 and Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios stood at 10.02% and 11.67%, respectively.

•We remained committed to our strategy to engage a high-performing, talented, and diverse workforce. We have been recognized by multiple organizations for our dedication to creating an environment where employees are treated with respect and empowered to bring their authentic selves to work. Some of these awards and recognitions included the Human Rights Campaign naming us one of the 2023 Equality 100 Award recipients as a leader in LGBTQ+ Workplace Inclusion, Bloomberg listing us on the Gender-Equality Index, G.I. Jobs and Military Spouse Magazine recognizing us as a Military Friendly® and Military Friendly® Spouse Employer, and receiving the Leading Disability Employer Seal from the National Organization on Disability. We were also named to DiversityInc’s 2023 Top 50 Companies for Diversity.

50

Table of contents

Current year expectations - full year 2024 vs. full year 2023

CategoryExpectations (a)
Average loansdown 5% to 7%(c)
Average depositsflat to down 2%
Net interest income (TE)down 2% to 5%(c)
Noninterest incomeup 5%+
Noninterest expenserelatively stable(b)
Net charge-offs to average loans30 to 40 basis points (FY2024)
Effective tax rate~20% (FY2024)

(a) Guidance range: relatively stable: +/- 2%.

(b) Excludes impact of the FDIC special assessment charge of $190 million, efficiency related expenses of $131 million, and a pension settlement charge of $18 million in 2023.

(c) Additional Guidance: End of period loans: relatively stable vs. year-end 2023 balances; Net interest income (TE): Up low-single digits vs. 4Q23 annualized exit rate, 10%+ 4Q24 vs. 4Q23.

Results of Operations

Earnings Overview

The following chart provides a reconciliation of net income from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2022, to the year ended December 31, 2023 (dollars in millions):

(a) Includes Preferred dividends.

Net interest income

One of our principal sources of revenue is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income received on earning assets (such as loans and securities) and loan-related fee income, and interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings. There are several factors that affect net interest income, including:

•the volume, pricing, mix, and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities;

•the volume and value of net free funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and equity capital;

•the use of derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk;

•interest rate fluctuations and competitive conditions within the marketplace;

•asset quality; and

•fair value accounting of acquired earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

To make it easier to compare both the results among several periods and the yields on various types of earning assets (some taxable, some not), we present net interest income in this discussion on a “TE basis” (i.e., as if all income were taxable and at the same rate). For example, $100 of tax-exempt income would be presented as $126, an amount that, if taxed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, would yield $100.

51

Table of contents

Net interest income (TE) for 2023 was $3.9 billion, and the net interest margin was 2.17%. Compared to 2022, net interest income (TE) decreased $611 million, and the net interest margin decreased by 47 basis points. The decline in net interest income (TE) and the net interest margin was driven by higher interest-bearing deposit costs and a shift in funding mix to higher cost deposits and borrowings. Partly offsetting the decline in net interest income and the net interest margin were higher earning asset balances and yields.

Average loans totaled $118.0 billion for 2023, compared to $111.3 billion in 2022. The $6.7 billion increase was driven by growth in commercial and industrial loans and consumer mortgage balances during the first half of 2023.

Average deposits totaled $144.1 billion for 2023, a decrease of $2.8 billion compared to 2022. The decrease was driven by changing client behavior as a result of higher interest rates.

Figure 1 shows the various components of our balance sheet that affect interest income and expense and their respective yields or rates over the past three years. This figure also presents a reconciliation of TE net interest income to net interest income reported in accordance with GAAP for each of those years. The net interest margin, which is an indicator of the profitability of our earning assets less the cost of funding, is calculated by dividing taxable-equivalent net interest income by average earning assets.

52

Table of contents

Figure 1. Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Net Interest Income, and Yields/Rates from Continuing Operations(h)

Year ended December 31,202320222021
Dollars in millionsAverageBalanceInterest (a)Yield/Rate (a)AverageBalanceInterest (a)Yield/Rate (a)Average BalanceInterest (a)Yield/ Rate (a)
ASSETS
Loans (b), (c)
Commercial and industrial (d)$59,379$3,4445.80%$54,970$2,1483.91%$50,931$1,7953.52%
Real estate — commercial mortgage15,9689315.8315,5726334.0713,1184723.60
Real estate — construction2,7551856.712,229994.442,113773.61
Commercial lease financing3,7031163.133,869982.544,0191142.84
Total commercial loans81,8054,6765.7276,6402,9783.8970,1812,4583.50
Real estate — residential mortgage21,4286993.2619,0365592.9412,2523482.84
Home equity loans7,5224335.768,1153474.288,9673363.74
Consumer direct loans6,2283044.886,4902774.275,1052334.56
Credit cards98613613.8895910711.239259410.11
Consumer indirect loans351.71622,839903.19
Total consumer loans36,1991,5734.3534,6621,2903.7230,0881,1013.66
Total loans118,0046,2495.30111,3024,2683.84100,2693,5593.55
Loans held for sale1,012616.061,278564.411,700502.96
Securities available for sale (b), (e)37,7187931.8042,3257521.6235,7655461.53
Held-to-maturity securities (b)9,0083123.467,6762132.777,0351852.63
Trading account assets1,138554.85850313.61820192.35
Short-term investments7,3494145.634,264972.2817,52928.16
Other investments (e)1,392735.28952222.2662171.14
Total earning assets175,6217,9574.37168,6475,4393.15163,7394,3942.69
Allowance for loan and lease losses(1,419)(1,101)(1,340)
Accrued income and other assets17,42518,34016,520
Discontinued assets384492632
Total assets$192,011$186,378$179,551
LIABILITIES
Money market deposits$34,539$6661.93%$35,966$52.14%$36,959$15.04%
Demand deposits54,7111,1022.0149,707182.3747,77726.05
Savings deposits6,3433.047,7981.016,8931.02
Certificates of deposit ($100,000 or more)(f)4,5171713.791,4558.562,13516.72
Other time deposits9,2773804.102,892361.252,5409.37
Total interest-bearing deposits109,3872,3222.1297,818279.2996,30467.07
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements1,647794.812,107411.93239.02
Bank notes and other short-term borrowings5,8903085.242,963903.0277081.08
Long-term debt (f), (g)20,9831,3056.2214,9154753.1912,3912211.79
Total interest-bearing liabilities137,9074,0142.91117,803885.75109,704296.27
Noninterest-bearing deposits34,67249,04448,731
Accrued expense and other liabilities5,1674,3092,819
Discontinued liabilities (g)384492632
Total liabilities178,130171,648161,886
EQUITY
Key shareholders’ equity13,88114,73017,665
Noncontrolling interests
Total equity13,88114,73017,665
Total liabilities and equity$192,011$186,378$179,551
Interest rate spread (TE)1.46%2.40%2.42%
Net interest income (TE) and net interest margin (TE)$3,9432.17%$4,5542.64%$4,0982.50%
Less: TE adjustment (b)302727
Net interest income, GAAP basis$3,913$4,527$4,071

(a)Results are from continuing operations. Interest excludes the interest associated with the liabilities referred to in (g) below, calculated using a matched funds transfer pricing methodology.

(b)Interest income on tax-exempt securities and loans has been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.

(c)For purposes of these computations, nonaccrual loans are included in average loan balances.

(d)Commercial and industrial average loan balances include $196 million, $157 million, and $134 million of assets from commercial credit cards for the years ended December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, respectively.

(e)Yield is calculated on the basis of amortized cost.

(f)Rate calculation excludes basis adjustments related to fair value hedges.

(g)A portion of long-term debt and the related interest expense is allocated to discontinued liabilities as a result of applying our matched funds transfer pricing methodology to discontinued operations.

(h)Average balances presented are based on daily average balances over the respective stated period.

53

Table of contents

Figure 2 shows how the changes in yields or rates and average balances from the prior year affected net interest income. The section entitled “Financial Condition” contains additional discussion about changes in earning assets and funding sources.

Figure 2. Components of Net Interest Income Changes from Continuing Operations

2023 vs. 2022
Dollars in millionsAverageVolumeYield/ RateNet Change(a)
INTEREST INCOME
Loans$261$1,720$1,981
Loans held for sale(13)185
Securities available for sale(87)12841
Held-to-maturity securities415899
Trading account assets121224
Short-term investments104213317
Other investments143751
Total interest income (TE)3322,1862,518
INTEREST EXPENSE
Money market deposits(2)616614
Demand deposits20900920
Savings deposits22
Certificates of deposit ($100,000 or more)43120163
Other time deposits169175344
Total interest-bearing deposits2301,8132,043
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements(11)4938
Bank notes and other short-term borrowings12692218
Long-term debt248582830
Total interest expense5932,5363,129
Net interest income (TE)$(261)$(350)$(611)

(a)The change in interest not due solely to volume or rate has been allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

Provision for credit losses

Our provision for credit losses was a net charge of $489 million for 2023, compared to $502 million for 2022. The decrease in our provision for credit losses was driven by a lower reserve build, partly due to planned balance sheet optimization efforts over 2023, offset by higher net charge-offs. In 2022, the increase in provision for credit losses was a result of reserve increases largely driven by changes in the economic outlook and loan growth.

54

Table of contents

Noninterest income

Noninterest income for 2023 was $2.5 billion, compared to $2.7 billion during 2022. Noninterest income represented 39% of total revenue for 2023 and 37% of total revenue for 2022.

The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest income and the factors that caused those elements to change.

Figure 3. Noninterest Income

(a)Other noninterest income includes operating lease income and other leasing gains, corporate services income, corporate-owned life insurance income, consumer mortgage income, commercial mortgage servicing fees, and other income. See the "Consolidated Statements of Income" in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report.

55

Table of contents

Trust and investment services income

Trust and investment services income consists of brokerage commissions, trust and asset management commissions, and insurance income. The assets under management or administration that primarily generate these revenues are shown in Figure 4. For 2023, trust and investment services income decreased $10 million, or 1.9%. This was primarily due to a decrease in transactional commission based revenues slightly offset by an increase in investment management income and other fees stemming from increased assets under management.

A significant portion of our trust and investment services income depends on the value and mix of assets under management. At December 31, 2023, our bank, trust, and registered investment advisory subsidiaries had assets under management or administration of $54.9 billion, compared to $51.3 billion at December 31, 2022. The increase from 2022 to 2023 was attributable to movements in the equity markets and new business.

Figure 4. Assets Under Administration

Year ended December 31,Change 2023 vs. 2022
Dollars in millions20232022AmountPercent
Discretionary assets under management by investment type:
Equity$30,724$28,313$2,4118.5%
Fixed income13,77514,432(657)(4.6)
Money market6,1875,23894918.1
Total discretionary assets under management$50,686$47,983$2,7035.6%
Non-discretionary assets under administration4,1733,29987426.5
Total$54,859$51,282$3,5777.0%

Investment banking and debt placement fees

Investment banking and debt placement fees consist of syndication fees, debt and equity underwriting fees, merger and acquisition and debt placement advisor fees, gains on sales of commercial mortgages, and agency origination fees. For 2023, investment banking and debt placement fees decreased $96 million, or 15.0%, from the prior year reflective of the continued challenging environment in the capital markets.

Service charges on deposit accounts

Service charges on deposit accounts decreased $80 million, or 22.9%, in 2023 compared to the prior year. This decrease reflects the full year impact of new fee terms implemented in the second half of 2022 which eliminated NSF fees and introduced Key Coverage ZoneTM for overdraft fees, as well as lower account analysis fees related to the interest rate environment.

Cards and payments income

Cards and payments income, which consists of debit card, consumer and commercial credit card, and merchant services income remained relatively flat and only decreased $1 million, or 0.3%, in 2023 compared to 2022.

Other noninterest income

Other noninterest income decreased $61 million, or 7.1%, in 2023 compared to 2022, driven by decreases in corporate services income from lower derivatives trading income, decreases in operating lease income as our operating lease portfolio runs off, and decreases in consumer mortgage income from lower gain on sale margins. These decreases were slightly offset by an increase in commercial mortgage servicing fees driven by a higher servicing portfolio.

Noninterest expense

Noninterest expense for 2023 was $4.7 billion, compared to $4.4 billion for 2022. Figure 5 gives a breakdown of our major categories of noninterest expense as a percentage of total noninterest expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2023.

The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest expense and the factors that caused those elements to change.

56

Table of contents

Figure 5. Noninterest Expense

(a)Other noninterest expense includes equipment, operating lease expense, marketing, intangible asset amortization and other miscellaneous expense. See the "Consolidated Statements of Income" in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report.

Personnel

As shown in Figure 6, personnel expense, the largest category of our noninterest expense, increased by $94 million, or 3.7%, in 2023 compared to 2022. Activity for the year was driven by higher salaries and severance with an offset from decreased incentive compensation costs from lower revenue generation in our variable expense businesses.

Figure 6. Personnel Expense

Year ended December 31,Dollars in millionsChange 2023 vs. 2022
20232022AmountPercent
Salaries and contract labor$1,649$1,500$1499.9%
Incentive and stock-based compensation (a)525693(168)(24.2)
Employee benefits4053634211.6
Severance811071N/M
Total personnel expense$2,660$2,566$943.7%

N/M - Not meaningful

(a)Excludes directors’ stock-based compensation of $3 million in 2023 and $3 million in 2022, reported as “other noninterest expense” in Figure 5.

Non-personnel expense

In total, other non-personnel expense increased $230 million, or 12.5%, in 2023 compared to 2022 primarily due to the $190 million FDIC special assessment charge, as well as corporate real estate related rationalization costs recorded within other expense.

57

Table of contents

Income taxes

We recorded a tax provision from continuing operations of $196 million for 2023, compared to $422 million for 2022. The effective tax rate, which is the provision for income taxes as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes, was 16.9% for 2023 and 18.1% for 2022.

In 2023, our federal tax expense and effective tax rate differ from the amount that would be calculated using the federal statutory tax rate primarily due to investments in tax-advantaged assets, such as corporate-owned life insurance, and tax credits associated with low-income housing investments, and periodic adjustments to our tax reserves as described in Note 14 (“Income Taxes”).

Business Segment Results

This section summarizes the financial performance of our two major business segments (operating segments): Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank. Note 25 (“Business Segment Reporting”) describes the products and services offered by each of these business segments and provides more detailed financial information pertaining to the segments. Dollars in the charts are presented in millions.

Consumer Bank

Segment imperatives

•Execute a relationship-oriented growth strategy, which will enable us to grow (i) stable, low-cost deposits and (ii) valuable fee income streams, including wealth management and cards and payments

•Simplify our business to improve execution and efficiency while managing risk

•Meet the needs of our clients and communities in markets where we operate

Market and business overview

As the banking industry moves forward, so do our clients. Anticipating our clients’ needs not only today, but also for tomorrow and into the future, has become one of the biggest challenges for the banking industry. We view these challenges as an opportunity to help our current client base meet their own goals, as well as attract new and diverse clients. Key Consumer Bank’s focus on durable, long-term client relationships centered in core checking has been evident through the execution of our strategic priorities through focus areas such as developing a core Consumer relationship product suite and driving long-term deposits and fee income through new and enhanced products and services. Key continues to adapt to an increasingly digital world with an increased focus on client experience across our online banking channels. The advice our bankers provide, in combination with our products, services and digital platforms, place Key in a strong position to develop long-lasting and meaningful relationships with our current and prospective clients. Our goal is to help our clients move forward on their financial journeys and to be by their sides along the way.

Summary of operations

•Net income attributable to Key of $248 million in 2023, compared to $365 million in 2022, a decrease of 32.1%, largely driven by higher interest rates on deposits and the FDIC special assessment charge

•Taxable equivalent net interest income decreased in 2023 by $133 million, or 5.5%, from the prior year, reflecting higher interest-bearing deposit costs

•Average loans and leases increased in 2023 by $1.1 billion, or 2.6%, from the prior year, driven by increases in residential mortgage loans

•Average deposits decreased in 2023 by $6.2 billion, or 6.8%, from the prior year, driven by changes in client behavior due to the higher interest rate environment

58

Table of contents

•Provision for credit losses decreased $82 million in 2023 compared to the prior year, driven by lower reserves due to planned balance sheet optimization efforts and changes in the economic outlook, offset by higher net charge-offs

•Noninterest income decreased in 2023 by $51 million, or 5.1%, driven by decreases in service charges on deposit accounts as a result of declining overdraft fee and NSF fees.

•Noninterest expense increased in 2023 by $52 million, or 1.9%, primarily reflective of the FDIC special assessment charge

Commercial Bank

Segment imperatives

•Solve complex client needs through a differentiated product set of banking and capital markets capabilities

•Drive targeted scale through distinct product capabilities delivered to a broad set of clients

•Utilize industry expertise and broad capabilities to build relationships with narrowly targeted client sets

59

Table of contents

Market and business overview

Building relationships and delivering complex solutions for middle market clients requires a distinctive operating model that understands their business and can provide a broad set of product capabilities. As competition for these clients intensifies, we have positioned the business to maintain and grow our competitive advantage by building targeted scale in businesses and client segments. Strong market share in businesses such as real estate loan servicing and equipment finance highlights our ability to successfully meet customer needs through targeted scale in distinct product capabilities. Clients expect us to understand every aspect of their business. Our seven industry verticals are aligned to drive targeted scale in segments where we have a breadth of industry expertise. Our business model is positioned to meet our client needs because our focus is not on being a universal bank, but rather being the right bank for our clients.

Summary of operations

•Net income attributable to Key of $839 million in 2023, compared to $1.1 billion in 2022, a decrease of 26.7%, largely driven by an increase in reserves, increase in FDIC special assessment charges, lower investment banking and debt placement fees, and lower corporate services income

•Taxable equivalent net interest income decreased in 2023 by $52 million, or 2.8%, from the prior year, reflecting higher interest-bearing deposit costs and a shift in funding mix to higher-cost deposits

•Average loan and lease balances increased $5.6 billion in 2023, or 8.0%, driven by an increase in commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate

•Average deposit balances decreased $798 million in 2023, or 1.5%, driven by changing client behavior due to the current economic environment while also being impacted by our focus on growing deposits across our commercial businesses

•Provision for credit losses increased $62 million in 2023 compared to the prior year, resulting from higher net-charge-offs and reserve increases driven by changes in portfolio activity and the economic outlook

•Noninterest income decreased $178 million in 2023, or 11.1%, from the prior year, driven by lower investment banking and debt placement fees, reflecting lower syndication and merger and acquisition advisory revenues, as well as a decline in corporate services income

•Noninterest expense increased by $69 million in 2023, or 4.0%, from the prior year, primarily due to the FDIC special assessment charge

60

Table of contents

Financial Condition

Loans and loans held for sale

Figure 7. Breakdown of Loans as of December 31, 2023

(a)Other consumer loans include Consumer direct loans, Credit cards, and Consumer indirect loans. See Note 4 (“Loan Portfolio”) Item 8. Financial Statements of this report.

61

Table of contents

Figure 8 shows the composition of our loan portfolio at December 31 for each of the past two years.

Figure 8. Composition of Loans

20232022
December 31,Dollars in millionsAmountPercent of TotalAmountPercent of Total
COMMERCIAL
Commercial and industrial (a)$55,81549.6%$59,64750.0%
Commercial real estate:
Commercial mortgage15,18713.516,35213.7
Construction3,0662.72,5302.1
Total commercial real estate loans18,25316.218,88215.8
Commercial lease financing (b)3,5233.13,9363.3
Total commercial loans77,59168.982,46569.1
CONSUMER
Real estate — residential mortgage20,95818.621,40117.9
Home equity loans7,1396.47,9516.6
Consumer direct loans5,8905.26,5085.4
Credit cards1,0020.91,0260.9
Consumer indirect loans26430.1
Total consumer loans35,01531.136,92930.9
Total loans (c)$112,606100.0%$119,394100.0%

(a)Loan balances include $207 million and $172 million, of commercial credit card balances at December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.

(b)Commercial lease financing includes receivables held as collateral for a secured borrowing of $7 million and $8 million at December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively. Principal reductions are based on the cash payments received from these related receivables. Additional information pertaining to this secured borrowing is included in Note 20 (“Long-Term Debt”).

(c)Total loans exclude loans of $339 million at December 31, 2023, and $434 million at December 31, 2022, related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business.

At December 31, 2023, total loans outstanding from continuing operations were $112.6 billion, compared to $119.4 billion at the end of 2022. For more information on balance sheet carrying value, see Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Loans” and “Loans Held for Sale.”

Commercial loan portfolio

Commercial loans outstanding were $77.6 billion at December 31, 2023, a decrease of $4.9 billion, or 5.9%, compared to December 31, 2022. The decrease was across all major commercial loan categories as a result of our planned balance sheet optimization efforts.

Figure 9 provides our commercial loan portfolio by industry classification as of December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022.

62

Table of contents

Figure 9. Commercial Loans by Industry

December 31, 2023Commercial and industrialCommercial real estateCommercial lease financingTotal commercial loansPercent of total
Dollars in millions
Industry classification:
Agriculture$925$114$74$1,1131.4%
Automotive2,15383342,9903.9
Business services3,3872431123,7424.8
Commercial real estate8,22913,113821,35027.5
Construction materials and contractors2,3112922652,8683.7
Consumer goods3,8516222684,7416.1
Consumer services4,5687743275,6697.3
Equipment2,4051711682,7443.5
Finance8,9081042849,29612.0
Healthcare3,2221,4563034,9816.4
Materials and extraction2,4023041522,8583.7
Oil and gas2,21237122,2612.9
Public exposure2,24185132,7623.6
Technology, media, and telecom80711788961.2
Transportation988974661,5512.0
Utilities6,41864596,8838.9
Other78868308861.1
Total$55,815$18,253$3,523$77,591100.0%
December 31, 2022Commercial and industrialCommercial real estateCommercial lease financingTotal commercial loansPercent of total
Dollars in millions
Industry classification:
Agriculture$829$110$83$1,0221.2%
Automotive1,678751122,4412.9
Business services3,5142461483,9084.7
Commercial real estate8,88313,9191022,81227.7
Construction materials and contractors2,6493183223,2894.0
Consumer goods4,6435762885,5076.7
Consumer services5,0099003466,2557.6
Equipment2,5841801612,9253.5
Finance8,8051124619,37811.4
Healthcare3,5891,3723305,2916.4
Materials and extraction3,1282401453,5134.3
Oil and gas2,39933202,4523.0
Public exposure2,53495803,1233.8
Technology, media, and telecom1,08212891,1831.4
Transportation1,0921374771,7062.1
Utilities6,72554507,1808.7
Other504(38)14480.6
Total$59,647$18,882$3,936$82,465100.0%

Commercial and industrial. Commercial and industrial loans are the largest component of our loan portfolio, representing 50% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2023, and 50% at December 31, 2022. This portfolio is approximately 88% variable rate and consists of loans primarily to large corporate, middle market, and small business clients.

Commercial and industrial loans totaled $55.8 billion at December 31, 2023, a decrease of $3.8 billion, or 6.4%, compared to December 31, 2022. The decrease was broad-based and spread across most industry categories, reflecting our planned balance sheet optimization efforts.

Commercial real estate loans. Our commercial real estate portfolio includes project loans primarily focused in market-rate and affordable multi-family housing loans, owner-occupied commercial and industrial operating company buildings, and community center grocer-anchored retail centers. These three commercial real estate segments make up 75% of our commercial real estate portfolio. Our non-owner-occupied portfolio is focused on operators of commercial real estate who not only utilize our loan products, but also our broader industry-focused products and services and provide consistent pipelines into our agency, CMBS, and other long-term market take out products. This focus ensures our relationship clients foster and build portfolios with stable, recurring cash flows, with adequate, balanced cash reserves to support our balance sheet exposures through the economic cycle.

At December 31, 2023, commercial real estate loans totaled $18.3 billion, comprised of $15.2 billion of mortgage loans and $3.1 billion of construction loans. Compared to December 31, 2022, this portfolio decreased $629 million driven by our planned balance sheet optimization efforts.

63

Table of contents

Since the global financial crisis in 2008, we have limited our construction business and reduced our overall construction loans from 42% to 17% of commercial real estate loans as of December 31, 2023. Construction loans provide a stream of funding for properties not fully leased at origination to support debt service payments over the term of the contract or project. As of December 31, 2023, 78% of our construction portfolio are multi-family project loans. Our office exposure only represents 5% of commercial real estate loans at period end.

As shown in Figure 10, our commercial real estate loan portfolio includes various property types and geographic locations of the underlying collateral. These loans include commercial mortgage and construction loans in both Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank.

Figure 10. Commercial Real Estate Loans

Geographic Region
Dollars in millionsWestSouthwestCentralMidwestSoutheastNortheastNationalTotalPercent of TotalConstructionCommercialMortgage
December 31, 2023
Nonowner-occupied:
Diversified$3$$$3$$16$164$1861.0%$$186
Industrial582480110230280208024.4168634
Land & Residential533532140.21822
Lodging48344666552221.25217
Medical Office374212197752731.527246
Multifamily1,2375521,2711,2722,7071,3704448,85348.52,3896,464
Office14215376118285508244.5824
Retail2136841831022972131,0986.0751,023
Self Storage62451572321713972.24393
Senior Housing1242214388651202137754.2126649
Skilled Nursing662022154832.6483
Student Housing271581851.059126
Other11283537671603201.8320
Total nonowner-occupied1,9306191,8321,8853,5592,8531,78014,45879.22,87111,587
Owner-occupied1,14114147201671,3523,79520.81953,600
Total$3,071$620$2,246$2,605$3,726$4,205$1,780$18,253100.0%$3,066$15,187
Nonowner-occupied:
Nonperforming loans$1$$46$1$9$5$38$100N/M$$100
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more16310N/M10
Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days3127729N/M29
December 31, 2022
Nonowner-occupied:
Diversified$9$$$4$$24$231$2681.4%$$268
Industrial7525101135220284528924.7203689
Land & Residential133332437.21522
Lodging581042072412051.122183
Medical Office474391998252411.364177
Multifamily1,0835331,3881,2642,8131,3704388,88947.11,7057,184
Office1891173113128300959995.3999
Retail28235112183693952351,3116.91061,205
Self Storage8513502079372024862.64482
Senior Housing15057144761181202359004.8194706
Skilled Nursing522391434342.3434
Student Housing53199132651.439226
Other24497942831954362.32434
Total nonowner-occupied2,0036712,0331,9953,7103,0591,89215,36381.42,35413,009
Owner-occupied1,14953645801281,2933,51918.61763,343
Total$3,152$676$2,397$2,575$3,838$4,352$1,892$18,882100.0%$2,530$16,352
Nonperforming loans$$$$2$$7$12$21N/M$$21
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more88N/M8
Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days111618N/M18
West –Alaska, California, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Oregon, Washington, and Wyoming
Southwest –Arizona, Nevada, and New Mexico
Central –Arkansas, Colorado, Oklahoma, Texas, and Utah
Midwest –Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, South Dakota, and Wisconsin
Southeast –Alabama, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia, Washington, D.C., and West Virginia
Northeast –Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, and Vermont
National –Accounts in three or more regions

64

Table of contents

Consumer loan portfolio

Consumer loans outstanding at December 31, 2023, totaled $35.0 billion, a decrease of $1.9 billion, or 5.2%, from one year ago. This decrease reflects lower residential and consumer direct loans.

The residential mortgage portfolio is comprised of loans originated by our Consumer Bank and is the largest segment of our consumer loan portfolio as of December 31, 2023, representing approximately 60% of consumer loans. This is followed by our home equity portfolio comprising approximately 20% of consumer loans outstanding at year end.

We held the first lien position for approximately 64% of the home equity portfolio at December 31, 2023, and 66% at December 31, 2022. For loans with real estate collateral, we track borrower performance monthly. Regardless of the lien position, credit metrics are refreshed quarterly, including recent FICO scores as well as updated loan-to-value ratios. This information is used in establishing the ALLL. Our methodology is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.”

Figure 11 presents our consumer loans by geography.

Figure 11. Consumer Loans by State

Dollars in millionsReal estate — residential mortgageHome equity loansConsumer direct loansCredit cardsConsumer indirect loansTotal
December 31, 2023
Washington$4,520$1,020$226$88$1$5,855
Ohio2,7041,02925020314,187
New York8051,99377434713,920
Colorado3,001277149323,459
California2,29414496342,811
Oregon1,269585108432,005
Pennsylvania4455173776321,404
Florida782424121441,254
Utah85125264181,185
Connecticut7652551122911,162
Other3,5221,1552,922162127,773
Total$20,958$7,139$5,890$1,002$26$35,015
December 31, 2022
Washington$4,621$1,100$253$87$2$6,063
Ohio2,7661,17334721454,505
New York8402,25677035914,226
Colorado3,006301171323,510
California2,35716538462,921
Oregon1,268630117432,058
Pennsylvania4595804036131,506
Florida851454531461,369
Texas336339743743
Illinois134321221352
Other4,7631,8442,847206169,676
Total$21,401$7,951$6,508$1,026$43$36,929

65

Table of contents

Loan sales

As shown in Figure 12, during 2023, we sold $8.9 billion of our loans. Sales of loans classified as held for sale generated net gains of $135 million during 2023.

Figure 12 summarizes our loan sales during 2023 and 2022.

Figure 12. Loans Sold (Including Loans Held for Sale)

Dollars in millionsCommercialCommercialReal EstateCommercialLeaseFinancingResidentialReal EstateTotal
2023
Fourth quarter$35$1,735$21$339$2,130
Third quarter852,861493453,340
Second quarter1181,431282831,860
First quarter1251,1211641351,545
Total$362$7,148$262$1,103$8,875
2022
Fourth quarter$33$2,774$114$235$3,156
Third quarter2111,882433532,489
Second quarter411,8511504962,538
First quarter1,4691,909399014,318
Total$1,754$8,416$346$1,985$12,501

Figure 13 shows loans that are either administered or serviced by us but not recorded on the balance sheet; this includes loans that were sold.

Figure 13. Loans Administered or Serviced

December 31,Dollars in millions20232022202120202019
Commercial real estate loans$499,449$488,478$444,131$371,016$347,186
Residential mortgage11,19311,02610,3128,3116,146
Education loans248312415516625
Commercial lease financing1,9461,6461,2361,3591,047
Commercial loans667723750684591
Consumer direct4085096991,7112,243
Consumer indirect7921,5362,714
Total$514,703$504,230$460,257$383,597$357,838

In the event of default by a borrower, we are subject to recourse with respect to approximately $7.5 billion of the $514.7 billion of loans administered or serviced at December 31, 2023. These are primarily associated with commercial real estate loans administered or serviced. Additional information about this recourse arrangement is included in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Recourse agreement with FNMA.”

We derive income from several sources when retaining the right to administer or service loans that are sold. We earn noninterest income (recorded as “Consumer mortgage income” and “Commercial mortgage servicing fees”) from fees for servicing or administering loans. This fee income is reduced by the amortization of related servicing assets. In addition, we earn interest income from investing funds generated by escrow deposits collected in connection with the servicing loans. Additional information about our mortgage servicing assets is included in Note 9 (“Mortgage Servicing Assets”).

66

Table of contents

Maturities and sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates

Figure 14 shows the remaining maturities of our loan portfolio and the sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2023.

Figure 14. Remaining Maturities and Sensitivity of Certain Loans to Changes in Interest Rates(a)

December 31, 2023
Dollars in millionsWithin One YearOne - Five YearsFive - Fifteen YearsOver Fifteen YearsTotal
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$13,086$37,501$5,058$170$55,815
Commercial Mortgage5,2616,5533,02534815,187
Real estate — construction1,2831,2991353493,066
Commercial lease financing3881,8571,2783,523
Total commercial loans$20,018$47,210$9,496$867$77,591
Consumer
Real estate - residential mortgage$180$40$769$19,969$20,958
Home equity loans962502,1354,6587,139
Consumer direct loans4979462,3952,0525,890
Credit Cards1,0021,002
Consumer indirect loans205126
Total consumer loans1,7751,2565,30426,68035,015
Total loans$21,793$48,466$14,800$27,547$112,606
Loans with floating or adjustable interest rates (b)$41,916$4,428$13,153$59,497
Loans with predetermined interest rates (c)6,55010,37214,39431,316
Total$48,466$14,800$27,547$90,813

(a)Accrued interest of $522 million at December 31, 2023, is presented in "Accrued income and other assets" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is excluded from the amortized cost basis disclosed in this table.

(b)Floating and adjustable rates vary in relation to other interest rates (such as the base lending rate) or a variable index that may change during the term of the loan.

(c)Predetermined interest rates either are fixed or may change during the term of the loan according to a specific formula or schedule.

Securities

Our securities portfolio is constructed to help manage overall interest rate risk and provide a source of liquidity, including holding securities used to accommodate pledging requirements. Our securities portfolio totaled $45.8 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $47.8 billion at December 31, 2022. Available-for-sale securities were $37.2 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $39.1 billion at December 31, 2022. Held-to-maturity securities were $8.6 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $8.7 billion at December 31, 2022.

As shown in Figure 15, all of our mortgage-backed securities, which include both securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, are issued by government-sponsored enterprises or GNMA, and are traded in liquid secondary markets. These securities are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value for the available-for-sale portfolio and at cost for the held-to-maturity portfolio. For more information about these securities, see Note 6 (“Fair Value Measurements”) under the heading “Qualitative Disclosures of Valuation Techniques,” and Note 7 (“Securities”).

Figure 15. Mortgage-Backed Securities by Issuer

December 31,Dollars in millions20232022
FHLMC & FNMA$24,302$25,371
GNMA11,66511,620
Total (a)$35,967$36,991

(a)Includes securities held in the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios.

67

Table of contents

Securities available for sale

The majority of our securities available-for-sale portfolio consists of Federal Agency CMOs and mortgage-backed securities. CMOs are debt securities secured by a pool of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities. These mortgage securities generate interest income, serve as collateral to support certain pledging agreements, and provide liquidity value under regulatory requirements.

We periodically evaluate our securities available-for-sale portfolio in light of established A/LM objectives, changing market conditions that could affect the profitability of the portfolio, the regulatory environment, and the level of interest rate risk to which we are exposed. These evaluations may cause us to take steps to adjust our overall balance sheet positioning.

In addition, the size and composition of our securities available-for-sale portfolio could vary with our needs for liquidity and the extent to which we are required (or elect) to hold these assets as collateral to secure public funds and trust deposits. Although we generally use debt securities for this purpose, other assets, such as securities purchased under resale agreements or letters of credit, are used occasionally when they provide a lower cost of collateral or more favorable risk profiles.

Our investing activities continue to complement other balance sheet developments and provide for our ongoing liquidity management needs. Our actions to not reinvest the monthly security cash flows at various times served to provide the liquidity necessary to address our funding requirements. These funding requirements included periodic loan growth and occasional debt maturities. At other times, we may make additional investments that go beyond the replacement of maturities or mortgage security cash flows as our liquidity position and/or interest rate risk management strategies may require. Lastly, our focus on investing in high quality liquid assets, including GNMA-related securities, is related to liquidity management strategies to satisfy regulatory requirements.

Figure 16 shows the composition, TE yields, and remaining maturities of our securities available for sale. For more information about these securities, including gross unrealized gains and losses by type of security and securities pledged, see Note 7 (“Securities”).

68

Table of contents

Figure 16. Securities Available for Sale

Dollars in millionsU.S. Treasury, Agencies, and CorporationsAgency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a)Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a),(b)Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a)TotalWeighted-Average Yield(b)
December 31, 2023
Remaining maturity:
One year or less$7,711$29$1$72$7,8130.50%
After one through five years1,0901,6532,3032,6337,6792.44
After five through ten years1178,9498305,37215,2682.06
After ten years1084,8474551,0156,4251.78
Fair value$9,026$15,478$3,589$9,092$37,185
Amortized cost9,30018,9114,18910,29542,6951.79%
Weighted-average yield (b)0.83%1.79%1.62%2.70%1.79%
Weighted-average maturity1.1 years9.0 years5.9 years6.8 years6.4 years
December 31, 2022
Fair value$9,415$16,433$3,920$9,349$39,117%
Amortized cost10,04420,1804,61610,71245,5521.67

(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.

(b)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.

Held-to-maturity securities

The majority of our held-to-maturity portfolio consists of Federal Agency CMOs and mortgage-backed securities. The portfolio is also comprised of asset-backed securities and foreign bonds. Figure 17 shows the composition, yields, and remaining maturities of these securities.

Figure 17. Held-to-Maturity Securities

Dollars in millionsAgency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a)Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a)Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a)Asset-backed securitiesOther SecuritiesTotalWeighted-Average Yield(b)
December 31, 2023
Remaining maturity:
One year or less$14$$4$733$4$7552.11%
After one through five years1,4461122,1552253,7403.34
After five through ten years2,562827832,8513.72
After ten years1,14845361,2294.26
Amortized cost$5,170$165$2,473$738$29$8,5753.49%
Fair value4,8961522,270709298,056
Weighted-average yield(b)3.82%2.81%3.26%2.09%4.09%3.49%
Weighted-average maturity7.5 years7.3 years4.0 years.6 years2.5 years5.9 years
December 31, 2022
Amortized cost$4,586$181$2,522$1,407$14$8,7103.18%
Fair value4,3081652,3151,311148,113

(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.

(b)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.

69

Table of contents

Deposits and other sources of funds

Figure 18. Breakdown of Deposits at December 31, 2023

The following presents the breakdown of our deposits by product for the noted periods.

December 31,
Dollars in billions20232022
Money market deposits$37.0$34.6
Demand deposits57.752.1
Savings deposits5.47.7
Time deposits14.87.4
Noninterest bearing deposits30.740.8
Total$145.6$142.6

Our highly diversified deposit base is our primary source of funding. At December 31, 2023, our deposits totaled $145.6 billion, an increase of $3.0 billion, compared to December 31, 2022. The increase reflects our durable relationship-based business model, in addition to changing client behavior as a result of higher interest rates.

Uninsured deposits totaled $61.5 billion and $67.1 billion at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively. Uninsured deposits are defined as the portion of deposit accounts in U.S. offices that exceed the FDIC insurance limit or similar state deposit insurance regimes and amounts in any other uninsured investment or deposit accounts that are classified as deposits and not subject to any federal or state deposit insurance regimes.

Figure 19 presents estimated uninsured deposits for the noted periods which reflect amounts disclosed in KeyBank’s Call Report adjusted for intercompany deposits, which are not customer facing and are eliminated in consolidation, and accrued interest.

70

Table of contents

Figure 19. Estimated Uninsured Deposits

December 31,
Dollars in billions20232022
Uninsured deposits(a)$61.5$67.1
Total deposits145.6142.6
Uninsured % of Deposits42%47%
(a) Intercompany deposits and accrued interest excluded from uninsured deposits$9.5$8.4

As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, approximately $13.1 billion and $11.6 billion, respectively, of uninsured deposits were collateralized by government-backed securities.

Figure 20 presents the maturity distribution of estimated uninsured time deposits.

Figure 20. Maturity Distribution of Uninsured Time Deposit Amounts

December 31,
Dollars in millions20232022
Remaining maturity:
Three months or less$480$32
After three through six months32478
After six through twelve months35382
After twelve months5297
Total$1,209$289

Wholesale funds, consisting of short-term borrowings and long-term debt, totaled $22.6 billion at December 31, 2023, compared to $28.8 billion at December 31, 2022. The decrease reflects our balance sheet optimization efforts, which reduced our need for wholesale borrowings. For more information regarding our wholesale funds, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition & Results of Operations under the heading “Risk Management - Liquidity risk management” of this report.

Capital

Our capital management objective is to maintain capital levels consistent with our risk appetite and of a sufficient amount to operate under a wide range of economic conditions. Our current capital levels position us well to execute against our capital priorities including supporting organic growth and paying dividends.

The following sections discuss certain ways we have deployed our capital. For further information, see the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).

(a)Common Share repurchases were suspended during the second quarter of 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and resumed in the first quarter of 2021.

Dividends

Consistent with our capital plans, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $.205 per Common Share for each of the four quarters of 2023. These quarterly dividend payments brought our annual dividend to $.82 per Common Share for 2023.

71

Table of contents

Common Shares outstanding

Our Common Shares are traded on the NYSE under the symbol KEY with 28,577 holders of record at December 31, 2023. Our book value per Common Share was $13.02 based on 936.6 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2023, compared to $11.79 based on 933.3 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2023, our tangible book value per Common Share was $10.02, compared to $8.75 at December 31, 2022.

Figure 21 shows activities that caused the change in our outstanding Common Shares over the past two years.

Figure 21. Changes in Common Shares Outstanding

2023 Quarters
In thousands2023FourthThirdSecondFirst2022
Shares outstanding at beginning of period933,325936,161935,733935,229933,325928,850
Open market repurchases and return of shares under employee compensation plans(4,383)(2)(10)(38)(4,333)(1,736)
Shares issued under employee compensation plans (net of cancellations)7,6224054385426,2376,211
Shares outstanding at end of period936,564936,564936,161935,733935,229933,325

During 2023, Common Shares outstanding increased by 3.2 million shares, primarily driven by issuances under employee compensation plans. For more information on share repurchases activity, see Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).

At December 31, 2023, we had 320.1 million treasury shares, compared to 323.4 million treasury shares at December 31, 2022. Going forward, we expect to reissue treasury shares as needed in connection with stock-based compensation awards and for other corporate purposes.

Capital adequacy

Capital adequacy is an important indicator of financial stability and performance. All of our capital ratios remained in excess of regulatory requirements at December 31, 2023. Our capital and liquidity levels are intended to position us to weather an adverse operating environment while continuing to serve our clients’ needs, as well as to meet the Regulatory Capital Rules described in the “Supervision and regulation” section of Item 1 of this report. Our shareholders’ equity to assets ratio was 7.8% at December 31, 2023, compared to 7.1% at December 31, 2022. Our tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 5.1% at December 31, 2023, compared to 4.4% at December 31, 2022. The minimum capital and leverage ratios under the Regulatory Capital Rules together with the estimated ratios of KeyCorp at December 31, 2023, calculated on a fully phased-in basis, are set forth under the heading “Basel III” in the “Supervision and Regulation” section in Item 1 of this report.

Figure 22 represents the details of our regulatory capital positions at December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, under the Regulatory Capital Rules. Information regarding the regulatory capital ratios of KeyCorp’s banking subsidiaries is presented in Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).

72

Table of contents

Figure 22. Capital Components and Risk-Weighted Assets

December 31, Dollars in millions20232022
COMMON EQUITY TIER 1
Key shareholders’ equity (GAAP)$14,637$13,454
Less:Preferred Stock (a)2,4462,446
Add:CECL phase-in (b)118178
Common Equity Tier 1 capital before adjustments and deductions12,30911,186
Less:Goodwill, net of deferred taxes2,5942,612
Intangible assets, net of deferred taxes4988
Deferred tax assets11
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of deferred taxes(4,296)(4,857)
Accumulated gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, net of deferred taxes(656)(1,160)
Amounts in AOCI attributed to pension and postretirement benefit costs, net of deferred taxes(277)(277)
Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital14,89414,779
TIER 1 CAPITAL
Common Equity Tier 114,89414,779
Additional Tier 1 capital instruments and related surplus2,4462,446
Less:Deductions
Total Tier 1 capital17,34017,225
TIER 2 CAPITAL
Tier 2 capital instruments and related surplus2,0202,200
Allowance for losses on loans and liability for losses on lending-related commitments (c)1,6681,351
Less:Deductions
Total Tier 2 capital3,6883,551
Total risk-based capital$21,028$20,776
RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS
Risk-weighted assets on balance sheet$115,861$125,900
Risk-weighted off-balance sheet exposure31,55535,745
Market risk-equivalent assets1,159826
Gross risk-weighted assets148,575162,471
Less:Excess allowance for loan and lease losses
Net risk-weighted assets$148,575$162,471
AVERAGE QUARTERLY TOTAL ASSETS$191,948$193,986
CAPITAL RATIOS
Tier 1 risk-based capital11.67%10.60%
Total risk-based capital14.1512.79
Leverage (d)9.038.88
Common Equity Tier 110.029.10

(a)Net of capital surplus.

(b)Amount reflects our decision to adopt the CECL transitional provision.

(c)The ALLL included in Tier 2 capital is limited by regulation to 1.25% of the institution’s standardized total risk-weighted assets (excluding its standardized market risk-weighted assets). The ALLL includes $16 million and $21 million of allowance classified as “discontinued assets” on the balance sheet at December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.

(d)This ratio is Tier 1 capital divided by average quarterly total assets as defined by the Federal Reserve less: (i) goodwill, (ii) the disallowed intangible and deferred tax assets, and (iii) other deductions from assets for leverage capital purposes.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We are party to various types of off-balance sheet arrangements, which could lead to contingent liabilities or risks of loss that are not reflected on the balance sheet.

Variable interest entities

In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for consolidations, we consolidate a VIE if we have: (i) a variable interest in the entity; (ii) the power to direct activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance; and (iii) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., we are considered to be the primary beneficiary). Additional information regarding the nature of VIEs and our involvement with them is included in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation” and in Note 13 (“Variable Interest Entities”).

73

Table of contents

Commitments to extend credit or funding

Loan commitments provide for financing on predetermined terms as long as the client continues to meet specified criteria. These commitments generally carry variable rates of interest and have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. We typically charge a fee for our loan commitments. Since a commitment may expire without resulting in a loan or being fully utilized, the total amount of an outstanding commitment may significantly exceed any related cash outlay. Further information about our loan commitments at December 31, 2023, is presented in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Commitments to Extend Credit or Funding.”

Other off-balance sheet arrangements

Other off-balance sheet arrangements include financial instruments that do not meet the definition of a guarantee in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, and other relationships, such as liquidity support provided to asset-backed commercial paper conduits, indemnification agreements and intercompany guarantees. Information about such arrangements is provided in Note 22 under the heading “Other Off-Balance Sheet Risk.”

Guarantees

We are a guarantor in various agreements with third parties. As guarantor, we may be contingently liable to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in a specified interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other variable (including the occurrence or nonoccurrence of a specified event). These variables, known as underlyings, may be related to an asset or liability, or another entity’s failure to perform under a contract. Additional information regarding these types of arrangements is presented in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Guarantees.”

Risk Management

Overview

Like all financial services companies, we engage in business activities and assume the related risks. The most significant risks we face are credit, compliance, operational, liquidity, market, reputation, strategic, and model risks. Our risk management activities are shown in the following chart, and we manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability. Certain of these risks are defined and discussed in greater detail in the remainder of this section.

Federal banking regulators continue to emphasize with financial institutions the importance of relating capital management strategy to the level of risk at each institution. We believe our internal risk management processes help us achieve and maintain capital levels that are commensurate with our business activities and risks, and

74

Table of contents

conform to regulatory expectations. The table below depicts our risk management hierarchy and associated responsibilities and activities of each group.

75

Table of contents

GroupOverview and ResponsibilitiesActivities
Board of Directors–Oversight capacity–Oversees that Key’s risks are managed in a manner that is effective and balanced–Fiduciary duty to Key’s shareholders–Understands Key's risk philosophy–Approves the risk appetite–Inquires about risk practices–Reviews the portfolio of risks–Compares the actual risks to the risk appetite–Is apprised of significant risks, both actual and emerging, and determines whether management is responding appropriately–Challenges management and promotes accountability
Board of Directors Audit Committee (a)–Oversight of financial statement integrity, regulatory and legal requirements, independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, and the performance of the internal audit function and independent auditors–Financial reporting, legal matters, and fraud risk–Meets with management and approves significant policies relating to the risk areas overseen by the Audit Committee–Receives reports on enterprise risk–Meets bi-monthly–Convenes to discuss the content of our financial disclosures and quarterly earnings releases
Board of Directors Risk Committee (a)–Assist the Board in oversight of strategies, policies, procedures, and practices relating to the assessment and management of enterprise-wide risk, including credit, market, liquidity, model, operational, compliance, reputation, and strategic risks–Assist the Board in overseeing risks related to capital adequacy, capital planning, and capital actions–Reviews and provides oversight of management’s activities related to the enterprise-wide risk management framework, which includes an annual review of the ERM Policy, including the Risk Appetite Statement, and management and ERM reports–Approves any material changes to the charter of the ERM Committee and significant policies relating to risk management, including corporate risk tolerances for major risk categories
ERM Committee–Chaired by the Chief Executive Officer and comprising other senior level executives–Manage risk and ensure that the corporate risk profile is managed in a manner consistent with our risk appetite–Oversees the ERM Program, which encompasses our risk philosophy, policy, framework, and governance structure for the management of risks across the entire company–Approves and manages the risk-adjusted capital framework we use to manage risks
Disclosure Committee–Includes representatives from each of the Three Lines of Defense–Meets quarterly to review recent internal and external events to determine whether all appropriate disclosures have been made in reports filed with the SEC–Convenes quarterly to discuss the content of our 10-Q and 10-K
Tier 2 Risk Governance Committees–Include attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense–The First Line of Defense is the line of business primarily responsible to accept, own, proactively identify, monitor, and manage risk–The Second Line of Defense comprises Risk Management representatives who provide independent, centralized oversight over all risk categories by aggregating, analyzing, and reporting risk information–Risk Review, our internal audit function, provides the Third Line of Defense. Its role is to provide independent assessment and testing of the effectiveness of, appropriateness of, and adherence to KeyCorp’s risk management policies, practices, and controls–Supports the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments
Chief Risk Officer–Ensure that relevant risk information is properly integrated into strategic and business decisions–Ensure appropriate ownership of risks–Provides input into performance and compensation decisions–Assesses aggregate enterprise risk–Monitors capabilities to manage critical risks–Executes appropriate Board and stakeholder reporting

(a) The Audit and Risk Committees meet jointly, as appropriate, to discuss matters that relate to each committee’s responsibilities. Committee chairpersons routinely meet with management during interim months to plan agendas for upcoming meetings and to discuss emerging trends and events that have transpired since the preceding meeting. All members of the Board receive formal reports designed to keep them abreast of significant developments during the interim months.

Market risk management

Market risk is the risk that movements in market risk factors, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, and volatilities will reduce Key’s income and the value of its portfolios. These factors influence prospective yields, values, or prices associated with the instrument. We are exposed to market risk both in our trading and nontrading activities, which include asset and liability management activities. Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring that we properly identify, measure, and manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness, and to maximize profitability. Information regarding our fair value policies, procedures, and methodologies is provided in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Fair Value Measurements” and Note 6 (“Fair Value Measurements”) in this report.

76

Table of contents

Trading market risk

Key incurs market risk as a result of trading activities that are used in support of client facilitation and hedging activities, principally within our investment banking and capital markets businesses. Key has exposures to a wide range of risk factors including interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and commodity prices, as well as the associated implied volatilities and spreads. Our primary market risk exposures are a result of trading and hedging activities in the derivative and fixed income markets, including securitization exposures. At December 31, 2023, we did not have any re-securitization positions. We maintain modest trading inventories to facilitate customer flow, make markets in securities, and hedge certain risks including but not limited to credit risk and interest rate risk. The risks associated with these activities are mitigated in accordance with the Market Risk hedging policy. The majority of our positions are traded in active markets.

Management of trading market risks. Market risk management is an integral part of Key’s risk culture. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of trading market risks. The ERM Committee and the Market Risk Committee regularly review and discuss market risk reports prepared by our MRM that contain our market risk exposures and results of monitoring activities. Market risk policies and procedures have been defined and take into account our tolerance for risk and consideration for the business environment. The Market Risk Committee approves market risk policies and recommends our significant market risk policy to the ERM Committee, the KeyBank Board, and the Risk Committee of the Board for approval.

The MRM, as the second line of defense, is an independent risk management function that partners with the lines of business to identify, measure, and monitor market risks throughout our company. The MRM is responsible for ensuring transparency of significant market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits, and escalating limit exceptions to appropriate senior management. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. Market risk is monitored through various measures, such as VaR, and through routine stress testing, sensitivity, and scenario analyses. The MRM conducts stress tests for each position using historical worst case and standard shock scenarios. VaR, stressed VaR, and other analyses are prepared daily and distributed to appropriate management.

Covered positions. We monitor the market risk of our covered positions as defined in the Market Risk Rule, which includes all of our trading positions as well as all foreign exchange and commodity positions, regardless of whether the position is in a trading account. Key’s covered positions may also include mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities that may be identified as securitization positions or re-securitization positions under the Market Risk Rule. The MRM as well as the LOB that trades securitization positions monitor the positions, the portfolio composition and the risks identified in this section on a daily basis consistent with the Market Risk policies and procedures. At December 31, 2023, covered positions did not include any re-securitization positions. Instruments that are used to hedge nontrading activities, such as bank-issued debt and loan portfolios, equity positions that are not actively traded, and securities financing activities, do not meet the definition of a covered position. The MRM is responsible for identifying our portfolios as either covered or non-covered. The Covered Position Working Group develops the final list of covered positions, and a summary is provided to the Market Risk Committee.

Our significant portfolios of covered positions are detailed below. We analyze market risk by portfolios of covered positions and do not separately measure and monitor our portfolios by risk type. The descriptions below incorporate the respective risk types associated with each of these portfolios.

•Fixed income includes those instruments associated with our capital markets business and the trading of securities as a dealer. These instruments may include positions in municipal bonds, bonds backed by the U.S. government, agency and corporate bonds, certain mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, money markets, and certain CMOs. The activities and instruments within the fixed income portfolio create exposures to interest rate and credit spread risks.

•Interest rate derivatives include interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, which are transacted primarily to accommodate the needs of commercial loan clients. In addition, we enter into interest rate derivatives to offset or mitigate the interest rate risk related to the client positions. The activities within this portfolio create exposures to interest rate risk.

VaR and stressed VaR. VaR is the estimate of the maximum amount of loss on an instrument or portfolio due to adverse market conditions during a given time interval within a stated confidence level. Stressed VaR is used to assess extreme conditions on market risk within our trading portfolios. The MRM calculates VaR and stressed VaR

77

Table of contents

on a daily basis, and the results are distributed to appropriate management. VaR and stressed VaR results are also provided to our regulators and utilized in regulatory capital calculations.

We use a historical simulation VaR model to measure the potential adverse effect of changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and credit spreads on the fair value of our covered positions and other non-covered positions. We analyze market risk by portfolios and do not separately measure and monitor our portfolios by risk type. Historical scenarios are customized for specific positions, and numerous risk factors are incorporated in the calculation. Additional consideration is given to the risk factors to estimate the exposures that contain optionality features, such as options and cancellable provisions. VaR is calculated using daily observations over a one-year time horizon, and approximates a 95% confidence level. Statistically, this means that we would expect to incur losses greater than VaR, on average, five out of 100 trading days, or three to four times each quarter. We also calculate VaR and stressed VaR at a 99% confidence level.

The VaR model is an effective tool in estimating ranges of possible gains and losses on our positions. However, there are limitations inherent in the VaR model since it uses historical results over a given time interval to estimate future performance. Historical results may not be indicative of future results, and changes in the market or composition of our portfolios could have a significant impact on the accuracy of the VaR model. We regularly review and enhance the modeling techniques, inputs, and assumptions used. Our market risk policy includes the independent validation of our VaR model by Key’s internal model validation group on an annual basis. The Model Risk Committee oversees the Model Validation Program, and results of validations are discussed with the ERM Committee.

Actual losses for the total covered positions did not exceed aggregate daily VaR for any day during the quarters ended December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022. The MRM backtests our VaR model on a daily basis to evaluate its predictive power. The test compares VaR model results at the 99% confidence level to daily held profit and loss. Results of back testing are provided to the Market Risk Committee. Backtesting exceptions occur when trading losses exceed VaR. We do not engage in correlation trading or utilize the internal model approach for measuring default and credit migration risk. Our net VaR approach incorporates diversification, but our VaR calculation does not include the impact of counterparty risk and our own credit spreads on derivatives.

The aggregate VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for all covered positions was $1.6 million at December 31, 2023, and $1.1 million at December 31, 2022. Figure 23 summarizes our VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022.

Figure 23. VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions

20232022
Three months ended December 31,Three months ended December 31,
Dollars in millionsHighLowMeanDecember 31,HighLowMeanDecember 31,
Trading account assets:
Fixed income$1.3$.7$1.1$1.1$1.1$.4$.7$.4
Derivatives:
Interest rate$.5$.3$.4$.4$.7$.2$.3$.6

Stressed VaR is calculated by running the portfolios through a predetermined stress period which is approved by the Market Risk Committee and is calculated at the 99% confidence level using the same model and assumptions used for general VaR. The aggregate stressed VaR for all covered positions was $4.0 million at December 31, 2023, and $1.9 million at December 31, 2022. Figure 24 summarizes our stressed VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022. The increase in stressed VaR is due to a change in the size and composition of our fixed income inventory.

78

Table of contents

Figure 24. Stressed VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions

20232022
Three months ended December 31,Three months ended December 31,
Dollars in millionsHighLowMeanDecember 31,HighLowMeanDecember 31,
Trading account assets:
Fixed income$4.7$1.9$3.1$3.6$2.4$1.1$1.6$1.1
Derivatives:
Interest rate$.4$.2$.3$.3$.7$.2$.3$.6

Internal capital adequacy assessment. Market risk is a component of our internal capital adequacy assessment. Our risk-weighted assets include a market risk-equivalent asset amount, which consists of a VaR component, stressed VaR component, a de minimis exposure amount, and a specific risk add-on including the securitization positions. The aggregate market value of the securitization positions as defined by the Market Risk Rule was $6 million at December 31, 2023, all of which were mortgage-backed security positions. Specific risk is the price risk of individual financial instruments, which is not accounted for by changes in broad market risk factors and is measured through a standardized approach. Market risk weighted assets, including the specific risk calculations, are run quarterly by the MRM in accordance with the Market Risk Rule, and approved by the Chief Market Risk Officer.

Nontrading market risk

Most of our nontrading market risk is derived from interest rate fluctuations and its impacts on our traditional loan and deposit products, as well as investments, hedging relationships, long-term debt, and certain short-term borrowings. Interest rate risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by the potential for fluctuations in net interest income and the EVE. Such fluctuations may result from changes in interest rates and differences in the repricing and maturity characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. We manage the exposure to changes in net interest income and the EVE in accordance with our risk appetite and in accordance with the Board approved ERM policy.

Interest rate risk positions are influenced by a number of factors, including the balance sheet positioning that arises out of customer preferences for loan and deposit products, economic conditions, the competitive environment within our markets, changes in market interest rates that affect client activity, and our hedging, investing, funding, and capital positions. The primary components of interest rate risk exposure consist of reprice risk, basis risk, yield curve risk, and option risk.

•“Reprice risk” is the exposure to changes in the level of interest rates and occurs when the volume of interest-bearing liabilities and the volume of interest-earning assets they fund (e.g., deposits used to fund loans) do not mature or reprice at the same time.

•“Basis risk” is the exposure to asymmetrical changes in interest rate indexes and occurs when floating-rate assets and floating-rate liabilities reprice at the same time, but in response to different market factors or indexes.

•“Yield curve risk” is the exposure to non-parallel changes in the slope of the yield curve (where the yield curve depicts the relationship between the yield on a particular type of security and its term to maturity) and occurs when interest-bearing liabilities and the interest-earning assets that they fund do not price or reprice to the same term point on the yield curve.

•“Option risk” is the exposure to a customer or counterparty’s ability to take advantage of the interest rate environment and terminate or reprice one of our assets, liabilities, or off-balance sheet instruments prior to contractual maturity without a penalty. Option risk occurs when exposures to customer and counterparty early withdrawals or prepayments are not mitigated with an offsetting position or appropriate compensation.

The management of nontrading market risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of nontrading market risk. The ERM Committee, the ALCO, and the Treasury Risk Oversight Committee (“TROC”) review reports on the interest rate risk exposures described above. In addition, the ALCO reviews reports on stress tests and sensitivity analyses related to interest rate risk. These committees have various responsibilities related to managing nontrading market risk, including recommending, approving, and monitoring strategies that maintain risk positions within approved tolerance ranges. The A/LM policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of interest rate risk and is administered by the ALCO. The MRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight.

79

Table of contents

LIBOR Transition

Key had successfully transitioned substantially all of it its products away from LIBOR as of June 30, 2023. For most financial products, the most common alternative reference rates have been SOFR-based benchmarks. This is true for both new originations and legacy LIBOR contracts that were subject to amendment or a transition by their terms. We have also originated a small number of new loans using credit sensitive rates in a limited and managed fashion.

Net interest income simulation analysis. The primary tool we use to measure our interest rate risk is simulation analysis. For purposes of this analysis, we estimate our net interest income based on the current and projected composition of our on- and off-balance sheet positions, accounting for recent and anticipated trends in customer activity. The analysis also incorporates assumptions for the current and projected interest rate environments and balance sheet growth projections based on a most likely macroeconomic view. The modeling incorporates investment portfolio and swap portfolio balances consistent with management's desired interest rate risk positioning. The simulation model estimates the amount of net interest income at risk by simulating the change in net interest income that would occur if rates were to gradually increase or decrease from current levels over the next 12 months (subject to a floor on market interest rates at zero).

Figure 25 presents the results of the simulation analysis at December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022. At December 31, 2023, our simulated impact to changes in interest rates was moderate low. The exposure to declining rates has decreased as a result of the change in balance sheet mix compared to the December 31, 2022 analysis. Tolerance levels for risk management require the development of remediation plans to maintain residual risk within tolerance if simulation modeling demonstrates that a gradual, parallel 200 basis point increase or 200 basis point decrease in interest rates over the next 12 months would adversely affect net interest income over the same period by more than 5.5%. Current modeled exposure is within Board approved tolerances. If a tolerance level is breached and determined inconsistent with risk appetite, the development of a remediation plan is required to reduce exposure back to within tolerance.

Figure 25. Simulated Change in Net Interest Income

December 31, 2023December 31, 2022
Basis point change assumption-200+200-200+200
Assumed floor in market rates (in basis points)N/AN/A
Rising rate betaN/AMid 50sN/AMid 40s
Tolerance level(5.50)%(5.50)%(5.50)%(5.50)%
Interest rate risk assessment(0.01)%(2.08)%(1.66)%(2.61)%
+200 NII at risk beta sensitivityDecember 31, 2023
Beta assumptionMid 60sLow 60sMid 50sLow 50s
Interest rate risk assessment(4.65)%(3.36)%(2.08)%(0.85)%

Simulation analysis produces a sophisticated estimate of interest rate exposure based on assumptions inputs within the model. Assumptions are tailored to the specific interest rate environment and validated on a regular basis. However, actual results may differ from those derived in simulation analyses due to unanticipated changes to the balance sheet composition, customer behavior, product pricing, market interest rates, changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning, investment, funding and hedging activities or repercussions from exogenous events.

Regular stress tests and sensitivity analyses are performed on the model inputs that could materially change the resulting risk assessments. Assessments are performed using different yield curve shapes, including steepenings or flattenings of the curve, immediate changes in market interest rates, and changes in the relationship of money market interest rates. Assessments are also performed on changes to the following assumptions: loan and deposit balances, the pricing of deposits without contractual maturities, changes in lending spreads, prepayments on loans and securities, investment, funding and hedging activities, and liquidity and capital management strategies.

The results of additional assessments indicate that net interest income could increase or decrease from the base simulation results presented in Figure 25. Net interest income is highly dependent on the timing, magnitude, frequency, and path of interest rate changes and the associated assumptions for deposit repricing relationships, lending spreads, and the balance behavior of transaction accounts. If fixed rate assets increase by $1 billion, or fixed rate liabilities decrease by $1 billion, then the benefit to rising rates would decrease by approximately 29 basis points. If the interest-bearing liquid deposit beta assumption increases or decreases by 5% (e.g., 40% to 45%), then the benefit to rising rates would decrease or increase by approximately 123 basis points.

80

Table of contents

The current interest rate risk position could fluctuate to higher or lower levels of risk depending on the competitive environment and client behavior that may affect the actual volume, mix, maturity, and repricing characteristics of loan and deposit flows. Corporate Treasury discretionary activities related to funding, investing, and hedging may also change as a result of changes in customer business flows or changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning. As changes occur to both the configuration of the balance sheet and the outlook for the economy, management proactively evaluates hedging opportunities that may change our interest rate risk profile.

Simulations are also conducted that measure the effect of changes in market interest rates in the second and third years of a three-year horizon. These simulations are conducted in a similar manner to those based on a 12-month horizon. To capture longer-term exposures, changes in the EVE are calculated as discussed in the following section.

Economic value of equity modeling. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis as it estimates risk exposure beyond 12-, 24-, and 36-month horizons. EVE modeling measures the extent to which the economic values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. EVE is calculated by subjecting the balance sheet to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates, measuring the resulting change in the values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments, and comparing those amounts with the base case of the current interest rate environment. EVE policy limits are measured against a +200 basis point/policy decline scenario. The resulting rate in the policy decline scenario is equal to the greater of the current fed funds target and zero. As of December 31, 2023, the policy decline scenario is minus 200 basis points. This analysis is highly dependent upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. Those assumptions are based on historical behaviors, as well as forward expectations. Remediation plans are similarly developed if this analysis indicates that our EVE will decrease by more than 15% in response to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates. The position is within these guidelines as of December 31, 2023.

Management of interest rate exposure. The results of the various interest rate risk analyses are used to formulate A/LM strategies to achieve the desired risk profile while managing to objectives for capital adequacy and liquidity risk exposures. Specifically, risk positions are managed by purchasing securities, issuing term debt with floating or fixed interest rates, and using derivatives. Interest rate swaps and options are predominantly used, which modify the interest rate characteristics of certain assets and liabilities.

Figure 26 shows all swap positions held for A/LM purposes. These positions are used to convert the contractual interest rate index of agreed-upon amounts of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index. For example, fixed-rate debt is converted to a floating rate through a “receive fixed/pay variable” interest rate swap. The volume, maturity, and mix of portfolio swaps change frequently to reflect broader A/LM objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For more information about how interest rate swaps are used to manage our risk profile, see Note 8 (“Derivatives and Hedging Activities”).

Figure 26. Portfolio Swaps and Options by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy

December 31, 2023
Weighted-AverageDecember 31, 2022
Dollars in millionsNotional AmountFair ValueMaturity (Years)Receive RatePay RateNotional AmountFair Value
Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional loans$15,000$(641)2.32.0%5.4%$28,450$(1,503)
Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional debt8,976(395)3.92.55.410,995(551)
Receive fixed/pay variable — forward loans4,000(27)2.63.55.01,300(8)
Receive fixed/pay variable — forward debt1,411(40)6.63.15.3
Pay fixed/receive variable — conventional debt5014.55.63.6501
Pay fixed/receive variable — securities8,655(152)4.15.44.040548
Total portfolio swaps$38,092$(1,254)(a)3.33.1%5.0%$41,200$(2,013)(a)
Floors — forward purchased$3,250$262.1%%$$
Floors — forward sold3,250(11)2.1
Total floors$6,500$15%%$$

a.Excludes accrued interest of $58 million and $62 million at December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022, respectively.

81

Table of contents

Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by our ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, and fund new business opportunities at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences. Liquidity management involves maintaining sufficient and diverse sources of funding to accommodate planned, as well as unanticipated, changes in assets and liabilities under both normal and adverse conditions.

Governance structure

We manage liquidity for all of our affiliates on an integrated basis. This approach considers the funding sources available to each entity, as well as each entity’s capacity to manage through adverse conditions. The approach also recognizes that adverse market conditions or other events that could negatively affect the availability or cost of liquidity will affect the access of all affiliates to sufficient wholesale funding.

The management of consolidated liquidity risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. Oversight and governance is provided by the Board, the ERM Committee, the ALCO, the TROC, and the Chief Risk Officer. The Asset Liability Management Policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of liquidity risk and is administered by the ALCO. The Corporate Treasury Oversight group within the MRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight. Our current liquidity risk management practices are in compliance with the Federal Reserve Board’s Enhanced Prudential Standards.

These committees regularly review liquidity and funding summaries, liquidity trends, peer comparisons, variance analyses, liquidity projections, internal liquidity stress tests, and goal tracking reports. The reviews generate a discussion of positions, trends, and directives on liquidity risk and shape a number of our decisions. When liquidity pressure is elevated, positions are monitored more closely and reporting is more intensive. To ensure that emerging issues are identified, we also communicate with individuals inside and outside of the company on a daily basis.

Factors affecting liquidity

Our liquidity could be adversely affected by both direct and indirect events. An example of a direct event would be a downgrade in our public credit ratings by a rating agency. Examples of indirect events (events unrelated to us) that could impair our access to liquidity would be an act of terrorism or war, natural disasters, global pandemics, political events, or the default or bankruptcy of a major corporation, mutual fund, or hedge fund. Similarly, market speculation, or rumors about us or the banking industry in general, may adversely affect the cost and availability of normal funding sources.

During 2023, rating agencies reacted to the volatility in the banking industry by issuing updated ratings for numerous U.S. banks, including Key. On August 21, 2023, Standard & Poor’s downgraded KeyCorp’s and KeyBank’s Long-term Debt ratings from “BBB+” to “BBB”, and from “A-” to “BBB+”, respectively. On October 10, 2023, Fitch Ratings, Inc. downgraded both KeyCorp and KeyBank’s respective Long-Term Debt ratings from “A-” to “BBB+” and, on October 20, 2023, Moody’s downgraded KeyCorp and KeyBank's Long-term Debt ratings from "Baa1" to "Baa2", and from "A3" to "Baa1.” The rationales for Standard & Poor’s, Fitch Ratings, Inc., and Moody’s downgrades are documented in their respective credit opinions and analyses.

Our credit ratings at December 31, 2023, are shown in Figure 27. While we believe these credit ratings, under normal conditions in the capital markets, will enable KeyCorp or KeyBank to issue fixed income securities to investors, downgrades in our credit ratings could increase our cost of funds, trigger additional collateral or funding requirements, and decrease the number of investors and counterparties willing to lend to us.

82

Table of contents

Figure 27. Credit Ratings

December 31, 2023Short-Term BorrowingsLong-Term Deposits(a)Senior Long-Term DebtSubordinated Long-Term DebtCapital SecuritiesPreferred Stock
KEYCORP (THE PARENT COMPANY)
Standard & Poor’sA-2N/ABBBBBB-BBBB
Moody’sP-2N/ABaa2Baa2Baa3Ba1
FitchF2N/ABBB+N/ABBBB
DBRSR-1 (low)N/AAA (low)A (low)BBB
KEYBANK
Standard & Poor’sA-2N/ABBB+BBBN/AN/A
Moody’sP-2P-1/A2Baa1Baa2N/AN/A
FitchF2F2/A-BBB+BBBN/AN/A
DBRSR-1 (middle)A (high)A (high)AN/AN/A

(a)P-1 rating assigned by Moody’s is specific to KeyBank’s short-term bank deposit ratings. F2 assigned by Fitch Ratings, Inc. is specific to KeyBank’s short-term deposit ratings.

Managing liquidity risk

Most of our liquidity risk is derived from our business model, which involves taking in deposits, many of which can be withdrawn at any time, and lending them out in the form of illiquid loan assets. The assessments of liquidity risk are measured under the assumption of normal operating conditions as well as under stressed environments. We manage these exposures in accordance with our risk appetite, and within Board-approved policy limits.

We regularly monitor our liquidity position and funding sources and measure our capacity to obtain funds in a variety of hypothetical scenarios in an effort to maintain an appropriate mix of available and affordable funding. In the normal course of business, we perform a monthly internal liquidity stress test for both KeyCorp and KeyBank. In a “heightened monitoring mode,” we may conduct internal liquidity stress tests more frequently, and use assumptions to reflect the changed market environment. Our testing incorporates estimates for loan and deposit lives based on our historical studies. Internal liquidity stress tests analyze potential liquidity scenarios under various funding constraints and time periods. Ultimately, they determine the periodic effects that major direct and indirect events would have on our access to funding markets and our ability to fund our normal operations. To compensate for the effect of these assumed liquidity pressures, we consider alternative sources of liquidity and maturities over different time periods to project how funding needs would be managed.

Our primary source of funding for KeyBank are customer deposits resulting in a consolidated loan-to-deposit ratio of 78% as of December 31, 2023. If the cash flows needed to support operating and investing activities are not satisfied by deposit balances, we rely on wholesale funding or on-balance sheet liquid reserves. Conversely, excess cash generated by operating, investing, and deposit-gathering activities may be used to repay outstanding debt or invest in liquid assets. We maintain a Contingency Funding Plan that outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis. As part of the plan, we maintain on-balance sheet liquid reserves referred to as our liquid asset portfolio, which consists of high quality liquid assets. During a problem period, that reserve could be used as a source of funding to provide time to develop and execute a longer-term strategy. Figure 28 shows our available contingent liquidity at December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022. In 2023, our secured term borrowings decreased $1.5 billion from a reduction in FHLB borrowings.

Figure 28. Available Contingent Liquidity

December 31,
Dollars in billions20232022
Available contingent liquidity:
Unpledged securities$7.5$33.2
Net balances of federal funds sold and balances in our Federal Reserve account10.72.4
Unused secured borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland54.733.8
Unused secured borrowing capacity at the FHLB13.66.7
Total$86.5$76.1

83

Table of contents

Long-term liquidity strategy

Our long-term liquidity strategy is to be predominantly funded by core deposits. However, we may use wholesale funds to sustain an adequate liquid asset portfolio, meet daily cash demands, and allow management flexibility to execute business initiatives. Key’s client-based relationship strategy provides for a strong core deposit base that, in conjunction with intermediate and long-term wholesale funds managed to a diversified maturity structure and investor base, supports our liquidity risk management strategy. We use the loan-to-deposit ratio as a metric to monitor these strategies. Our target loan-to-deposit ratio is 90-100% (at December 31, 2023, our loan-to-deposit ratio was 77.9%), which we calculate as the sum of total loans, loans held for sale, and nonsecuritized discontinued loans divided by deposits.

Liquidity programs

We have several liquidity programs, which are described in Note 20 (“Long-Term Debt”), that are designed to enable KeyCorp and KeyBank to raise funds in the public and private debt markets. The proceeds from most of these programs can be used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. These liquidity programs are reviewed from time to time by the Board and are renewed and replaced as necessary. There are no restrictive financial covenants in any of these programs.

On January 26, 2023, KeyBank issued $500 million of 4.70% Fixed Rate Senior Bank Notes due January 26, 2026 and $1 billion of 5.00% Fixed Rate Senior Bank Notes due January 26, 2033. Accordingly, at December 31, 2023, there was $15.5 billion available for issuance under the KeyBank Bank Note Program.

Liquidity for KeyCorp

The primary source of liquidity for KeyCorp is from subsidiary dividends, primarily from KeyBank. KeyCorp has sufficient liquidity when it can service its debt; support customary corporate operations and activities (including acquisitions); support occasional guarantees of subsidiaries’ obligations in transactions with third parties at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences; and fund capital distributions in the form of dividends and share buybacks.

We use a parent cash coverage months metric as the primary measure to assess parent company liquidity. The parent cash coverage months metric measures the number of months into the future where projected obligations can be met with the current quantity of liquidity. We generally issue term debt to supplement dividends from KeyBank to manage our liquidity position at or above our targeted levels. The parent company generally maintains cash and short-term investments in an amount sufficient to meet projected debt maturities over at least the next 24 months. At December 31, 2023, KeyCorp held $2.7 billion in cash and short-term investments, which we projected to be sufficient to meet our projected obligations, including the repayment of our maturing debt obligations for the periods prescribed by our risk tolerance.

Typically, KeyCorp meets its liquidity requirements through regular dividends from KeyBank, supplemented with term debt. Federal banking law limits the amount of capital distributions that a bank can make to its holding company without prior regulatory approval. A national bank’s dividend-paying capacity is affected by several factors, including net profits (as defined by statute) for the two previous calendar years and for the current year, up to the date of dividend declaration. During 2023, KeyBank paid $675 million in cash dividends to KeyCorp, and during the fourth quarter of 2023, KeyBank paid $150 million cash dividends to KeyCorp. At January 1, 2024, KeyBank had regulatory capacity to pay $2.3 billion in dividends to KeyCorp without prior regulatory approval. KeyCorp had no debt issuances during 2023.

Our liquidity position and recent activity

Over the past 12 months, our liquid asset portfolio, which includes overnight and short-term investments, as well as unencumbered, high quality liquid securities held as protection against a range of potential liquidity stress scenarios, has increased primarily due to an increase in Key's cash position. The liquid asset portfolio continues to exceed the amount that we estimate would be necessary to manage through an adverse liquidity event by providing sufficient time to develop and execute a longer-term solution.

From time to time, KeyCorp or KeyBank may seek to retire, repurchase, or exchange outstanding debt, capital securities, preferred shares, or common shares through cash purchase, privately negotiated transactions or other

84

Table of contents

means. During the third quarter of 2023, Key repurchased $92.3 million of KeyBank senior debt consisting of $13.1 million of 3.30% Senior Unsecured Debt due June 1, 2025, $64.7 million of 4.15% Senior Unsecured Debt due August 8, 2025, and $14.5 million of 4.70% Senior Unsecured Debt due January 26, 2026. Additional information on repurchases of Common Shares by KeyCorp is included in Part II, Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities of this report. Such transactions depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity and capital requirements, contractual restrictions, regulatory requirements, and other factors. The amounts involved may be material, individually or collectively.

The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows summarize our sources and uses of cash by type of activity for the years ended December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022.

Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk of loss arising from an obligor’s inability or failure to meet contractual payment or performance terms. Like other financial services institutions, we make loans, extend credit, distribute credit risk, purchase securities, provide financial and payments products, and enter into financial derivative contracts, all of which have related credit risk.

Credit policy, approval, and evaluation

We manage credit risk exposure through a multifaceted program. The Credit Risk Committee approves management credit policies and recommends significant credit policies to the Enterprise Risk Management Committee, the KeyBank Board, and the Risk Committee of the Board for approval. These policies are communicated throughout the organization to foster a consistent approach to granting credit.

Our credit risk management team and certain individuals within our lines of business, to whom credit risk management has delegated limited credit authority, are responsible for credit approval. Individuals with assigned credit authority are authorized to grant exceptions to credit policies. It is not unusual to make exceptions to established policies when mitigating circumstances dictate, however, a corporate level tolerance has been established to keep exceptions at an acceptable level based upon portfolio and economic considerations.

Our credit risk management team uses risk models to evaluate consumer loans. These models, known as scorecards, forecast the probability of serious delinquency and default for an applicant. The scorecards are embedded in the application processing system, which allows for real-time scoring and automated decisions for many of our products. We periodically validate the loan scoring processes.

We maintain an active concentration management program to mitigate concentration risk in our credit portfolios. For individual obligors, we employ a sliding scale of exposure, known as hold limits, which is dictated by the type of loan and strength of the borrower.

Allowance for loan and lease losses

85

Table of contents

We estimate the appropriate level of the ALLL on at least a quarterly basis. The methodology used is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.” Briefly, the ALLL estimate uses various models and estimation techniques based on our historical loss experience, current borrower characteristics, current conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts and other relevant factors. The ALLL at December 31, 2023, represents our best estimate of the lifetime expected credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at that date. For more information, see Note 5 (“Asset Quality”).

As shown in Figure 29, our ALLL from continuing operations increased by $171 million, or 12.8%, from December 31, 2022. The commercial ALLL increased by $196 million, or 22.7%, from December 31, 2022, driven by portfolio migration and changes in the economic outlook, including the impact from higher interest rates and lower commercial real estate values, partly offset by balance sheet reductions. The consumer ALLL decreased $25 million, or 5.3%, from December 31, 2022, largely driven by changes in the economic forecasts, including improved home price values.

Figure 29. Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

20232022
December 31,Dollars in millionsTotalAllowancePercent ofAllowanceto TotalAllowancePercent ofLoan Typeto TotalLoansTotalAllowancePercent ofAllowanceto TotalAllowancePercent ofLoan Typeto TotalLoans
Commercial and industrial$55636.9%49.6%$60145.0%50.0%
Commercial real estate:
Commercial mortgage41927.813.520315.213.7
Construction523.42.7282.12.1
Total commercial real estate loans47131.216.223117.315.8
Commercial lease financing332.23.1322.43.3
Total commercial loans1,06070.368.986464.769.1
Real estate — residential mortgage16210.718.619614.717.9
Home equity loans865.76.4987.36.6
Consumer direct loans1218.05.21118.35.4
Credit cards785.2.9664.9.9
Consumer indirect loans1.12.1.1
Total consumer loans44829.731.147335.330.9
Total loans (a)$1,508100.0%100.0%$1,337100.0%100.0%

(a)Excludes allocations of the ALLL related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business in the amount of $16 million at December 31, 2023, and $21 million at December 31, 2022.

Net loan charge-offs

Figure 30 shows the trend in our net loan charge-offs by loan type, while the composition of loan charge-offs and recoveries by type of loan is presented in Figure 32. Figure 31 shows the ratio of net charge-offs by loan category as a percentage of the respective average loan balance.

Over the past 12 months, net loan charge-offs increased $83 million.

Figure 30. Net Loan Charge-offs from Continuing Operations

Year ended December 31,
Dollars in millions20232022
Commercial and industrial$144$103
Real estate — commercial mortgage3718
Real estate — construction(1)(1)
Commercial lease financing(a)(5)(2)
Total commercial loans175118
Real estate — residential mortgage(a)(3)(7)
Home equity loans(1)(2)
Consumer direct loans4326
Credit cards3024
Consumer indirect loans2
Total consumer loans6943
Total net loan charge-offs$244$161
Net loan charge-offs to average loans.21%.14%
Net loan charge-offs from discontinued operations — education lending business$3$4

(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.

86

Table of contents

Figure 31. Net Loan Charge-offs to Average Loans from Continuing Operations

Year ended December 31,
20232022
Commercial and industrial0.24%0.19%
Real estate — commercial mortgage0.230.12
Real estate — construction(0.04)(0.04)
Commercial lease financing(a)(0.14)(0.05)
Total commercial loans0.210.15
Real estate — residential mortgage(a)(0.01)(0.04)
Home equity loans(0.01)(0.02)
Consumer direct loans0.690.40
Credit cards3.042.50
Consumer indirect loans3.23
Total consumer loans0.190.12
Total net loan charge-offs0.21%0.14%

(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.

Figure 32. Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience from Continuing Operations

Year ended December 31,Dollars in millions20232022
Average loans outstanding$118,004$111,302
Allowance for loan and lease losses at beginning of period$1,337$1,061
Loans charged off:
Commercial and industrial$188$153
Real estate — commercial mortgage3923
Real estate — construction
Total commercial real estate loans (a)3923
Commercial lease financing2
Total commercial loans (b)227178
Real estate — residential mortgage1(2)
Home equity loans21
Consumer direct loans5034
Credit cards3730
Consumer indirect loans14
Total consumer loans9167
Total loans charged off318245
Recoveries:
Commercial and industrial4450
Real estate — commercial mortgage25
Real estate — construction11
Total commercial real estate loans (a)36
Commercial lease financing54
Total commercial loans (b)5260
Real estate — residential mortgage45
Home equity loans33
Consumer direct loans78
Credit cards76
Consumer indirect loans12
Total consumer loans2224
Total recoveries7484
Net loan charge-offs(244)(161)
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses415437
Allowance for loan and lease losses at end of year$1,508$1,337
Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at beginning of the year225160
Provision (credit) for losses on lending-related commitments7465
Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at end of the year (c)$296$225
Total allowance for credit losses at end of the year$1,804$1,562
Net loan charge-offs to average total loans.21%.14%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to period-end loans1.341.12
Allowance for credit losses to period-end loans1.601.31
Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans262.7345.5
Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans314.3403.6
Discontinued operations — education lending business:
Loans charged off$4$6
Recoveries12
Net loan charge-offs$(3)$(4)

(a)See Figure 10 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.

(b)See Figure 9 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.

(c)Included in “accrued expense and other liabilities” on the balance sheet.

87

Table of contents

Nonperforming assets

Figure 33 shows the composition of our nonperforming assets. As shown in Figure 33, nonperforming assets increased $171 million during 2023. See Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Nonperforming Loans,” “Impaired Loans,” and “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” for a summary of our nonaccrual and charge-off policies.

Figure 33. Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Past Due Loans from Continuing Operations

December 31,
Dollars in millions20232022
Commercial and industrial$297$174
Real estate — commercial mortgage10021
Real estate — construction
Total commercial real estate loans (a)10021
Commercial lease financing1
Total commercial loans (b)397196
Real estate — residential mortgage7177
Home equity loans97107
Consumer direct loans33
Credit cards53
Consumer indirect loans11
Total consumer loans177191
Total nonperforming loans574387
Nonperforming loans held for sale20
OREO1713
Other nonperforming assets
Total nonperforming assets$591$420
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more$107$60
Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days222180
Restructured loans — accruing and nonaccruing (c)N/A236
Restructured loans included in nonperforming loans (c)N/A118
Nonperforming assets from discontinued operations — education lending business33
Nonperforming loans to period-end portfolio loans.51%.32%
Nonperforming assets to period-end portfolio loans plus OREO and other nonperforming assets (c).52.35

(a)See Figure 10 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.

(b)See Figure 9 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.

(c)Restructured loans (i.e., TDRs) are those for which Key, for reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. See Note 5 (“Asset Quality“) for more information on our TDRs. These concessions are made to improve the collectability of the loan and generally take the form of a reduction of the interest rate, extension of the maturity date or reduction in the principal balance.

Figure 34 shows the types of activity that caused the change in our nonperforming loans during each of the last four quarters and the years ended December 31, 2023, and December 31, 2022.

Figure 34. Summary of Changes in Nonperforming Loans from Continuing Operations

2023 Quarters
Dollars in millions2023FourthThirdSecondFirst2022
Balance at beginning of period$387$455$431$416$387$454
Loans placed on nonaccrual status768297159169143398
Charge-offs(318)(95)(87)(76)(60)(244)
Loans sold(38)(9)(4)(23)(2)(15)
Payments(132)(56)(25)(20)(31)(113)
Transfers to OREO(9)(2)(3)(2)(2)(5)
Loans returned to accrual status(84)(16)(16)(33)(19)(88)
Balance at end of period$574$574$455$431$416$387

Operational and compliance risk management

Like all businesses, we are subject to operational risk, which is the risk of loss resulting from human error or malfeasance, inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, and external events. These events include, among other things, threats to our cybersecurity, as we are reliant upon information systems and the internet to conduct our business activities. Operational risk intersects with compliance risk, which is the risk of loss from violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules and regulations, prescribed practices, and ethical standards. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, large financial companies like Key are subject to heightened prudential standards and regulation. This heightened level of regulation has increased our operational risk. While operational and compliance

88

Table of contents

risk are separate risk disciplines in KeyCorp’s ERM framework, losses and/or additional regulatory compliance costs are included in operational loss reporting and could take the form of explicit charges, increased operational costs, or harm to our reputation.

We seek to mitigate operational risk through identification and measurement of risk, alignment of business strategies with risk appetite and tolerance, and a system of internal controls and reporting. We continuously strive to strengthen our system of internal controls to improve the oversight of our operational risk and to ensure compliance with laws, rules, and regulations. For example, an operational event database tracks the amounts and sources of operational risk and losses. This tracking mechanism helps to identify weaknesses and to highlight the need to take corrective action. We also rely upon software programs designed to assist in assessing operational risk and monitoring our control processes. This technology has enhanced the reporting of the effectiveness of our controls to senior management and the Board.

The Operational Risk Management Program provides the framework for the structure, governance, roles, and responsibilities, as well as the content, to manage operational risk for Key. The Compliance Risk Management Program serves the same function in managing compliance risk for Key. The Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee support the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments. Both the Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee include attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense. Primary responsibility for managing and monitoring internal control mechanisms lies with the managers of our various lines of business. The Operational Risk Committee and Compliance Risk Committee are senior management committees that oversee our level of operational and compliance risk and direct and support our operational and compliance infrastructure and related activities. These committees and the Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management functions are an integral part of our ERM Program. Our Risk Review function regularly assesses the overall effectiveness of our Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management Programs and our system of internal controls. Risk Review reports the results of reviews on internal controls and systems to senior management and the Audit Committee and updates the Risk Committee, as appropriate, on matters related to the oversight of these controls.

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000091576-23-000026.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-02-22. Report date: 2022-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Page Number
Introduction47
Long-term financial targets48
Corporate strategy49
Strategic developments49
Results of Operations50
Earnings overview50
Net interest income50
Provision for credit losses53
Noninterest income53
Noninterest expense55
Income taxes57
Business Segment Results57
Consumer Bank57
Commercial Bank58
Financial Condition60
Loans and loans held for sale60
Securities66
Deposits and other sources of funds69
Capital69
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations71
Off-balance sheet arrangements71
Guarantees72
Risk Management72
Overview72
Market risk management74
Liquidity risk management80
Credit risk management83
Operational and compliance risk management87
GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations89
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates90
Allowance for loan and lease losses90
Valuation methodologies91
Derivatives and hedging93
Contingent liabilities, guarantees and income taxes93
Accounting and reporting developments94

46

Table of contents

Introduction

This section reviews the financial condition and results of operations of KeyCorp and its subsidiaries for 2022 and 2021. Some tables may include additional periods to comply with disclosure requirements or to illustrate trends in greater depth. When you read this discussion, you should also refer to the consolidated financial statements and related notes in this report. The page locations of specific sections and notes that we refer to are presented in the Table of Contents. To review our financial condition and results of operations for 2020 and a comparison between the 2020 and 2021 results, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of our 2021 Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2022, which discussion is incorporated herein by reference.

47

Table of contents

Long-term financial targets

(a)See the section entitled “GAAP to non-GAAP Reconciliations,” which presents the computations of certain financial measures related to “cash efficiency.” The section includes tables that reconcile the GAAP performance measures to the corresponding non-GAAP measures, which provides a basis for period-to-period comparisons.

(a)See the section entitled “GAAP to non-GAAP Reconciliations,” which presents the computations of certain financial measures related to “tangible common equity.” The section includes tables that reconcile the GAAP performance measures to the corresponding non-GAAP measures, which provides a basis for period-to-period comparisons.

Positive Operating Leverage

Generate positive operating leverage and a cash efficiency ratio in the range of 54.0% to 56.0%.

Positive operating leverage was delivered for the 2022 fiscal year, marking the ninth time in the past ten years this was achieved. We expect to again generate positive operating leverage in 2023.

Moderate Risk Profile

Maintain a moderate risk profile by targeting a net loan charge-offs to average loans ratio in the range of .40% to .60% through a credit cycle.

Our net charge-offs to average loans ratio remains at a historically low level. We believe our strong risk management practices will allow us to continue supporting our clients, while maintaining our moderate risk profile, and will position Key to perform well through all business cycles.

Financial Return

A return on average tangible common equity in the range of 16.0% to 19.0%.

Our full-year dividend for 2022 was $.79, reflecting a Board approved increase in the fourth quarter. We remain committed to delivering value to all shareholders.

48

Table of contents

Corporate strategy

We remain committed to enhancing long-term shareholder value by continuing to execute our relationship-based business model, growing our franchise, and being disciplined in our capital management. We intend to pursue this commitment by growing profitably; acquiring and expanding targeted client relationships; effectively managing risk and rewards; maintaining financial strength; and engaging, retaining, and inspiring our diverse and high-performing workforce. These strategic priorities for enhancing long-term shareholder value are described in more detail below.

•Grow profitably — We intend to continue to focus on generating positive operating leverage by growing revenue and creating a more efficient operating environment. We expect our relationship business model to keep generating organic growth as it helps us expand engagement with existing clients and attract new customers. We plan to leverage our continuous improvement culture to maintain an efficient cost structure that is aligned, sustainable, and consistent with the current operating environment and that supports our relationship business model.

•Acquire and expand targeted client relationships — We seek to be client-centric in our actions and have taken purposeful steps to enhance our ability to acquire and expand targeted relationships. We seek to provide solutions to serve our clients' needs. We focus on markets and clients where we can be the most relevant. In aligning our businesses and investments against these targeted client segments, we are able to make a meaningful impact for our clients.

•Effectively manage risk and rewards — Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring we properly identify, measure, and manage risks across the entire company to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability.

•Maintain financial strength — With the foundation of a strong balance sheet, we intend to remain focused on sustaining strong reserves, liquidity, and capital. We plan to work closely with our Board and regulators to manage capital to support our clients’ needs and drive long-term shareholder value. Our capital remains a competitive advantage for us.

•Engage a high-performing, talented, and diverse workforce — Every day our employees provide our clients with great ideas, extraordinary service, and smart solutions. We intend to continue to engage our high-performing, talented, and diverse workforce to create an environment where they can make a difference, own their careers, be respected, and feel a sense of pride.

Strategic developments

We took the following actions during 2022 in support of our corporate strategy:

•We continued the momentum of loan growth across both our consumer and commercial businesses as we continue to add clients and deepen our existing relationships.

•In the third quarter, we implemented new client-friendly fee terms, eliminating NSF fees and introducing Key Coverage Zone TM for overdraft fees.

•We continued to expand targeted client relationships in healthcare, growing relationships with nurses and significant healthcare providers, including healthcare systems and facilities.

•Our strong capital position allows us to continue to execute against each of our capital priorities of organic growth, dividends, and share repurchases. During the fourth quarter, the Board of Directors announced an increase in the quarterly dividend to $.205 per common share resulting in a full-year dividend of $.79.

•We continued to grow profitably during 2022. Positive operating leverage was achieved for the year, and we expect to deliver positive operating leverage in 2023.

•During 2022 we completed the acquisition of GradFin, one of the nation's leading Public Service Loan Forgiveness counseling providers. The acquisition furthers Key's commitment to accelerate growth through targeted investments in digital, niche businesses.

•Overall, credit quality remains strong as our new loan originations in both our commercial and consumer book continue to meet our criteria for high quality loans as we continue to effectively manage risk and rewards. Our continuous focus on maintaining our risk discipline has and will continue to position us to perform well through all business cycles.

•Maintaining financial strength while driving long-term shareholder value was again a focus during 2022. At December 31, 2022, our Common Equity Tier 1 and Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios stood at 9.10% and 10.60%, respectively.

•We remained committed to our strategy to engage a high-performing, talented, and diverse workforce. We have been recognized by multiple organizations for our dedication to creating an environment where employees

49

Table of contents

are treated with respect and empowered to bring their authentic selves to work. Some of these awards and recognitions included the Human Rights Campaign naming us one of the 2022 Best Places to Work for LGBT Equality, Bloomberg listing us on the Gender-Equality Index, G.I. Jobs and Military Spouse Magazine recognizing us as a Military Friendly® and Military Friendly® Spouse Employer, and receiving the Leading Disability Employer Seal from the National Organization on Disability. We were also named to DiversityInc’s 2022 Top 50 Companies for Diversity.

Results of Operations

Earnings Overview

The following chart provides a reconciliation of net income from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2021, to the year ended December 31, 2022 (dollars in millions):

(a) Includes Preferred dividends.

Net interest income

One of our principal sources of revenue is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income received on earning assets (such as loans and securities) and loan-related fee income, and interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings. There are several factors that affect net interest income, including:

•the volume, pricing, mix, and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities;

•the volume and value of net free funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and equity capital;

•the use of derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk;

•interest rate fluctuations and competitive conditions within the marketplace;

•asset quality; and

•fair value accounting of acquired earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

To make it easier to compare both the results among several periods and the yields on various types of earning assets (some taxable, some not), we present net interest income in this discussion on a “TE basis” (i.e., as if all income were taxable and at the same rate). For example, $100 of tax-exempt income would be presented as $126, an amount that, if taxed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, would yield $100.

50

Table of contents

Net interest income (TE) for 2022 was $4.6 billion, and the net interest margin was 2.64%. Compared to 2021, net interest income (TE) increased $456 million and the net interest margin increased by 14 basis points. Net interest income (TE) benefited from higher earning asset balances, higher interest rates, and a favorable balance sheet mix. Net interest income (TE) and the net interest margin were negatively impacted by the sale of the indirect auto loan portfolio in the third quarter of 2021, higher interest-bearing deposit costs, and lower loan fees from PPP.

Average loans totaled $111.3 billion for 2022, compared to $100.3 billion in 2021. Commercial loans increased $6.5 billion, reflecting core commercial and industrial loan growth and an increase in commercial mortgage real estate loans, which mitigated the impact of a $4.7 billion decline in PPP balances. Consumer loans increased $4.6 billion driven by Key’s consumer mortgage business and student loan originations from Laurel Road, partly offset by the sale of the indirect auto loan portfolio in the third quarter of 2021.

Average deposits totaled $146.9 billion for 2022, an increase of $1.8 billion compared to 2021. The increase reflects growth from consumer and commercial relationships, partially offset by a decline in time deposits and non-operating commercial deposit balances.

Figure 1 shows the various components of our balance sheet that affect interest income and expense and their respective yields or rates over the past five years. This figure also presents a reconciliation of TE net interest income to net interest income reported in accordance with GAAP for each of those years. The net interest margin, which is an indicator of the profitability of our earning assets less the cost of funding, is calculated by dividing taxable-equivalent net interest income by average earning assets.

51

Table of contents

Figure 1. Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Net Interest Income, and Yields/Rates from Continuing Operations(h)

Year ended December 31,202220212020
Dollars in millionsAverageBalanceInterest (a)Yield/Rate (a)AverageBalanceInterest (a)Yield/Rate (a)Average BalanceInterest (a)Yield/ Rate (a)
ASSETS
Loans (b), (c)
Commercial and industrial (d)$54,970$2,1483.91%$50,931$1,7953.52%$55,145$1,9773.59%
Real estate — commercial mortgage15,5726334.0713,1184723.6013,2795213.92
Real estate — construction2,229994.442,113773.611,843743.99
Commercial lease financing3,869982.544,0191142.844,4971393.09
Total commercial loans76,6402,9783.8970,1812,4583.5074,7642,7113.63
Real estate — residential mortgage19,0365592.9412,2523482.848,0942843.50
Home equity loans8,1153474.288,9673363.749,7723924.01
Consumer direct loans6,4902774.275,1052334.564,2132215.26
Credit cards95910711.239259410.111,00110710.65
Consumer indirect loans622,839903.194,8451803.72
Total consumer loans34,6621,2903.7230,0881,1013.6627,9251,1844.24
Total loans111,3024,2683.84100,2693,5593.55102,6893,8953.79
Loans held for sale1,278564.411,700502.961,972693.49
Securities available for sale (b), (e)42,3257521.6235,7655461.5323,7424842.10
Held-to-maturity securities (b)7,6762132.777,0351852.638,9382222.49
Trading account assets850313.61820192.35814202.47
Short-term investments4,264972.2817,52928.169,09618.20
Other investments (e)952222.2662171.146356.87
Total earning assets168,6475,4393.15163,7394,3942.69147,8864,7143.20
Allowance for loan and lease losses(1,101)(1,340)(1,481)
Accrued income and other assets18,34016,52015,650
Discontinued assets492632775
Total assets$186,378$179,551$162,830
LIABILITIES
NOW and money market deposit accounts$85,673$234.27%$84,736$41.05%$75,733$206.27%
Savings deposits7,7981.016,8931.025,2522.04
Certificates of deposit ($100,000 or more)(f)1,4558.562,13516.724,520831.83
Other time deposits2,892361.252,5409.374,041561.38
Total interest-bearing deposits97,818279.2996,30467.0789,546347.39
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements2,107411.93239.026706.88
Bank notes and other short-term borrowings2,963903.0277081.081,45212.85
Long-term debt (f), (g)14,9154753.1912,3912211.7912,5782862.36
Total interest-bearing liabilities117,803885.75109,704296.27104,246651.63
Noninterest-bearing deposits49,04448,73137,740
Accrued expense and other liabilities4,3092,8192,433
Discontinued liabilities (g)492632775
Total liabilities171,648161,886145,194
EQUITY
Key shareholders’ equity14,73017,66517,636
Noncontrolling interests
Total equity14,73017,66517,636
Total liabilities and equity$186,378$179,551$162,830
Interest rate spread (TE)2.40%2.42%2.57%
Net interest income (TE) and net interest margin (TE)$4,5542.64%$4,0982.50%$4,0632.77%
Less: TE adjustment (b)272729
Net interest income, GAAP basis$4,527$4,071$4,034

(a)Results are from continuing operations. Interest excludes the interest associated with the liabilities referred to in (g) below, calculated using a matched funds transfer pricing methodology.

(b)Interest income on tax-exempt securities and loans has been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.

(c)For purposes of these computations, nonaccrual loans are included in average loan balances.

(d)Commercial and industrial average loan balances include $157 million, $134 million, and $130 million of assets from commercial credit cards for the years ended December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively.

(e)Yield is calculated on the basis of amortized cost.

(f)Rate calculation excludes basis adjustments related to fair value hedges.

(g)A portion of long-term debt and the related interest expense is allocated to discontinued liabilities as a result of applying our matched funds transfer pricing methodology to discontinued operations.

(h)Average balances presented are based on daily average balances over the respective stated period.

52

Table of contents

Figure 2 shows how the changes in yields or rates and average balances from the prior year affected net interest income. The section entitled “Financial Condition” contains additional discussion about changes in earning assets and funding sources.

Figure 2. Components of Net Interest Income Changes from Continuing Operations

2022 vs. 2021
Dollars in millionsAverageVolumeYield/ RateNet Change(a)
INTEREST INCOME
Loans$428$281$709
Loans held for sale(14)206
Securities available for sale10997206
Held-to-maturity securities171128
Trading account assets11112
Short-term investments(36)10569
Other investments51015
Total interest income (TE)5095361,045
INTEREST EXPENSE
NOW and money market deposit accounts193193
Savings deposits
Certificates of deposit ($100,000 or more)(4)(4)(8)
Other time deposits12627
Total interest-bearing deposits(2)214212
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements4141
Bank notes and other short-term borrowings493382
Long-term debt52202254
Total interest expense99490589
Net interest income (TE)$410$46$456

(a)The change in interest not due solely to volume or rate has been allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

Provision for credit losses

Our provision for credit losses was a net charge of $502 million for 2022, compared to a $418 million net benefit for 2021. The increase in our provision for credit losses was a result of reserve increases largely driven by changes in the economic outlook and loan growth, offset somewhat by lower net charge-offs. In 2021, our provision for credit losses was a net benefit due to reserve releases as the economic stress and uncertainty in the U.S. and globally caused by COVID-19 eased, along with significantly lower net loan charge-offs and improved asset quality. In 2023 we expect net charge-offs to average loans to be in the range of 25 to 30 bps.

53

Table of contents

Noninterest income

Noninterest income for 2022 was $2.7 billion, compared to $3.2 billion during 2021. Noninterest income represented 37% of total revenue for 2022 and 44% of total revenue for 2021. In 2023, we expect noninterest income to be down 1% to 3% compared to 2022.

The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest income and the factors that caused those elements to change.

Figure 3. Noninterest Income

(a)Other noninterest income includes operating lease income and other leasing gains, corporate services income, corporate-owned life insurance income, consumer mortgage income, commercial mortgage servicing fees, and other income. See the "Consolidated Statements of Income" in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report.

54

Table of contents

Trust and investment services income

Trust and investment services income consists of brokerage commissions, trust and asset management commissions, and insurance income. The assets under management or administration that primarily generate these revenues are shown in Figure 4. For 2022, trust and investment services income decreased $4 million, or 0.8%. This was primarily due to an increase in commissions based revenue offset by decreases in fees associated with lower assets under management.

A significant portion of our trust and investment services income depends on the value and mix of assets under management. At December 31, 2022, our bank, trust, and registered investment advisory subsidiaries had assets under management or administration of $51.3 billion, compared to $55.8 billion at December 31, 2021. The decrease from 2021 to 2022 was primarily attributable to movements in the equity markets.

Figure 4. Assets Under Administration

Year ended December 31,Change 2022 vs. 2021
Dollars in millions20222021AmountPercent
Discretionary assets under management by investment type:
Equity$28,313$33,767$(5,454)(16.2)%
Fixed income14,43213,8515814.2
Money market5,2384,54169715.3
Total discretionary assets under management$47,983$52,159$(4,176)(8.0)%
Non-discretionary assets under administration$3,299$3,647$(348)(9.5)%
Total$51,282$55,806$(4,524)(8.1)%

Investment banking and debt placement fees

Investment banking and debt placement fees consist of syndication fees, debt and equity underwriting fees, merger and acquisition and financial advisor fees, gains on sales of commercial mortgages, and agency origination fees. For 2022, investment banking and debt placement fees decreased $299 million, or 31.9%, from the prior year reflecting the slowdown in capital markets activity.

Service charges on deposit accounts

Service charges on deposit accounts increased $13 million, or 3.9%, in 2022 compared to the prior year. This increase stemmed from account analysis services and overdraft fees, specifically over the first three quarters of the year. Beginning late in the third quarter, Key implemented new fee terms which eliminated NSF fees and introduced Key Coverage ZoneTM for overdraft fees resulting in expected reductions in fees in the fourth quarter.

Cards and payments income

Cards and payments income, which consists of debit card, consumer and commercial credit card, and merchant services income, decreased $74 million, or 17.8%, in 2022 compared to 2021. This decrease was primarily due to reduced prepaid card activity as customers rolled off government support programs during the year with a slight offset from an increase in merchant services income.

Other noninterest income

Other noninterest income includes operating lease income and other leasing gains, corporate services income, corporate-owned life insurance income, consumer mortgage income, commercial mortgage servicing fees, and other income. Other noninterest income decreased $112 million, or 11.5%, in 2022 compared to 2021, driven by decreases in consumer mortgage income from lower gain on sale margins and lower saleable volume. Decreases also occurred within operating lease income and other leasing gains from declining operating lease balances. These decreases were slightly offset by an increase in corporate services income from higher derivatives income.

Noninterest expense

Noninterest expense for 2022 was $4.4 billion, compared to $4.4 billion for 2021. Figure 5 gives a breakdown of our major categories of noninterest expense as a percentage of total noninterest expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2022. In 2023, we expect noninterest expense to be relatively stable compared to 2022.

55

Table of contents

The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest expense and the factors that caused those elements to change.

Figure 5. Noninterest Expense

(a)Other noninterest expense includes equipment, operating lease expense, marketing, intangible asset amortization and other miscellaneous expense. See the "Consolidated Statements of Income" in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report.

Personnel

As shown in Figure 6, personnel expense, the largest category of our noninterest expense, increased by $5 million, or 0.2%, in 2022 compared to 2021. Activity for the year was driven by higher salaries from higher merits and contract tech labor, with an offset from decreased incentive compensation costs from lower revenue generation in our variable expense businesses.

Figure 6. Personnel Expense

Year ended December 31,Dollars in millionsChange 2022 vs. 2021
20222021AmountPercent
Salaries and contract labor$1,500$1,311$18914.4%
Incentive and stock-based compensation (a)693861(168)(19.5)
Employee benefits363388(25)(6.4)
Severance1019N/M
Total personnel expense$2,566$2,561$50.2%

N/M - Not meaningful

(a)Excludes directors’ stock-based compensation of $3 million in 2022 and $2 million in 2021, reported as “other noninterest expense” in Figure 5.

Non-personnel expense

In total, other non-personnel expense decreased $24 million, or 1.3%, in 2022 compared to 2021 stemming from declines in business services and professional fees and operating expense, with a slight offset from an increase in computer processing costs.

56

Table of contents

Income taxes

We recorded a tax provision from continuing operations of $422 million for 2022, compared to $642 million for 2021. The effective tax rate, which is the provision for income taxes as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes, was 18.1% for 2022 and 19.7% for 2021. In 2023, we expect our GAAP tax rate to be approximately 20%.

In 2022, our federal tax expense and effective tax rate differ from the amount that would be calculated using the federal statutory tax rate primarily due to investments in tax-advantaged assets, such as corporate-owned life insurance, tax credits associated with energy related projects and low-income housing investments, and periodic adjustments to our tax reserves as described in Note 14 (“Income Taxes”).

Business Segment Results

This section summarizes the financial performance of our two major business segments (operating segments): Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank. Note 25 (“Business Segment Reporting”) describes the products and services offered by each of these business segments and provides more detailed financial information pertaining to the segments. Dollars in the charts are presented in millions.

Consumer Bank

Segment imperatives

•Simplification and digitalization to drive growth and operating leverage

•Relationship-based strategy with a focus on financial wellness as a differentiator

•Omni-channel approach in delivering products and services

Market and business overview

As the banking industry moves forward, so do our clients. Anticipating our clients’ needs not only today, but for tomorrow and into the future, has become one of the biggest challenges for the banking industry. We view these challenges as an opportunity to help our current client base meet their own goals, as well as attract new and diverse clients. In an increasingly digital world focused on specialized convenience, we have made meaningful steps to meet those demands through new digital portals including the rollout of our national digital affinity bank, Laurel Road for Doctors. These platforms place us in a strong position to develop long lasting and meaningful relationships with our current and prospective clients. Financial wellness is a core tenet of our customer relationships and we see it in three different ways: diagnose, enhance, and sustain. Our goal is to get our clients to a place where they can comfortably sustain their current financial position so we can be there for them when they are ready to grow. Clients no longer go to a branch to conduct transactions only, they go to seek advice and gain new perspectives on issues they may be facing.

Summary of operations

•Net income attributable to Key of $392 million in 2022, compared to $876 million in 2021, a decrease of 55.3%, largely driven by reserve increases

•Taxable equivalent net interest income increased in 2022 by $60 million, or 2.5%, from the prior year, driven by higher earning assets and interest rates

•Average loans and leases increased in 2022 by $1.9 billion, or 4.8%, from the prior year, driven by loan growth in consumer mortgage and Laurel Road, partly offset by a decline in home equity loans

•Average deposits increased in 2022 by $1.7 billion, or 1.9%, from the prior year, driven by higher retail deposits

57

Table of contents

•Provision for credit losses increased $311 million in 2022 compared to the prior year, resulting from reserve increases driven by changes in the economic outlook, loan growth, offset slightly by lower net charge-offs. In 2021, our provision for credit losses was a net benefit of $118 million due to reserve releases as the economic stress and uncertainty in the U.S. and globally caused by COVID-19 eased

•Noninterest income decreased in 2022 by $72 million, or 6.7%,driven by decreases in consumer mortgage income from lower gain on sale margins and lower saleable volume, and a decline in trust and investment services, reflecting lower equity markets

•Noninterest expense increased in 2022 by $314 million, or 13.1%, primarily driven by higher salaries, increased deposit insurance assessments, and increased technology and other business support costs.

Commercial Bank

Segment imperatives

•Solve complex client needs through a differentiated product set of banking and capital markets capabilities

•Drive targeted scale through distinct product capabilities delivered to a broad set of clients

•Utilize industry expertise and broad capabilities to build relationships with narrowly targeted client sets

58

Table of contents

Market and business overview

Building relationships and delivering complex solutions for middle market clients requires a distinctive operating model that understands their business and can provide a broad set of product capabilities. As competition for these clients intensifies, we have positioned the business to maintain and grow our competitive advantage by building targeted scale in businesses and client segments. Strong market share in businesses such as real estate loan servicing and equipment finance highlights our ability to successfully meet customer needs through targeted scale in distinct product capabilities. Clients expect us to understand every aspect of their business. Our seven industry verticals are aligned to drive targeted scale in segments where we have a breadth of industry expertise. Our business model is positioned to meet our client needs because our focus is not on being a universal bank, but rather being the right bank for our clients.

Summary of operations

•Net income attributable to Key of $1.1 billion in 2022, compared to $1.6 billion in 2021, a decrease of 30.2%, largely driven by an increase in reserves and lower investment banking and debt placement fees

•Taxable equivalent net interest income increased in 2022 by $217 million, or 13.2%, from the prior year, reflecting growth in commercial and industrial loans and commercial real estate loans, as well as higher interest rates

•Average loan and lease balances increased $9.1 billion in 2022, or 15.0%, due to growth in commercial and industrial loans and commercial mortgage real estate loans

•Average deposit balances decreased $926 million in 2022, or 1.7%, driven by a decline in non-operating deposits

•Provision for credit losses increased $596 million in 2022 compared to the prior year, resulting from reserve increases driven by changes in the economic outlook and loan growth. In 2021, our provision for credit losses was a net benefit of $279 million due to reserve releases as the economic stress and uncertainty in the U.S. and globally caused by COVID-19 eased

•Noninterest income decreased $390 million in 2022, or 19.6%, from the prior year, driven by lower investment banking and debt placement fees, partially offset by an increase in corporate services income primarily reflecting higher derivatives income

•Noninterest expense decreased by $131 million in 2022, or 7.0%, from the prior year, driven by lower incentive compensation and lower operating lease expense, as well as a decrease in other business segment support costs

59

Table of contents

Financial Condition

Loans and loans held for sale

Figure 7. Breakdown of Loans

(a)Other consumer loans include Consumer direct loans, Credit cards, and Consumer indirect loans. See Note 4 (“Loan Portfolio”) Item 8. Financial Statements of this report.

60

Table of contents

Figure 8 shows the composition of our loan portfolio at December 31 for each of the past two years.

Figure 8. Composition of Loans

20222021
December 31,Dollars in millionsAmountPercent of TotalAmountPercent of Total
COMMERCIAL
Commercial and industrial (a)$59,64750.0%$50,52549.6%
Commercial real estate:
Commercial mortgage16,35213.714,24413.9
Construction2,5302.11,9962.0
Total commercial real estate loans18,88215.816,24015.9
Commercial lease financing (b)3,9363.34,0714.0
Total commercial loans82,46569.170,83669.5
CONSUMER
Real estate — residential mortgage21,40117.915,75615.5
Home equity loans7,9516.68,4678.3
Consumer direct loans6,5085.45,7535.6
Credit cards1,0260.99721.0
Consumer indirect loans430.1700.1
Total consumer loans36,92930.931,01830.5
Total loans (c)$119,394100.0%$101,854100.0%

(a)Loan balances include $172 million and $139 million, of commercial credit card balances at December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, respectively.

(b)Commercial lease financing includes receivables held as collateral for a secured borrowing of $8 million and $16 million at December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, respectively. Principal reductions are based on the cash payments received from these related receivables. Additional information pertaining to this secured borrowing is included in Note 20 (“Long-Term Debt”).

(c)Total loans exclude loans of $434 million at December 31, 2022, and $567 million at December 31, 2021, related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business.

At December 31, 2022, total loans outstanding from continuing operations were $119.4 billion, compared to $101.9 billion at the end of 2021. For more information on balance sheet carrying value, see Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Loans” and “Loans Held for Sale.”

Commercial loan portfolio

Commercial loans outstanding were $82.5 billion at December 31, 2022, an increase of $11.6 billion, or 16.4%, compared to December 31, 2021. The increase reflects core commercial and industrial loan growth and an increase in commercial real estate loans, which mitigated the impact of a $1.5 billion decline in PPP balances.

Figure 9 provides our commercial loan portfolio by industry classification as of December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021.

61

Table of contents

Figure 9. Commercial Loans by Industry

December 31, 2022Commercial and industrialCommercial real estateCommercial lease financingTotal commercial loansPercent of total
Dollars in millions
Industry classification:
Agriculture$907$171$96$1,1741.4%
Automotive1,660741122,4132.9
Business products2,332176372,5453.1
Business services3,4972491673,9134.7
Chemicals93431451,0101.2
Construction materials and contractors2,3513273092,9873.7
Consumer goods4,3125442865,1426.2
Consumer services4,9638733466,1827.5
Equipment1,9881111132,2122.7
Finance8,7841114629,35711.3
Healthcare3,3791,3483105,0376.1
Metals and mining1,45386941,6332.0
Oil and gas2,38532202,4373.0
Public exposure2,52695823,1173.8
Commercial real estate8,86213,897722,76627.6
Technology91412891,0151.2
Transportation1,1391594971,7952.2
Utilities6,72554507,1808.7
Other53614550.7
Total$59,647$18,882$3,936$82,465100.0%
December 31, 2021Commercial and industrialCommercial real estateCommercial lease financingTotal commercial loansPercent of total
Dollars in millions
Industry classification:
Agriculture$872$161$84$1,1171.6%
Automotive1,253609181,8802.7
Business products1,732131391,9022.7
Business services3,2022351773,6145.1
Chemicals78625228331.2
Construction materials and contractors2,2483382642,8504.0
Consumer goods3,7605552764,5916.5
Consumer services4,9988894246,3118.9
Equipment1,650971381,8852.7
Finance6,676983807,15410.1
Healthcare3,1381,3022454,6856.6
Metals and mining1,21971551,3451.9
Oil and gas1,75826351,8192.6
Public exposure2,768157203,5034.9
Commercial real estate6,49411,456917,95925.3
Technology64991498071.1
Transportation1,2881345511,9732.8
Utilities5,4914675,9588.4
Other5438918650.9
Total$50,525$16,240$4,071$70,836100.0%

Commercial and industrial. Commercial and industrial loans are the largest component of our loan portfolio, representing 50% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2022, and 51% at December 31, 2021. This portfolio is approximately 86% variable rate and consists of loans primarily to large corporate, middle market, and small business clients.

Commercial and industrial loans totaled $59.6 billion at December 31, 2022, an increase of $9.1 billion, or 18.1%, compared to December 31, 2021. The increase was broad-based and spread across most industry categories and mitigated the impact of a $1.5 billion decline in PPP balances.

Commercial real estate loans. Our commercial real estate lending business includes both mortgage and construction loans, and is conducted through two primary sources: our 15-state banking franchise, and KeyBank Real Estate Capital, a national line of business that cultivates relationships with owners of commercial real estate located both within and beyond the branch system. Nonowner-occupied properties, generally properties for which at least 50% of the debt service is provided by rental income from nonaffiliated third parties, represented 81% of total commercial real estate loans outstanding at December 31, 2022. Construction loans, which provide a stream of funding for properties not fully leased at origination to support debt service payments over the term of the contract or project, represented 13% of commercial real estate loans at year end.

62

Table of contents

At December 31, 2022, commercial real estate loans totaled $18.9 billion, comprised of $16.4 billion of mortgage loans and $2.5 billion of construction loans. Compared to December 31, 2021, this portfolio increased $2.6 billion driven by growth in multi-family lending, including a focus in affordable housing.

As shown in Figure 10, our commercial real estate loan portfolio includes various property types and geographic locations of the underlying collateral. These loans include commercial mortgage and construction loans in both Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank.

Figure 10. Commercial Real Estate Loans

Geographic Region
Dollars in millionsWestSouthwestCentralMidwestSoutheastNortheastNationalTotalPercent of TotalConstructionCommercialMortgage
December 31, 2022
Nonowner-occupied:
Diversified$9$$$4$$24$231$2681.4%$$268
Industrial7525101135220284528924.7203689
Land & Residential133332437.21522
Lodging581042072412051.122183
Medical Office474391998252411.364177
Multifamily1,0835331,3881,2642,8131,3704388,88947.11,7057,184
Office1891173113128300959995.3999
Retail28235112183693952351,3116.91061,205
Self Storage8513502079372024862.64482
Senior Housing15057144761181202359004.8194706
Skilled Nursing522391434342.3434
Student Housing53199132651.439226
Other24497942831954362.32434
Total nonowner-occupied2,0036712,0331,9953,7103,0591,89215,36381.42,35413,009
Owner-occupied1,14953645801281,2933,51918.61763,343
Total$3,152$676$2,397$2,575$3,838$4,352$1,892$18,882100.0%$2,530$16,352
Nonowner-occupied:
Nonperforming loans$$$$2$$7$12$21N/M$$21
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more88N/M8
Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days111618N/M18
December 31, 2021
Nonowner-occupied:
Diversified$18$$$1$$40$183$2421.5%$$242
Industrial472544442182241147164.490626
Land & Residential1334252956.33323
Lodging7521430101282591.627232
Medical Office464456951961.224172
Multifamily8554901,1669411,6511,3922396,73441.51,2495,485
Office213199122133372461,0856.7171,068
Retail24736131226954091921,3368.2871,249
Self Storage44544133950742691.75264
Senior Housing11532109571071982228405.2114726
Skilled Nursing39192132711645083.1508
Student Housing103665124142491.586163
Other2067733120893452.12343
Total nonowner-occupied1,7036301,8231,5592,4543,3151,35112,83579.01,73411,101
Owner-occupied1,0652935921241,3313,40521.02623,143
Total$2,768$630$2,116$2,151$2,578$4,646$1,351$16,240100.0%$1,996$14,244
Nonperforming loans$$$$2$$17$25$44N/M$$44
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more1168N/M17
Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days5124535N/M1619
West –Alaska, California, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Oregon, Washington, and Wyoming
Southwest –Arizona, Nevada, and New Mexico
Central –Arkansas, Colorado, Oklahoma, Texas, and Utah
Midwest –Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, South Dakota, and Wisconsin
Southeast –Alabama, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia, Washington, D.C., and West Virginia
Northeast –Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, and Vermont
National –Accounts in three or more regions

63

Table of contents

Consumer loan portfolio

Consumer loans outstanding at December 31, 2022, totaled $36.9 billion, an increase of $5.9 billion, or 19.1%, from one year ago. Consumer loans continue to reflect strength from the consumer mortgage business and

Laurel Road.

The residential mortgage portfolio is comprised of loans originated by our Consumer Bank and is the largest segment of our consumer loan portfolio as of December 31, 2022, representing approximately 58% of consumer loans. This is followed by our home equity portfolio comprising approximately 22% of consumer loans outstanding at year end.

We held the first lien position for approximately 66% of the Consumer Bank home equity portfolio at December 31, 2022, and 71% at December 31, 2021. For loans with real estate collateral, we track borrower performance monthly. Regardless of the lien position, credit metrics are refreshed quarterly, including recent FICO scores as well as original and updated loan-to-value ratios. This information is used in establishing the ALLL. Our methodology is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.”

Figure 11. Consumer Loans by State

Dollars in millionsReal estate — residential mortgageHome equity loansConsumer direct loansCredit cardsConsumer indirect loansTotal
December 31, 2022
Washington$4,621$1,100$253$87$2$6,063
Ohio2,7661,17334721454,505
New York8402,25677035914,226
Colorado3,006301171323,510
California2,35716538462,921
Oregon1,268630117432,058
Pennsylvania4595804036131,506
Florida851454531461,369
Texas336339743743
Illinois134321221352
Other4,7631,8442,847206169,676
Total$21,401$7,951$6,508$1,026$43$36,929
December 31, 2021
New York$679$2,467$638$345$4$4,133
Ohio2,6311,28448520684,614
Washington2,2641,0762348123,657
Pennsylvania3516343275541,371
California1,781144303102,238
Texas184534344540
Colorado2,602284156303,072
Connecticut837319962621,280
Oregon1,0096701104011,830
Florida5914637813101,038
Other2,8271,6682,556169257,245
Total$15,756$8,467$5,753$972$70$31,018

64

Table of contents

Loan sales

As shown in Figure 12, during 2022, we sold $12.5 billion of our loans. Sales of loans classified as held for sale generated net gains of $151 million during 2022.

Figure 12 summarizes our loan sales during 2022 and 2021.

Figure 12. Loans Sold (Including Loans Held for Sale)

Dollars in millionsCommercialCommercialReal EstateCommercialLeaseFinancingResidentialReal EstateConsumer IndirectTotal
2022
Fourth quarter$33$2,774$114$235$$3,156
Third quarter2111,882433532,489
Second quarter411,8511504962,538
First quarter1,4691,909399014,318
Total$1,754$8,416$346$1,985$$12,501
2021
Fourth quarter$296$3,460$93$987$$4,836
Third quarter2151,996689013,3056,485
Second quarter1,0851,907751,1924,259
First quarter1241,9301561,1293,339
Total$1,720$9,293$392$4,209$3,305$18,919

Figure 13 shows loans that are either administered or serviced by us but not recorded on the balance sheet; this includes loans that were sold.

Figure 13. Loans Administered or Serviced

December 31,Dollars in millions20222021202020192018
Commercial real estate loans$488,478$444,131$371,016$347,186$291,158
Residential mortgage11,02610,3128,3116,1465,209
Education loans312415516625766
Commercial lease financing1,6461,2361,3591,047916
Commercial loans723750684591549
Consumer direct5096991,7112,243
Consumer indirect1,5362,714
Total$504,230$460,257$383,597$357,838$298,598

In the event of default by a borrower, we are subject to recourse with respect to approximately $6.8 billion of the $504.2 billion of loans administered or serviced at December 31, 2022. Additional information about this recourse arrangement is included in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Recourse agreement with FNMA.”

We derive income from several sources when retaining the right to administer or service loans that are sold. We earn noninterest income (recorded as “Consumer mortgage income” and “Commercial mortgage servicing fees”) from fees for servicing or administering loans. This fee income is reduced by the amortization of related servicing assets. In addition, we earn interest income from investing funds generated by escrow deposits collected in connection with the servicing loans. Additional information about our mortgage servicing assets is included in Note 9 (“Mortgage Servicing Assets”).

65

Table of contents

Maturities and sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates

Figure 14 shows the remaining maturities of our loan portfolio and the sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2022.

Figure 14. Remaining Maturities and Sensitivity of Certain Loans to Changes in Interest Rates(a)

December 31, 2022
Dollars in millionsWithin One YearOne - Five YearsFive - Fifteen YearsOver Fifteen YearsTotal
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$10,829$41,764$6,881$173$59,647
Commercial Mortgage4,0208,6803,32233016,352
Real estate — construction1,0711,057813212,530
Commercial lease financing2282,1151,565283,936
Total commercial loans$16,148$53,616$11,849$852$82,465
Consumer
Real estate - residential mortgage$57$26$864$20,454$21,401
Home equity loans122672,5465,1267,951
Consumer direct loans5211,0742,7632,1506,508
Credit Cards1,0261,026
Consumer indirect loans141143
Total consumer loans1,6171,4086,17427,73036,929
Total loans$17,765$55,024$18,023$28,582$119,394
Loans with floating or adjustable interest rates (b)$49,234$5,951$13,410$68,595
Loans with predetermined interest rates (c)5,79112,07115,17233,034
Total$55,025$18,022$28,582$101,629

(a)Accrued interest of $417 million at December 31, 2022, is presented in "Accrued income and other assets" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is excluded from the amortized cost basis disclosed in this table.

(b)Floating and adjustable rates vary in relation to other interest rates (such as the base lending rate) or a variable index that may change during the term of the loan.

(c)Predetermined interest rates either are fixed or may change during the term of the loan according to a specific formula or schedule.

Securities

Our securities portfolio totaled $47.8 billion at December 31, 2022, compared to $52.9 billion at December 31, 2021. Available-for-sale securities were $39.1 billion at December 31, 2022, compared to $45.4 billion at December 31, 2021. Held-to-maturity securities were $8.7 billion at December 31, 2022, compared to $7.5 billion at December 31, 2021.

As shown in Figure 15, all of our mortgage-backed securities, which include both securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, are issued by government-sponsored enterprises or GNMA, and are traded in liquid secondary markets. These securities are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value for the available-for-sale portfolio and at cost for the held-to-maturity portfolio. For more information about these securities, see Note 6 (“Fair Value Measurements”) under the heading “Qualitative Disclosures of Valuation Techniques,” and Note 7 (“Securities”).

Figure 15. Mortgage-Backed Securities by Issuer

December 31,Dollars in millions20222021
FHLMC & FNMA$25,371$28,461
GNMA11,62012,469
Total (a)$36,991$40,930

(a)Includes securities held in the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios.

66

Table of contents

Securities available for sale

The majority of our securities available-for-sale portfolio consists of Federal Agency CMOs and mortgage-backed securities. CMOs are debt securities secured by a pool of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities. These mortgage securities generate interest income, serve as collateral to support certain pledging agreements, and provide liquidity value under regulatory requirements.

We periodically evaluate our securities available-for-sale portfolio in light of established A/LM objectives, changing market conditions that could affect the profitability of the portfolio, the regulatory environment, and the level of interest rate risk to which we are exposed. These evaluations may cause us to take steps to adjust our overall balance sheet positioning.

In addition, the size and composition of our securities available-for-sale portfolio could vary with our needs for liquidity and the extent to which we are required (or elect) to hold these assets as collateral to secure public funds and trust deposits. Although we generally use debt securities for this purpose, other assets, such as securities purchased under resale agreements or letters of credit, are used occasionally when they provide a lower cost of collateral or more favorable risk profiles.

Our investing activities continue to complement other balance sheet developments and provide for our ongoing liquidity management needs. Our actions to not reinvest the monthly security cash flows at various times served to provide the liquidity necessary to address our funding requirements. These funding requirements included ongoing loan growth and occasional debt maturities. At other times, we may make additional investments that go beyond the replacement of maturities or mortgage security cash flows as our liquidity position and/or interest rate risk management strategies may require. Lastly, our focus on investing in high quality liquid assets, including GNMA-related securities, is related to liquidity management strategies to satisfy regulatory requirements.

Figure 16 shows the composition, TE yields, and remaining maturities of our securities available for sale. For more information about these securities, including gross unrealized gains and losses by type of security and securities pledged, see Note 7 (“Securities”).

67

Table of contents

Figure 16. Securities Available for Sale

Dollars in millionsU.S. Treasury, Agencies, and CorporationsAgency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a)Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a),(b)Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a)Other SecuritiesTotalWeighted-Average Yield(b)
December 31, 2022
Remaining maturity:
One year or less$1,133$60$2$20$$1,2150.48%
After one through five years8,0202,0362,4102,31414,7801.32
After five through ten years15710,7341,2715,80817,9701.98
After ten years1053,6032371,2075,1521.76
Fair value$9,415$16,433$3,920$9,349$$39,117
Amortized cost10,04420,1804,61610,71245,5521.67%
Weighted-average yield (b)0.59%1.67%1.58%2.73%%1.67%
Weighted-average maturity1.9 years8.1 years4.9 years7.5 years— years6.3 years
December 31, 2021
Fair value$9,472$21,119$5,122$9,651$$45,364%
Amortized cost9,57321,4305,1379,75345,8931.43%

(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.

(b)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.

Held-to-maturity securities

The majority of our held-to-maturity portfolio consists of Federal Agency CMOs and mortgage-backed securities. The portfolio is also comprised of asset-backed securities that were acquired as the result of balance sheet optimization strategies, including the indirect auto portfolio transaction in the third quarter of 2021. The remaining balance is comprised of foreign bonds. Figure 17 shows the composition, yields, and remaining maturities of these securities.

Figure 17. Held-to-Maturity Securities

Dollars in millionsAgency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a)Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a)Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a)Asset-backed securitiesOther SecuritiesTotalWeighted-Average Yield(b)
December 31, 2022
Remaining maturity:
One year or less$11$$6$2$1$202.16%
After one through five years1,5691271,7201,405134,8342.85
After five through ten years2,189547613,0043.52
After ten years817358524.24
Amortized cost$4,586$181$2,522$1,407$14$8,7103.18%
Fair value4,3081652,3151,311148,113
Weighted-average yield(b)3.60%2.87%3.16%2.10%2.43%3.22%
Weighted-average maturity7.0 years5.4 years4.5 years1.6 years2.2 years5.4 years
December 31, 2021
Amortized cost$2,196$164$2,678$2,485$16$7,5392.37%
Fair value2,2291702,7962,454167,665

(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.

(b)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.

68

Table of contents

Deposits and other sources of funds

Figure 18. Breakdown of Deposits at December 31, 2022

Deposits are our primary source of funding. At December 31, 2022, our deposits totaled $142.6 billion, a decrease of $10.0 billion, compared to December 31, 2021. The decrease reflects declines in retail balances and non-operating commercial deposit balances.

Wholesale funds, consisting of short-term borrowings and long-term debt, totaled $28.8 billion at December 31, 2022, compared to $12.8 billion at December 31, 2021. The increase reflects loan growth and a decline in deposit balances.

Uninsured deposits totaled $67.1 billion and $77.6 billion at December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Uninsured amounts are estimated based on the portion of account balances, including allocated interest payable amounts, in excess of FDIC insurance limits.

Figure 19 shows the maturity distribution of uninsured time deposits.

Figure 19. Maturity Distribution of Uninsured Time Deposit Amounts

December 31, 2022Total
Dollars in millions
Remaining maturity:
Three months or less$32
After three through six months78
After six through twelve months82
After twelve months97
Total$289

Capital

The objective of management of capital is to maintain capital levels consistent with our risk appetite and sufficient in size to operate within a wide range of operating environments. We have identified three primary uses of capital:

1.Investing in our businesses, supporting our clients, and loan growth;

2.    Maintaining or increasing our Common Share dividend; and

3.    Returning capital in the form of Common Share repurchases to our shareholders.

The following sections discuss certain ways we have deployed our capital. For further information, see the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).

69

Table of contents

(a)Common Share repurchases were suspended during the second quarter of 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and resumed in the first quarter of 2021.

Dividends

Consistent with our capital plans, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $.195 per Common Share for the first three quarters of 2022 and $.205 per Common Share for the fourth quarter of 2022. These quarterly dividend payments brought our annual dividend to $.79 per Common Share for 2022.

Common Shares outstanding

Our Common Shares are traded on the NYSE under the symbol KEY with 29,727 holders of record at December 31, 2022. Our book value per Common Share was $11.79 based on 933.3 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2022, compared to $16.76 based on 928.9 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2022, our tangible book value per Common Share was $8.75, compared to $13.72 at December 31, 2021.

Figure 20 shows activities that caused the change in our outstanding Common Shares over the past two years.

Figure 20. Changes in Common Shares Outstanding

2022 Quarters
In thousands2022FourthThirdSecondFirst2021
Shares outstanding at beginning of period928,850932,938932,643932,398928,850975,773
Open market repurchases, repurchases under an ASR program, and return of shares under employee compensation plans(1,736)(2)(3)(24)(1,707)(54,986)
Shares issued under employee compensation plans (net of cancellations)6,2113892982695,2558,063
Shares outstanding at end of period933,325933,325932,938932,643932,398928,850

During 2022, Common Shares outstanding increased by 4.5 million shares, primarily driven by issuances under employee compensation plans. For more information on share repurchases activity, see Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).

At December 31, 2022, we had 323.4 million treasury shares, compared to 327.9 million treasury shares at December 31, 2021. Going forward, we expect to reissue treasury shares as needed in connection with stock-based compensation awards and for other corporate purposes.

Capital adequacy

Capital adequacy is an important indicator of financial stability and performance. All of our capital ratios remained in excess of regulatory requirements at December 31, 2022. Our capital and liquidity levels are intended to position us to weather an adverse operating environment while continuing to serve our clients’ needs, as well as to meet the Regulatory Capital Rules described in the “Supervision and regulation” section of Item 1 of this report. Our shareholders’ equity to assets ratio was 7.09% at December 31, 2022, compared to 9.36% at December 31, 2021. Our tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 4.37% at December 31, 2022, compared to 6.95% at December 31, 2021. The minimum capital and leverage ratios under the Regulatory Capital Rules together with the estimated ratios of KeyCorp at December 31, 2022, calculated on a fully phased-in basis, are set forth under the heading “Basel III” in the “Supervision and Regulation” section in Item 1 of this report.

70

Table of contents

Figure 21 represents the details of our regulatory capital positions at December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, under the Regulatory Capital Rules. Information regarding the regulatory capital ratios of KeyCorp’s banking subsidiaries is presented in Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).

Figure 21. Capital Components and Risk-Weighted Assets

December 31, Dollars in millions20222021
COMMON EQUITY TIER 1
Key shareholders’ equity (GAAP)$13,454$17,423
Less:Preferred Stock (a)2,4461,856
Add:CECL phase-in (b)178237
Common Equity Tier 1 capital before adjustments and deductions11,18615,804
Less:Goodwill, net of deferred taxes2,6122,571
Intangible assets, net of deferred taxes88125
Deferred tax assets11
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of deferred taxes(4,857)(300)
Accumulated gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, net of deferred taxes(1,160)(14)
Amounts in AOCI attributed to pension and postretirement benefit costs, net of deferred taxes(277)(272)
Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital14,77913,693
TIER 1 CAPITAL
Common Equity Tier 114,77913,693
Additional Tier 1 capital instruments and related surplus2,4461,856
Less:Deductions
Total Tier 1 capital17,22515,549
TIER 2 CAPITAL
Tier 2 capital instruments and related surplus2,2001,540
Allowance for losses on loans and liability for losses on lending-related commitments (c)1,351941
Less:Deductions
Total Tier 2 capital3,5512,481
Total risk-based capital$20,776$18,030
RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS
Risk-weighted assets on balance sheet$125,900$109,041
Risk-weighted off-balance sheet exposure35,74533,853
Market risk-equivalent assets8261,500
Gross risk-weighted assets162,471144,394
Less:Excess allowance for loan and lease losses
Net risk-weighted assets$162,471$144,394
AVERAGE QUARTERLY TOTAL ASSETS$193,986$183,604
CAPITAL RATIOS
Tier 1 risk-based capital10.60%10.77%
Total risk-based capital12.7912.49
Leverage (d)8.888.47
Common Equity Tier 19.109.48

(a)Net of capital surplus.

(b)Amount reflects our decision to adopt the CECL transitional provision.

(c)The ALLL included in Tier 2 capital is limited by regulation to 1.25% of the institution’s standardized total risk-weighted assets (excluding its standardized market risk-weighted assets). The ALLL includes $21 million and $28 million of allowance classified as “discontinued assets” on the balance sheet at December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, respectively.

(d)This ratio is Tier 1 capital divided by average quarterly total assets as defined by the Federal Reserve less: (i) goodwill, (ii) the disallowed intangible and deferred tax assets, and (iii) other deductions from assets for leverage capital purposes.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We are party to various types of off-balance sheet arrangements, which could lead to contingent liabilities or risks of loss that are not reflected on the balance sheet.

Variable interest entities

In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for consolidations, we consolidate a VIE if we have: (i) a variable interest in the entity; (ii) the power to direct activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance; and (iii) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., we are considered to be the primary beneficiary). Additional information regarding the nature of VIEs and our involvement with them is included in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation” and in Note 13 (“Variable Interest Entities”).

71

Table of contents

Commitments to extend credit or funding

Loan commitments provide for financing on predetermined terms as long as the client continues to meet specified criteria. These commitments generally carry variable rates of interest and have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. We typically charge a fee for our loan commitments. Since a commitment may expire without resulting in a loan or being fully utilized, the total amount of an outstanding commitment may significantly exceed any related cash outlay. Further information about our loan commitments at December 31, 2022, is presented in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Commitments to Extend Credit or Funding.”

Other off-balance sheet arrangements

Other off-balance sheet arrangements include financial instruments that do not meet the definition of a guarantee in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, and other relationships, such as liquidity support provided to asset-backed commercial paper conduits, indemnification agreements and intercompany guarantees. Information about such arrangements is provided in Note 22 under the heading “Other Off-Balance Sheet Risk.”

Guarantees

We are a guarantor in various agreements with third parties. As guarantor, we may be contingently liable to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in a specified interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other variable (including the occurrence or nonoccurrence of a specified event). These variables, known as underlyings, may be related to an asset or liability, or another entity’s failure to perform under a contract. Additional information regarding these types of arrangements is presented in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Guarantees.”

Risk Management

Overview

Like all financial services companies, we engage in business activities and assume the related risks. The most significant risks we face are credit, compliance, operational, liquidity, market, reputation, strategic, and model risks. Our risk management activities are shown in the following chart, and we manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability. Certain of these risks are defined and discussed in greater detail in the remainder of this section.

Federal banking regulators continue to emphasize with financial institutions the importance of relating capital management strategy to the level of risk at each institution. We believe our internal risk management processes help us achieve and maintain capital levels that are commensurate with our business activities and risks, and

72

Table of contents

conform to regulatory expectations. The table below depicts our risk management hierarchy and associated responsibilities and activities of each group.

73

Table of contents

GroupOverview and ResponsibilitiesActivities
Board of Directors–Oversight capacity–Ensure Key’s risks are managed in a manner that is not only effective and balanced, but also has a fiduciary duty to the shareholders–Understands Key's risk philosophy–Approves the risk appetite–Inquires about risk practices–Reviews the portfolio of risks–Compares the actual risks to the risk appetite–Is apprised of significant risks, both actual and emerging, and determines whether management is responding appropriately–Challenges management and ensures accountability
Board of Directors Audit Committee (a)–Oversight of financial statement integrity, regulatory and legal requirements, independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, and the performance of the internal audit function and independent auditors–Financial reporting, legal matters, and fraud risk–Meets with management and approves significant policies relating to the risk areas overseen by the Audit Committee–Receives reports on enterprise risk–Meets bi-monthly–Convenes to discuss the content of our financial disclosures and quarterly earnings releases
Board of Directors Risk Committee (a)–Assist the Board in oversight of strategies, policies, procedures, and practices relating to the assessment and management of enterprise-wide risk, including credit, market, liquidity, model, operational, compliance, reputation, and strategic risks–Assist the Board in overseeing risks related to capital adequacy, capital planning, and capital actions–Reviews and provides oversight of management’s activities related to the enterprise-wide risk management framework, which includes an annual review of the ERM Policy, including the Risk Appetite Statement, and management and ERM reports–Approves any material changes to the charter of the ERM Committee and significant policies relating to risk management, including corporate risk tolerances for major risk categories
ERM Committee–Chaired by the Chief Executive Officer and comprising other senior level executives–Manage risk and ensure that the corporate risk profile is managed in a manner consistent with our risk appetite–Oversees the ERM Program, which encompasses our risk philosophy, policy, framework, and governance structure for the management of risks across the entire company–Approves and manages the risk-adjusted capital framework we use to manage risks
Disclosure Committee–Includes representatives from each of the Three Lines of Defense–Meets quarterly to review recent internal and external events to determine whether all appropriate disclosures have been made in reports filed with the SEC–Convenes quarterly to discuss the content of our 10-Q and 10-K
Tier 2 Risk Governance Committees–Include attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense–The First Line of Defense is the line of business primarily responsible to accept, own, proactively identify, monitor, and manage risk–The Second Line of Defense comprises Risk Management representatives who provide independent, centralized oversight over all risk categories by aggregating, analyzing, and reporting risk information–Risk Review, our internal audit function, provides the Third Line of Defense. Its role is to provide independent assessment and testing of the effectiveness of, appropriateness of, and adherence to KeyCorp’s risk management policies, practices, and controls–Supports the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments
Chief Risk Officer–Ensure that relevant risk information is properly integrated into strategic and business decisions–Ensure appropriate ownership of risks–Provides input into performance and compensation decisions–Assesses aggregate enterprise risk–Monitors capabilities to manage critical risks–Executes appropriate Board and stakeholder reporting

(a) The Audit and Risk Committees meet jointly, as appropriate, to discuss matters that relate to each committee’s responsibilities. Committee chairpersons routinely meet with management during interim months to plan agendas for upcoming meetings and to discuss emerging trends and events that have transpired since the preceding meeting. All members of the Board receive formal reports designed to keep them abreast of significant developments during the interim months.

Market risk management

Market risk is the risk that movements in market risk factors, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, and volatilities will reduce Key’s income and the value of its portfolios. These factors influence prospective yields, values, or prices associated with the instrument. We are exposed to market risk both in our trading and nontrading activities, which include asset and liability management activities. Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring that we properly identify, measure, and manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness, and to maximize profitability. Information regarding our fair value policies, procedures, and methodologies is provided in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Fair Value Measurements” and Note 6 (“Fair Value Measurements”) in this report.

74

Table of contents

Trading market risk

Key incurs market risk as a result of trading activities that are used in support of client facilitation and hedging activities, principally within our investment banking and capital markets businesses. Key has exposures to a wide range of risk factors including interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and commodity prices, as well as the associated implied volatilities and spreads. Our primary market risk exposures are a result of trading and hedging activities in the derivative and fixed income markets, including securitization exposures. At December 31, 2022, we did not have any re-securitization positions. We maintain modest trading inventories to facilitate customer flow, make markets in securities, and hedge certain risks including but not limited to credit risk and interest rate risk. The risks associated with these activities are mitigated in accordance with the Market Risk hedging policy.  The majority of our positions are traded in active markets.

Management of trading market risks. Market risk management is an integral part of Key’s risk culture. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of trading market risks. The ERM Committee and the Market Risk Committee regularly review and discuss market risk reports prepared by our MRM that contain our market risk exposures and results of monitoring activities. Market risk policies and procedures have been defined and take into account our tolerance for risk and consideration for the business environment. The Market Risk Committee approves market risk policies and recommends our significant market risk policy to the ERM Committee, the KeyBank Board, and the Risk Committee of the Board for approval.

The MRM, as the second line of defense, is an independent risk management function that partners with the lines of business to identify, measure, and monitor market risks throughout our company. The MRM is responsible for ensuring transparency of significant market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits, and escalating limit exceptions to appropriate senior management. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. Market risk is monitored through various measures, such as VaR, and through routine stress testing, sensitivity, and scenario analyses. The MRM conducts stress tests for each position using historical worst case and standard shock scenarios. VaR, stressed VaR, and other analyses are prepared daily and distributed to appropriate management.

Covered positions. We monitor the market risk of our covered positions as defined in the Market Risk Rule, which includes all of our trading positions as well as all foreign exchange and commodity positions, regardless of whether the position is in a trading account. Key’s covered positions may also include mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities that may be identified as securitization positions or re-securitization positions under the Market Risk Rule. The MRM as well as the LOB that trades securitization positions monitor the positions, the portfolio composition and the risks identified in this section on a daily basis consistent with the Market Risk policies and procedures. At December 31, 2022, covered positions did not include any re-securitization positions. Instruments that are used to hedge nontrading activities, such as bank-issued debt and loan portfolios, equity positions that are not actively traded, and securities financing activities, do not meet the definition of a covered position. The MRM is responsible for identifying our portfolios as either covered or non-covered. The Covered Position Working Group develops the final list of covered positions, and a summary is provided to the Market Risk Committee.

Our significant portfolios of covered positions are detailed below. We analyze market risk by portfolios of covered positions and do not separately measure and monitor our portfolios by risk type. The descriptions below incorporate the respective risk types associated with each of these portfolios.

•Fixed income includes those instruments associated with our capital markets business and the trading of securities as a dealer. These instruments may include positions in municipal bonds, bonds backed by the U.S. government, agency and corporate bonds, certain mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, money markets, and certain CMOs. The activities and instruments within the fixed income portfolio create exposures to interest rate and credit spread risks.

•Interest rate derivatives include interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, which are transacted primarily to accommodate the needs of commercial loan clients. In addition, we enter into interest rate derivatives to offset or mitigate the interest rate risk related to the client positions. The activities within this portfolio create exposures to interest rate risk.

VaR and stressed VaR. VaR is the estimate of the maximum amount of loss on an instrument or portfolio due to adverse market conditions during a given time interval within a stated confidence level. Stressed VaR is used to assess extreme conditions on market risk within our trading portfolios. The MRM calculates VaR and stressed VaR

75

Table of contents

on a daily basis, and the results are distributed to appropriate management. VaR and stressed VaR results are also provided to our regulators and utilized in regulatory capital calculations.

We use a historical simulation VaR model to measure the potential adverse effect of changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and credit spreads on the fair value of our covered positions and other non-covered positions. We analyze market risk by portfolios and do not separately measure and monitor our portfolios by risk type. Historical scenarios are customized for specific positions, and numerous risk factors are incorporated in the calculation. Additional consideration is given to the risk factors to estimate the exposures that contain optionality features, such as options and cancellable provisions. VaR is calculated using daily observations over a one-year time horizon, and approximates a 95% confidence level. Statistically, this means that we would expect to incur losses greater than VaR, on average, five out of 100 trading days, or three to four times each quarter. We also calculate VaR and stressed VaR at a 99% confidence level.

The VaR model is an effective tool in estimating ranges of possible gains and losses on our positions. However, there are limitations inherent in the VaR model since it uses historical results over a given time interval to estimate future performance. Historical results may not be indicative of future results, and changes in the market or composition of our portfolios could have a significant impact on the accuracy of the VaR model. We regularly review and enhance the modeling techniques, inputs, and assumptions used. Our market risk policy includes the independent validation of our VaR model by Key’s internal model validation group on an annual basis. The Model Risk Committee oversees the Model Validation Program, and results of validations are discussed with the ERM Committee.

Actual losses for the total covered positions did not exceed aggregate daily VaR on any day during the quarters ended December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021. The MRM back tests our VaR model on a daily basis to evaluate its predictive power. The test compares VaR model results at the 99% confidence level to daily held profit and loss. Results of back testing are provided to the Market Risk Committee. Back testing exceptions occur when trading losses exceed VaR. We do not engage in correlation trading or utilize the internal model approach for measuring default and credit migration risk. Our net VaR approach incorporates diversification, but our VaR calculation does not include the impact of counterparty risk and our own credit spreads on derivatives.

The aggregate VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for all covered positions was $1.1 million at December 31, 2022, and $1.0 million at December 31, 2021. Figure 22 summarizes our VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021.

Figure 22. VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions

20222021
Three months ended December 31,Three months ended December 31,
Dollars in millionsHighLowMeanDecember 31,HighLowMeanDecember 31,
Trading account assets:
Fixed income$1.1$.4$.7$.4$1.5$.8$1.2$.9
Derivatives:
Interest rate$.7$.2$.3$.6$.2$.1$.1$.1

Stressed VaR is calculated by running the portfolios through a predetermined stress period which is approved by the Market Risk Committee and is calculated at the 99% confidence level using the same model and assumptions used for general VaR. The aggregate stressed VaR for all covered positions was $1.9 million at December 31, 2022, and $4.3 million at December 31, 2021. Figure 23 summarizes our stressed VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021. The decrease in stressed VaR is due to several factors including a change in our VaR modeling and the change in the size and composition of the Fixed Income inventory.

76

Table of contents

Figure 23. Stressed VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions

20222021
Three months ended December 31,Three months ended December 31,
Dollars in millionsHighLowMeanDecember 31,HighLowMeanDecember 31,
Trading account assets:
Fixed income$2.4$1.1$1.6$1.1$6.5$3.4$5.4$3.6
Derivatives:
Interest rate$.7$.2$.3$.6$.6$.3$.3$.5

Internal capital adequacy assessment.  Market risk is a component of our internal capital adequacy assessment. Our risk-weighted assets include a market risk-equivalent asset amount, which consists of a VaR component, stressed VaR component, a de minimis exposure amount, and a specific risk add-on including the securitization positions. The aggregate market value of the securitization positions as defined by the Market Risk Rule was $13 million at December 31, 2022, all of which were mortgage-backed security positions. Specific risk is the price risk of individual financial instruments, which is not accounted for by changes in broad market risk factors and is measured through a standardized approach. Market risk weighted assets, including the specific risk calculations, are run quarterly by the MRM in accordance with the Market Risk Rule, and approved by the Chief Market Risk Officer.

Nontrading market risk

Most of our nontrading market risk is derived from interest rate fluctuations and its impacts on our traditional loan and deposit products, as well as investments, hedging relationships, long-term debt, and certain short-term borrowings. Interest rate risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by the potential for fluctuations in net interest income and the EVE. Such fluctuations may result from changes in interest rates and differences in the repricing and maturity characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. We manage the exposure to changes in net interest income and the EVE in accordance with our risk appetite and in accordance with the Board approved ERM policy.

Interest rate risk positions are influenced by a number of factors, including the balance sheet positioning that arises out of customer preferences for loan and deposit products, economic conditions, the competitive environment within our markets, changes in market interest rates that affect client activity, and our hedging, investing, funding, and capital positions. The primary components of interest rate risk exposure consist of reprice risk, basis risk, yield curve risk, and option risk.

•“Reprice risk” is the exposure to changes in the level of interest rates and occurs when the volume of interest-bearing liabilities and the volume of interest-earning assets they fund (e.g., deposits used to fund loans) do not mature or reprice at the same time.

•“Basis risk” is the exposure to asymmetrical changes in interest rate indexes and occurs when floating-rate assets and floating-rate liabilities reprice at the same time, but in response to different market factors or indexes.

•“Yield curve risk” is the exposure to non-parallel changes in the slope of the yield curve (where the yield curve depicts the relationship between the yield on a particular type of security and its term to maturity) and occurs when interest-bearing liabilities and the interest-earning assets that they fund do not price or reprice to the same term point on the yield curve.

•“Option risk” is the exposure to a customer or counterparty’s ability to take advantage of the interest rate environment and terminate or reprice one of our assets, liabilities, or off-balance sheet instruments prior to contractual maturity without a penalty. Option risk occurs when exposures to customer and counterparty early withdrawals or prepayments are not mitigated with an offsetting position or appropriate compensation.

The management of nontrading market risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of nontrading market risk. The ERM Committee and the ALCO review reports on the interest rate risk exposures described above. In addition, the ALCO reviews reports on stress tests and sensitivity analyses related to interest rate risk. These committees have various responsibilities related to managing nontrading market risk, including recommending, approving, and monitoring strategies that maintain risk positions within approved tolerance ranges. The A/LM policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of interest rate risk and is administered by the ALCO. The MRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight.

77

Table of contents

LIBOR Transition

As disclosed in Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report, bank regulators have issued guidance advising against the use of LIBOR in its current form for new contracts. For most financial products, the most common alternative reference rates have been, and are expected to be, SOFR-based benchmarks. This is true for both new originations and legacy LIBOR contracts that are subject to amendment or a transition by their terms. We have established an enterprise-wide program to identify and address all LIBOR transition issues related to legacy LIBOR contracts. We are collaborating closely with regulators and industry groups on the transition and closely monitoring industry practices related to LIBOR alternatives. The goals of our LIBOR transition program include:

•Identifying and analyzing LIBOR-based exposure and developing and executing transition strategies;

•Reviewing and updating near-term strategies and actions for our LIBOR-based business currently being written;

•Assessing financial impacts and risks while planning and executing mitigation actions;

•Understanding and strategically addressing the current market approach to LIBOR relative to transitioning to alternative reference rates, including the impact of the LIBOR Act and the Federal Reserve’s regulations as well as the FCA’s policy decisions related to so-called synthetic USD LIBOR;

•Determining and executing system and process work to be operationally ready for credit sensitive benchmarks; and

•Remediating remaining LIBOR contracts.

As part of the LIBOR transition program, we completed an initial risk assessment to help us identify the impact and risks associated with various products, systems, processes, and models. This risk assessment has assisted us in making necessary updates to our infrastructure and operational systems and processes to implement a replacement rate, and we are operationally ready for various SOFR-based benchmarks, including but not limited to, Daily Simple SOFR in Arrears, SOFR Compounded in Arrears, SOFR Averages in Advance, and Term SOFR. We are actively quoting alternative indexes other than LIBOR, such as SOFR and Term SOFR, and are originating new loans in those indexes. We have also originated a small number of new loans using credit sensitive rates in a limited and managed fashion.

We have compiled an inventory of existing legal contracts that are impacted by the LIBOR transition. We have assessed the LIBOR fallback language in those contracts, have devised a strategy to address the LIBOR transition for those contracts, and are in the process of remediating such contracts. Our progress is well-paced. We expect to leverage recommendations made by the ARRC and ISDA that are tailored to our specific client segments. We also have evaluated the impact of the LIBOR Act on our transition strategy. The legislation provides a uniform national approach for replacing LIBOR in legacy contracts that do not provide for the use of a clearly defined or practicable replacement benchmark rate.

As of December 31, 2022, Key had the following instruments that were dependent on LIBOR:

Figure 24. Amounts Directly or Indirectly Dependent upon LIBOR

Dollars in millionsMaturity through June 30, 2023Maturity past June 30, 2023Total Exposures
Outstanding balance of loans$2,345$15,659$18,004
Notional value of derivative contracts9,51967,65677,175
Investment securities535535
Debt and equity instruments1,2761,276

Net interest income simulation analysis. The primary tool we use to measure our interest rate risk is simulation analysis. For purposes of this analysis, we estimate our net interest income based on the current and projected composition of our on- and off-balance sheet positions, accounting for recent and anticipated trends in customer activity. The analysis also incorporates assumptions for the current and projected interest rate environments and balance sheet growth projections based on a most likely macroeconomic view. The modeling incorporates investment portfolio and swap portfolio balances consistent with management's desired interest rate risk positioning. The simulation model estimates the amount of net interest income at risk by simulating the change in net interest income that would occur if rates were to gradually increase or decrease from current levels over the next 12 months (subject to a floor on market interest rates at zero).

Figure 25 presents the results of the simulation analysis at December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021. At December 31, 2022, our simulated impact to changes in interest rates was moderate. The exposure to declining rates has decreased as a result of the change in balance sheet mix compared to the December 31, 2021 analysis.

78

Table of contents

Tolerance levels for risk management require the development of remediation plans to maintain residual risk within tolerance if simulation modeling demonstrates that a gradual, parallel 200 basis point increase or 200 basis point decrease in interest rates over the next 12 months would adversely affect net interest income over the same period by more than 5.5%. Current modeled exposure is within Board approved tolerances. If a tolerance level is breached and determined inconsistent with risk appetite, the development of a remediation plan is required to reduce exposure back to within tolerance.

Figure 25. Simulated Change in Net Interest Income

December 31, 2022December 31, 2021
Basis point change assumption-200+200-200+200
Assumed floor in market rates (in basis points)N/AN/A
Rising rate betaN/AMid 40sN/AHigh 20s
Tolerance level(5.50)%(5.50)%(5.50)%(5.50)%
Interest rate risk assessment(1.66)%(2.61)%(3.86)%5.15%
+200 NII at risk beta sensitivityDecember 31, 2022
Beta assumptionMid 40sLow 40sMid 30sLow 30s
Interest rate risk assessment(2.61)%(1.60)%(0.59)%0.42%

Simulation analysis produces a sophisticated estimate of interest rate exposure based on assumptions inputs within the model. Assumptions are tailored to the specific interest rate environment and validated on a regular basis. However, actual results may differ from those derived in simulation analyses due to unanticipated changes to the balance sheet composition, customer behavior, product pricing, market interest rates, changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning, investment, funding and hedging activities or repercussions from exogenous events.

Regular stress tests and sensitivity analyses are performed on the model inputs that could materially change the resulting risk assessments. Assessments are performed using different yield curve shapes, including steepenings or flattenings of the curve, immediate changes in market interest rates, and changes in the relationship of money market interest rates. Assessments are also performed on changes to the following assumptions: loan and deposit balances, the pricing of deposits without contractual maturities, changes in lending spreads, prepayments on loans and securities, investment, funding and hedging activities, and liquidity and capital management strategies.

The results of additional assessments indicate that net interest income could increase or decrease from the base simulation results presented in Figure 25. Net interest income is highly dependent on the timing, magnitude, frequency, and path of interest rate changes and the associated assumptions for deposit repricing relationships, lending spreads, and the balance behavior of transaction accounts. If fixed rate assets increase by $1 billion, or fixed rate liabilities decrease by $1 billion, then the benefit to rising rates would decrease by approximately 25 basis points. If the interest-bearing liquid deposit beta assumption increases or decreases by 5% (e.g., 40% to 45%), then the benefit to rising rates would decrease or increase by approximately 99 basis points.

The current interest rate risk position could fluctuate to higher or lower levels of risk depending on the competitive environment and client behavior that may affect the actual volume, mix, maturity, and repricing characteristics of loan and deposit flows. Corporate Treasury discretionary activities related to funding, investing, and hedging may also change as a result of changes in customer business flows or changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning. As changes occur to both the configuration of the balance sheet and the outlook for the economy, management proactively evaluates hedging opportunities that may change our interest rate risk profile.

Simulations are also conducted that measure the effect of changes in market interest rates in the second and third years of a three-year horizon. These simulations are conducted in a similar manner to those based on a 12-month horizon. To capture longer-term exposures, changes in the EVE are calculated as discussed in the following section.

Economic value of equity modeling. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis as it estimates risk exposure beyond 12-, 24-, and 36-month horizons. EVE modeling measures the extent to which the economic values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. EVE is calculated by subjecting the balance sheet to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates, measuring the resulting change in the values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments, and comparing those amounts with the base case of the current interest rate environment. EVE policy limits are measured against a +200 basis point/policy decline scenario. The policy decline scenario is equal to the current Fed Target Rate

79

Table of contents

capped at 200 basis points. As of December 31, 2022, the policy decline scenario is minus 200 basis points.  This analysis is highly dependent upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. Those assumptions are based on historical behaviors, as well as forward expectations. Remediation plans are similarly developed if this analysis indicates that our EVE will decrease by more than 15% in response to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates. The position is within these guidelines as of December 31, 2022.

Management of interest rate exposure. The results of the various interest rate risk analyses are used to formulate A/LM strategies to achieve the desired risk profile while managing to objectives for capital adequacy and liquidity risk exposures. Specifically, risk positions are managed by purchasing securities, issuing term debt with floating or fixed interest rates, and using derivatives. Interest rate swaps and options are predominantly used, which modify the interest rate characteristics of certain assets and liabilities.

Figure 26 shows all swap positions held for A/LM purposes. These positions are used to convert the contractual interest rate index of agreed-upon amounts of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index. For example, fixed-rate debt is converted to a floating rate through a “receive fixed/pay variable” interest rate swap. The volume, maturity, and mix of portfolio swaps change frequently to reflect broader A/LM objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For more information about how interest rate swaps are used to manage our risk profile, see Note 8 (“Derivatives and Hedging Activities”).

Figure 26. Portfolio Swaps and Options by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy

December 31, 2022
Weighted-AverageDecember 31, 2021
Dollars in millionsNotional AmountFair ValueMaturity (Years)Receive RatePay RateNotional AmountFair Value
Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional A/LM (a)$28,450$(1,503)2.21.4%4.3%$23,950$9
Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional debt10,995(551)4.12.24.27,432137
Receive fixed/pay variable — forward A/LM1,300(8)3.93.44.5850(1)
Pay fixed/receive variable — conventional debt5015.53.73.650(7)
Pay fixed/receive variable — forward securities6,280135
Pay fixed/receive variable — securities405484.53.40.7
Total portfolio swaps$41,200$(2,013)(c)2.81.7%4.2%$38,562$273(c)

(a)Portfolio swaps designated as A/LM are used to manage interest rate risk tied to both assets and liabilities.

(b)Conventional A/LM floors do not have a stated receive rate or pay rate and are given a strike price on the option.

(c)Excludes accrued interest of $62 million and $108 million at December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, respectively.

Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by our ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, and fund new business opportunities at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences. Liquidity management involves maintaining sufficient and diverse sources of funding to accommodate planned, as well as unanticipated, changes in assets and liabilities under both normal and adverse conditions.

Governance structure

We manage liquidity for all of our affiliates on an integrated basis. This approach considers the unique funding sources available to each entity, as well as each entity’s capacity to manage through adverse conditions. The approach also recognizes that adverse market conditions or other events that could negatively affect the availability or cost of liquidity will affect the access of all affiliates to sufficient wholesale funding.

The management of consolidated liquidity risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. Oversight and governance is provided by the Board, the ERM Committee, the ALCO, and the Chief Risk Officer. The Asset Liability Management Policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of liquidity risk and is administered by the ALCO. The Corporate Treasury Oversight group within the MRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight. Our current liquidity risk management practices are in compliance with the Federal Reserve Board’s Enhanced Prudential Standards.

These committees regularly review liquidity and funding summaries, liquidity trends, peer comparisons, variance analyses, liquidity projections, internal liquidity stress tests, and goal tracking reports. The reviews generate a discussion of positions, trends, and directives on liquidity risk and shape a number of our decisions. When liquidity

80

Table of contents

pressure is elevated, positions are monitored more closely and reporting is more intensive. To ensure that emerging issues are identified, we also communicate with individuals inside and outside of the company on a daily basis.

Factors affecting liquidity

Our liquidity could be adversely affected by both direct and indirect events. An example of a direct event would be a downgrade in our public credit ratings by a rating agency. Examples of indirect events (events unrelated to us) that could impair our access to liquidity would be an act of terrorism or war, natural disasters, global pandemics, political events, or the default or bankruptcy of a major corporation, mutual fund or hedge fund. Similarly, market speculation, or rumors about us or the banking industry in general, may adversely affect the cost and availability of normal funding sources.

Our credit ratings at December 31, 2022, are shown in Figure 27. We believe these credit ratings, under normal conditions in the capital markets, will enable KeyCorp or KeyBank to issue fixed income securities to investors.

Figure 27. Credit Ratings

December 31, 2022Short-Term BorrowingsLong-Term Deposits(a)Senior Long-Term DebtSubordinated Long-Term DebtCapital SecuritiesPreferred Stock
KEYCORP (THE PARENT COMPANY)
Standard & Poor’sA-2N/ABBB+BBBBB+BB+
Moody’sP-2N/ABaa1Baa1Baa2Baa3
FitchF1N/AA-N/ABB+BB+
DBRSR-1 (low)N/AAA (low)A (low)BBB
KEYBANK
Standard & Poor’sA-2N/AA-BBB+N/AN/A
Moody’sP-2P-1/A1A3Baa1N/AN/A
FitchF1F1/AA-BBB+N/AN/A
DBRSR-1 (middle)A (high)A (high)AN/AN/A

(a)P-1 rating assigned by Moody’s is specific to KeyBank’s short-term bank deposit ratings. F1 assigned by Fitch Ratings, Inc. is specific to KeyBank’s short-term deposit ratings.

Managing liquidity risk

Most of our liquidity risk is derived from our business model, which involves taking in deposits, many of which can be withdrawn at anytime, and lending them out in the form of illiquid loan assets. The assessments of liquidity risk are measured under the assumption of normal operating conditions as well as under a stressed environment. We manage these exposures in accordance with our risk appetite, and within Board-approved policy limits.

We regularly monitor our liquidity position and funding sources and measure our capacity to obtain funds in a variety of hypothetical scenarios in an effort to maintain an appropriate mix of available and affordable funding. In the normal course of business, we perform a monthly internal liquidity stress test for both KeyCorp and KeyBank. In a “heightened monitoring mode,” we may conduct internal liquidity stress tests more frequently, and use assumptions to reflect the changed market environment. Our testing incorporates estimates for loan and deposit lives based on our historical studies. Internal liquidity stress tests analyze potential liquidity scenarios under various funding constraints and time periods. Ultimately, they determine the periodic effects that major direct and indirect events would have on our access to funding markets and our ability to fund our normal operations. To compensate for the effect of these assumed liquidity pressures, we consider alternative sources of liquidity and maturities over different time periods to project how funding needs would be managed.

Our primary sources of funding for KeyBank include customer deposits, wholesale funding, and liquid assets. We maintain a Contingency Funding Plan that outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis. As part of the plan, we maintain on-balance sheet liquid reserves referred to as our liquid asset portfolio, which consists of high quality liquid assets. During a problem period, that reserve could be used as a source of funding to provide time to develop and execute a longer-term strategy. The liquid asset portfolio at December 31, 2022, totaled $35.5 billion, consisting of $33.2 billion of unpledged securities, $10 million of securities available for secured funding at the FHLB, and $2.4 billion of net balances of federal funds sold and balances in our Federal Reserve account. The liquid asset portfolio can fluctuate due to excess liquidity, heightened risk, changes in market value, or prefunding of expected outflows, such as debt maturities. Additionally, as of December 31, 2022, our unused borrowing capacity secured by loan collateral was $33.8 billion at the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland and $6.7 billion at the FHLB of Cincinnati. In 2022, Key’s outstanding FHLB of Cincinnati advances increased by $10.7 billion due to an increase in borrowings.

81

Table of contents

Conversely, excess cash generated by operating, investing, and deposit-gathering activities may be used to repay outstanding debt or invest in liquid assets.

Long-term liquidity strategy

Our long-term liquidity strategy is to be predominantly funded by core deposits. However, we may use wholesale funds to sustain an adequate liquid asset portfolio, meet daily cash demands, and allow management flexibility to execute business initiatives. Key’s client-based relationship strategy provides for a strong core deposit base that, in conjunction with intermediate and long-term wholesale funds managed to a diversified maturity structure and investor base, supports our liquidity risk management strategy. We use the loan-to-deposit ratio as a metric to monitor these strategies. Our target loan-to-deposit ratio is 90-100% (at December 31, 2022, our loan-to-deposit ratio was 84.7%), which we calculate as the sum of total loans, loans held for sale, and nonsecuritized discontinued loans divided by deposits.

Liquidity programs

We have several liquidity programs, which are described in Note 20 (“Long-Term Debt”), that are designed to enable KeyCorp and KeyBank to raise funds in the public and private debt markets. The proceeds from most of these programs can be used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. These liquidity programs are reviewed from time to time by the Board and are renewed and replaced as necessary. There are no restrictive financial covenants in any of these programs.

On August 8, 2022, KeyBank issued two notes under the bank note program: $1.25 billion of 4.15% Fixed Rate Senior Bank Notes due August 8, 2025, and $750 million of 4.90% Fixed Rate Subordinated Bank Notes due August 8, 2032. On November 15, 2022,under the bank note program, KeyBank issued $1.0 billion of 5.85% Fixed Rate Senior Bank Notes due November 15, 2027. Accordingly, at December 31, 2022, there was $17.0 billion available for issuance under the KeyBank Bank Note Program.

On January 26, 2023, KeyBank issued $500 million of 4.70% Fixed Rate Senior Bank Notes due January 26, 2026 and $1 billion of 5.00% Fixed Rate Senior Bank Notes due January 26, 2033.

Liquidity for KeyCorp

The primary source of liquidity for KeyCorp is from subsidiary dividends, primarily from KeyBank. KeyCorp has sufficient liquidity when it can service its debt; support customary corporate operations and activities (including acquisitions); support occasional guarantees of subsidiaries’ obligations in transactions with third parties at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences; and fund capital distributions in the form of dividends and share buybacks.

We use a parent cash coverage months metric as the primary measure to assess parent company liquidity. The parent cash coverage months metric measures the number of months into the future where projected obligations can be met with the current quantity of liquidity. We generally issue term debt to supplement dividends from KeyBank to manage our liquidity position at or above our targeted levels. The parent company generally maintains cash and short-term investments in an amount sufficient to meet projected debt maturities over at least the next 24 months. At December 31, 2022, KeyCorp held $3.2 billion in cash and short-term investments, which we projected to be sufficient to meet our projected obligations, including the repayment of our maturing debt obligations for the periods prescribed by our risk tolerance.

Typically, KeyCorp meets its liquidity requirements through regular dividends from KeyBank, supplemented with term debt. Federal banking law limits the amount of capital distributions that a bank can make to its holding company without prior regulatory approval. A national bank’s dividend-paying capacity is affected by several factors, including net profits (as defined by statute) for the two previous calendar years and for the current year, up to the date of dividend declaration. During 2022, KeyBank paid $475 million in cash dividends to KeyCorp, and during the fourth quarter of 2022, KeyBank paid $75 million cash dividends to KeyCorp. At January 1, 2023, KeyBank had regulatory capacity to pay $2.3 billion in dividends to KeyCorp without prior regulatory approval.

On May 23, 2022, KeyCorp issued $600 million of 3.878% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Senior Notes due May 23, 2025 and $750 million of 4.789% Fixed-to-Floating Rate Senior Notes due June 1, 2033. The fixed rate periods for each

82

Table of contents

issuance are effective through May 23, 2024, and June 1, 2032, respectively. Additionally, on August 24, 2022, KeyCorp issued $600 million of 6.2% fixed rate reset perpetual non-cumulative preferred stock.

Our liquidity position and recent activity

Over the past 12 months, our liquid asset portfolio, which includes overnight and short-term investments, as well as unencumbered, high quality liquid securities held as protection against a range of potential liquidity stress scenarios, has decreased primarily due to a reduction in Key's cash position and unencumbered securities portfolio. The liquid asset portfolio continues to exceed the amount that we estimate would be necessary to manage through an adverse liquidity event by providing sufficient time to develop and execute a longer-term solution.

From time to time, KeyCorp or KeyBank may seek to retire, repurchase, or exchange outstanding debt, capital securities, preferred shares, or Common Shares through cash purchase, privately negotiated transactions or other means. Additional information on repurchases of Common Shares by KeyCorp is included in Part II, Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities of this report. Such transactions depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity and capital requirements, contractual restrictions, regulatory requirements, and other factors. The amounts involved may be material, individually or collectively.

The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows summarize our sources and uses of cash by type of activity for the years ended December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021.

Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk of loss arising from an obligor’s inability or failure to meet contractual payment or performance terms. Like other financial services institutions, we make loans, extend credit, distribute credit risk, purchase securities, provide financial and payments products, and enter into financial derivative contracts, all of which have related credit risk.

Credit policy, approval, and evaluation

We manage credit risk exposure through a multifaceted program. The Credit Risk Committee approves management credit policies and recommends significant credit policies to the Enterprise Risk Management Committee, the KeyBank Board, and the Risk Committee of the Board for approval. These policies are communicated throughout the organization to foster a consistent approach to granting credit.

Our credit risk management team and certain individuals within our lines of business, to whom credit risk management has delegated limited credit authority, are responsible for credit approval. Individuals with assigned credit authority are authorized to grant exceptions to credit policies. It is not unusual to make exceptions to established policies when mitigating circumstances dictate, however, a corporate level tolerance has been established to keep exceptions at an acceptable level based upon portfolio and economic considerations.

Our credit risk management team uses risk models to evaluate consumer loans. These models, known as scorecards, forecast the probability of serious delinquency and default for an applicant. The scorecards are embedded in the application processing system, which allows for real-time scoring and automated decisions for many of our products. We periodically validate the loan scoring processes.

We maintain an active concentration management program to mitigate concentration risk in our credit portfolios. For individual obligors, we employ a sliding scale of exposure, known as hold limits, which is dictated by the type of loan and strength of the borrower.

83

Table of contents

Allowance for loan and lease losses

We estimate the appropriate level of the ALLL on at least a quarterly basis. The methodology used is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.” Briefly, the ALLL estimate uses various models and estimation techniques based on our historical loss experience, current borrower characteristics, current conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts and other relevant factors. On January 1, 2020, we adopted ASC 326, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses, and as such, an expected credit loss methodology, specifically current expected credit losses for the remaining life of our loans and leases, will be used to estimate the appropriate level of the ALLL. For more information, see Note 5 (“Asset Quality”).

As shown in Figure 28, our ALLL from continuing operations increased by $276 million, or 26.0%, from December 31, 2021. The commercial ALLL increased by $176 million, or 25.6%, from December 31, 2021, driven by changes in the economic outlook as the impact from higher interest rates dampened overall growth expectations, including lower commercial real estate values, combined with strong growth in the portfolio. The consumer ALLL increased $100 million, or 26.8%, from December 31, 2021, driven by changes in the economic forecasts including higher interest rates, lower home price values and growth in the portfolio.

Figure 28. Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

20222021
December 31,Dollars in millionsTotalAllowancePercent ofAllowanceto TotalAllowancePercent ofLoan Typeto TotalLoansTotalAllowancePercent ofAllowanceto TotalAllowancePercent ofLoan Typeto TotalLoans
Commercial and industrial$60145.0%50.0%$44541.9%49.6%
Commercial real estate:
Commercial mortgage20315.213.718217.213.9
Construction282.12.1292.72.0
Total commercial real estate loans23117.315.821119.915.9
Commercial lease financing322.43.3323.04.0
Total commercial loans86464.769.168864.869.5
Real estate — residential mortgage19614.717.9959.015.5
Home equity loans987.36.611010.48.3
Consumer direct loans1118.35.41059.95.6
Credit cards664.9.9615.71.0
Consumer indirect loans2.1.12.2.1
Total consumer loans47335.330.937335.230.5
Total loans (a)$1,337100.0%100.0%$1,061100.0%100.0%

(a)Excludes allocations of the ALLL related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business in the amount of $21 million at December 31, 2022, and $28 million at December 31, 2021.

Net loan charge-offs

Figure 29 shows the trend in our net loan charge-offs by loan type, while the composition of loan charge-offs and recoveries by type of loan is presented in Figure 31. Figure 30 shows the ratio of net charge-offs by loan category as a percentage of the respective average loan balance.

84

Table of contents

Over the past 12 months, net loan charge-offs decreased $23 million. In 2023, we expect net loan charge-offs to average loans to be in the range of 25 to 30 basis points.

Figure 29. Net Loan Charge-offs from Continuing Operations

Year ended December 31,
Dollars in millions20222021
Commercial and industrial$103$91
Real estate — commercial mortgage1831
Real estate — construction(1)
Commercial lease financing(a)(2)(1)
Total commercial loans118121
Real estate — residential mortgage(a)(7)(5)
Home equity loans(2)4
Consumer direct loans2621
Credit cards2419
Consumer indirect loans224
Total consumer loans4363
Total net loan charge-offs$161$184
Net loan charge-offs to average loans.14%.18%
Net loan charge-offs from discontinued operations — education lending business$4$2

(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.

Figure 30. Net Loan Charge-offs to Average Loans from Continuing Operations

Year ended December 31,
20222021
Commercial and industrial0.19%0.18%
Real estate — commercial mortgage0.120.24
Real estate — construction(0.04)
Commercial lease financing(a)(0.05)(0.02)
Total commercial loans0.150.17
Real estate — residential mortgage(a)(0.04)(0.04)
Home equity loans(0.02)0.04
Consumer direct loans0.400.41
Credit cards2.502.05
Consumer indirect loans3.230.85
Total consumer loans0.120.21
Total net loan charge-offs0.14%0.18%

(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.

85

Table of contents

Figure 31. Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience from Continuing Operations

Year ended December 31,Dollars in millions20222021
Average loans outstanding$111,302$100,269
Allowance for loan and lease losses at beginning of period$1,061$1,626
Loans charged off:
Commercial and industrial$153$174
Real estate — commercial mortgage2340
Real estate — construction
Total commercial real estate loans (a)2340
Commercial lease financing26
Total commercial loans (b)178220
Real estate — residential mortgage(2)(2)
Home equity loans19
Consumer direct loans3429
Credit cards3027
Consumer indirect loans439
Total consumer loans67102
Total loans charged off245322
Recoveries:
Commercial and industrial5083
Real estate — commercial mortgage59
Real estate — construction1
Total commercial real estate loans (a)69
Commercial lease financing47
Total commercial loans (b)6099
Real estate — residential mortgage53
Home equity loans35
Consumer direct loans88
Credit cards68
Consumer indirect loans215
Total consumer loans2439
Total recoveries84138
Net loan charge-offs(161)(184)
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses437(381)
Allowance for loan and lease losses at end of year$1,337$1,061
Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at beginning of the year160197
Provision (credit) for losses on lending-related commitments65(37)
Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at end of the year (c)$225$160
Total allowance for credit losses at end of the year$1,562$1,221
Net loan charge-offs to average total loans.14%.18%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to period-end loans1.121.04
Allowance for credit losses to period-end loans1.311.20
Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans345.5233.7
Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans403.6268.9
Discontinued operations — education lending business:
Loans charged off$6$4
Recoveries22
Net loan charge-offs$(4)$(2)

(a)See Figure 10 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.

(b)See Figure 9 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.

(c)Included in “accrued expense and other liabilities” on the balance sheet.

Nonperforming assets

Figure 32 shows the composition of our nonperforming assets. As shown in Figure 32, nonperforming assets decreased $69 million during 2022. See Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Nonperforming Loans,” “Impaired Loans,” and “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” for a summary of our nonaccrual and charge-off policies.

86

Table of contents

Figure 32. Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Past Due Loans from Continuing Operations

December 31,
Dollars in millions20222021
Commercial and industrial$174$191
Real estate — commercial mortgage2144
Real estate — construction
Total commercial real estate loans (a)2144
Commercial lease financing14
Total commercial loans (b)196239
Real estate — residential mortgage7772
Home equity loans107135
Consumer direct loans34
Credit cards33
Consumer indirect loans11
Total consumer loans191215
Total nonperforming loans387454
Nonperforming loans held for sale2024
OREO138
Other nonperforming assets3
Total nonperforming assets$420$489
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more$60$68
Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days180165
Restructured loans — accruing and nonaccruing (c)236220
Restructured loans included in nonperforming loans (c)11899
Nonperforming assets from discontinued operations — education lending business34
Nonperforming loans to period-end portfolio loans.32%.45%
Nonperforming assets to period-end portfolio loans plus OREO and other nonperforming assets (c).35.48

(a)See Figure 10 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.

(b)See Figure 9 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.

(c)Restructured loans (i.e., TDRs) are those for which Key, for reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. See Note 5 (“Asset Quality“) for more information on our TDRs. These concessions are made to improve the collectability of the loan and generally take the form of a reduction of the interest rate, extension of the maturity date or reduction in the principal balance.

Figure 33 shows the types of activity that caused the change in our nonperforming loans during each of the last four quarters and the years ended December 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021.

Figure 33. Summary of Changes in Nonperforming Loans from Continuing Operations

2022 Quarters
Dollars in millions2022FourthThirdSecondFirst2021
Balance at beginning of period$454$390$429$439$454$785
Loans placed on nonaccrual status3981138011887614
Charge-offs(244)(67)(68)(59)(50)(326)
Loans sold(15)(4)(3)(8)(78)
Payments(113)(22)(29)(35)(27)(333)
Transfers to OREO(5)(1)(1)(2)(1)(5)
Loans returned to accrual status(88)(22)(18)(24)(24)(203)
Balance at end of period$387$387$390$429$439$454

Operational and compliance risk management

Like all businesses, we are subject to operational risk, which is the risk of loss resulting from human error or malfeasance, inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, and external events. These events include, among other things, threats to our cybersecurity, as we are reliant upon information systems and the Internet to conduct our business activities. Operational risk intersects with compliance risk, which is the risk of loss from violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules and regulations, prescribed practices, and ethical standards. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, large financial companies like Key are subject to heightened prudential standards and regulation. This heightened level of regulation has increased our operational risk. While operational and compliance risk are separate risk disciplines in KeyCorp’s ERM framework, losses and/or additional regulatory compliance costs are included in operational loss reporting and could take the form of explicit charges, increased operational costs, harm to our reputation, or foregone opportunities.

We seek to mitigate operational risk through identification and measurement of risk, alignment of business strategies with risk appetite and tolerance, and a system of internal controls and reporting. We continuously strive to strengthen our system of internal controls to improve the oversight of our operational risk and to ensure compliance

87

Table of contents

with laws, rules, and regulations. For example, an operational event database tracks the amounts and sources of operational risk and losses. This tracking mechanism helps to identify weaknesses and to highlight the need to take corrective action. We also rely upon software programs designed to assist in assessing operational risk and monitoring our control processes. This technology has enhanced the reporting of the effectiveness of our controls to senior management and the Board.

The Operational Risk Management Program provides the framework for the structure, governance, roles, and responsibilities, as well as the content, to manage operational risk for Key. The Compliance Risk Management Program serves the same function in managing compliance risk for Key. The Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee support the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments. Both the Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee include attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense. Primary responsibility for managing and monitoring internal control mechanisms lies with the managers of our various lines of business. The Operational Risk Committee and Compliance Risk Committee are senior management committees that oversee our level of operational and compliance risk and direct and support our operational and compliance infrastructure and related activities. These committees and the Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management functions are an integral part of our ERM Program. Our Risk Review function regularly assesses the overall effectiveness of our Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management Programs and our system of internal controls. Risk Review reports the results of reviews on internal controls and systems to senior management and the Risk and Audit Committees and independently supports the Risk Committee’s oversight of these controls.

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000091576-22-000029.

Extracted structurally from real Item 7 body heading to real Item 7A/8 boundary. Published MD&A gate trimmed front/tail over-capture. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-02-22. Report date: 2021-12-31.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Page Number
Introduction45
Long-term financial targets46
Corporate strategy47
Strategic developments47
Results of Operations48
Earnings overview48
Net interest income48
Provision for credit losses51
Noninterest income51
Noninterest expense53
Income taxes55
Business Segment Results55
Consumer Bank55
Commercial Bank56
Financial Condition58
Loans and loans held for sale58
Securities66
Deposits and other sources of funds69
Capital70
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations72
Off-balance sheet arrangements72
Guarantees73
Risk Management73
Overview73
Market risk management75
Liquidity risk management81
Credit risk management84
Operational and compliance risk management88
GAAP to Non-GAAP Reconciliations90
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates91
Allowance for loan and lease losses91
Valuation methodologies92
Derivatives and hedging95
Contingent liabilities, guarantees and income taxes95
Accounting and reporting developments96

44

Table of contents

Introduction

This section reviews the financial condition and results of operations of KeyCorp and its subsidiaries for 2021 and 2020. Some tables include additional periods to comply with disclosure requirements or to illustrate trends in greater depth. When you read this discussion, you should also refer to the consolidated financial statements and related notes in this report. The page locations of specific sections that we refer to are presented in the table of contents. To review our financial condition and results of operations for 2019 and a comparison between the 2019 and 2020 results, see Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of our 2020 Form 10-K filed with the SEC on February 22, 2021, which discussion is incorporated herein by reference.

45

Table of contents

Long-term financial targets

(a)See the section entitled “GAAP to non-GAAP Reconciliations,” which presents the computations of certain financial measures related to “cash efficiency.” The section includes tables that reconcile the GAAP performance measures to the corresponding non-GAAP measures, which provides a basis for period-to-period comparisons.

(a)See the section entitled “GAAP to non-GAAP Reconciliations,” which presents the computations of certain financial measures related to “tangible common equity.” The section includes tables that reconcile the GAAP performance measures to the corresponding non-GAAP measures, which provides a basis for period-to-period comparisons.

Positive Operating Leverage

Generate positive operating leverage and a cash efficiency ratio in the range of 54.0% to 56.0%.

Positive operating leverage was achieved for the 2021 fiscal year, and we expect to again generate positive operating leverage in 2022. Overall revenue was up 9% year-over-year with growth in both net interest income and noninterest income.

Moderate Risk Profile

Maintain a moderate risk profile by targeting a net loan charge-offs to average loans ratio in the range of .40% to .60% through a credit cycle.

Our net charge-offs to average loans ratio remains at a historically low level. We believe our strong risk management practices will allow us to continue supporting our clients, while maintaining our moderate risk profile, and will position the company to perform well through all business cycles.

Financial Return

A return on average tangible common equity in the range of 16.0% to 19.0%.

In 2021 we returned 75% of our net income to shareholders in the form of dividends and share repurchases. Our full-year dividend for 2021 was $.75, a 1.4% increase from the previous year. We remain committed to delivering value to all shareholders.

46

Table of contents

Corporate strategy

We remain committed to enhancing long-term shareholder value by continuing to execute our relationship-based business model, growing our franchise, and being disciplined in our capital management. We intend to pursue this commitment by growing profitably; acquiring and expanding targeted client relationships; effectively managing risk and rewards; maintaining financial strength; and engaging, retaining, and inspiring our diverse and high-performing workforce. These strategic priorities for enhancing long-term shareholder value are described in more detail below.

•Grow profitably — We intend to continue to focus on generating positive operating leverage by growing revenue and creating a more efficient operating environment. We expect our relationship business model to keep generating organic growth as it helps us expand engagement with existing clients and attract new customers. We plan to leverage our continuous improvement culture to maintain an efficient cost structure that is aligned, sustainable, and consistent with the current operating environment and that supports our relationship business model.

•Acquire and expand targeted client relationships — We seek to be client-centric in our actions and have taken purposeful steps to enhance our ability to acquire and expand targeted relationships. We seek to provide solutions to serve our clients' needs. We focus on markets and clients where we can be the most relevant. In aligning our businesses and investments against these targeted client segments, we are able to make a meaningful impact for our clients.

•Effectively manage risk and rewards — Our risk management activities are focused on ensuring we properly identify, measure, and manage risks across the entire company to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability.

•Maintain financial strength — With the foundation of a strong balance sheet, we intend to remain focused on sustaining strong reserves, liquidity, and capital. We plan to work closely with our Board and regulators to manage capital to support our clients’ needs and drive long-term shareholder value. Our capital remains a competitive advantage for us.

•Engage a high-performing, talented, and diverse workforce — Every day our employees provide our clients with great ideas, extraordinary service, and smart solutions. We intend to continue to engage our high-performing, talented, and diverse workforce to create an environment where they can make a difference, own their careers, be respected, and feel a sense of pride.

Strategic developments

We took the following actions during 2021 in support of our corporate strategy:

•We continued to grow profitably during 2021. We generated positive operating leverage for the eighth time in the past nine years. Revenue was up 9% year-over-year with our Investment Banking business continuing to be a consistent and sustainable growth engine. In order to enhance our strong competitive position we have continued to add senior bankers and expect future growth in 2022.

•During 2021 we completed the acquisition of AQN Strategies, a consumer-focused analytics firm, and XUP, a business-to-business focused digital payments platform that provides an integrated and seamless onboarding experience. In 2021, we also launched our national digital affinity bank, Laurel Road for Doctors, which expanded our consumer footprint nationally for a very targeted high-quality client segment. These actions highlight our commitment to acquire and expand targeted client relationships.

•Laurel Road and and our consumer mortgage business have continued to provide growth to the company as these businesses generated $16 billion in originations for the year.

•Overall, credit quality remains strong as our new loan originations in both our commercial and consumer book continue to meet our criteria for high quality loans as we continue to effectively manage risk and rewards. Our continuous focus on maintaining our risk discipline has and will continue to position us to perform well through all business cycles.

•Maintaining financial strength while driving long-term shareholder value was again a focus during 2021. At December 31, 2021, our Common Equity Tier 1 and Tier 1 risk-based capital ratios stood at 9.43% and 10.71%, respectively. In 2021, we completed $1.2 billion of gross Common Share repurchases primarily through the open market and an ASR program. Our full-year dividend for 2021 was $.75, which included a dividend increase in the fourth quarter of 2021.

•We remained committed to our strategy to engage a high-performing, talented, and diverse workforce. We have been recognized by multiple organizations for our dedication to creating an environment where employees are treated with respect and empowered to bring their authentic selves to work. Some of these awards and

47

Table of contents

recognitions included the Human Rights Campaign naming us one of the 2021 Best Places to Work for LGBT Equality, Bloomberg listing us on the Gender-Equality Index, G.I. Jobs and Military Spouse Magazine recognizing us as a Military Friendly® and Military Friendly® Spouse Employer, and receiving the Leading Disability Employer Seal from the National Organization on Disability. We were also named to DiversityInc’s 2021 Top 50 Companies for Diversity.

Results of Operations

Earnings Overview

The following chart provides a reconciliation of net income from continuing operations attributable to Key common shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2020, to the year ended December 31, 2021 (dollars in millions):

Net interest income

One of our principal sources of revenue is net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income received on earning assets (such as loans and securities) and loan-related fee income, and interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings. There are several factors that affect net interest income, including:

•the volume, pricing, mix, and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities;

•the volume and value of net free funds, such as noninterest-bearing deposits and equity capital;

•the use of derivative instruments to manage interest rate risk;

•interest rate fluctuations and competitive conditions within the marketplace;

•asset quality; and

•fair value accounting of acquired earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

To make it easier to compare both the results among several periods and the yields on various types of earning assets (some taxable, some not), we present net interest income in this discussion on a “TE basis” (i.e., as if all income were taxable and at the same rate). For example, $100 of tax-exempt income would be presented as $126, an amount that, if taxed at the statutory federal income tax rate of 21%, would yield $100. Prior to 2018, $100 of tax-exempt income would be presented as $154, an amount that, if taxed at the previous statutory federal income tax rate of 35%, would yield $100.

48

Table of contents

TE net interest income for 2021 was $4.1 billion, and the net interest margin was 2.50%, compared to TE net interest income of $4.1 billion and a net interest margin of 2.77% for the prior year. TE net interest income benefited from lower deposit costs, higher loan fees driven by PPP forgiveness, and elevated levels of liquidity as we continued to experience higher levels of deposit inflows in 2021. TE net interest income was also impacted by a lower net interest margin, the exit of the indirect auto loan portfolio, and one less day in 2021. The decline in the net interest margin reflects a change in balance sheet mix, including elevated levels of liquidity, and lower reinvestment yields. In 2022, we expect TE net interest income to be relatively stable compared to 2021 and the net interest margin to be relatively stable compared to the fourth quarter of 2021.

Average loans totaled $100.3 billion for 2021, compared to $102.7 billion in 2020. Commercial loans decreased $4.6 billion, reflecting decreased utilization versus the prior year. Consumer loans increased $2.2 billion, reflecting strength from Key's consumer mortgage business and Laurel Road, partially offset by the exit of the indirect auto loan portfolio. For 2022, we expect average loans to be up 1% to 3% compared to 2021.

Average deposits totaled $145.0 billion for 2021, an increase of $17.7 billion compared to 2020. The increase reflects growth from consumer and commercial relationships, consumer retention of stimulus payments, and higher commercial escrow deposits, partially offset by declines in certificates of deposits and other time deposits. For 2022, we expect average deposits to be up 1% to 3% compared to 2021.

Figure 1 shows the various components of our balance sheet that affect interest income and expense, and their respective yields or rates over the past five years. This figure also presents a reconciliation of TE net interest income to net interest income reported in accordance with GAAP for each of those years. The net interest margin, which is an indicator of the profitability of our earning assets less the cost of funding, is calculated by dividing taxable-equivalent net interest income by average earning assets.

49

Table of contents

Figure 1. Consolidated Average Balance Sheets, Net Interest Income, and Yields/Rates from Continuing Operations(h)

Year ended December 31,202120202019
Dollars in millionsAverageBalanceInterest (a)Yield/Rate (a)AverageBalanceInterest (a)Yield/Rate (a)Average BalanceInterest (a)Yield/ Rate (a)
ASSETS
Loans (b), (c)
Commercial and industrial (d)$50,931$1,7953.52%$55,145$1,9773.59%$47,482$2,1444.51%
Real estate — commercial mortgage13,1184723.6013,2795213.9213,6416764.95
Real estate — construction2,113773.611,843743.991,485785.24
Commercial lease financing4,0191142.844,4971393.094,4881633.63
Total commercial loans70,1812,4583.5074,7642,7113.6367,0963,0614.56
Real estate — residential mortgage12,2523482.848,0942843.506,0952413.95
Home equity loans8,9673363.749,7723924.0110,6345264.95
Consumer direct loans5,1052334.564,2132215.262,4751767.11
Credit cards9259410.111,00110710.651,10012711.51
Consumer indirect loans2,839903.194,8451803.724,1111684.09
Total consumer loans30,0881,1013.6627,9251,1844.2424,4151,2385.07
Total loans100,2693,5593.55102,6893,8953.7991,5114,2994.70
Loans held for sale1,700502.961,972693.491,411634.48
Securities available for sale (b), (e)35,7655461.5323,7424842.1021,3625372.51
Held-to-maturity securities (b)7,0351852.638,9382222.4910,8412622.41
Trading account assets820192.35814202.471,017323.18
Short-term investments17,52928.169,09618.202,876612.11
Other investments (e)62171.146356.87630132.09
Total earning assets163,7394,3942.69147,8864,7143.20129,6485,2674.06
Allowance for loan and lease losses(1,340)(1,481)(880)
Accrued income and other assets16,52015,65014,411
Discontinued assets632775984
Total assets$179,551$162,830$144,163
LIABILITIES
NOW and money market deposit accounts$84,73641.05$75,733206.27$63,731566.89
Savings deposits6,8931.025,2522.044,7404.09
Certificates of deposit ($100,000 or more)(f)2,13516.724,520831.837,7571802.32
Other time deposits2,5409.374,041561.385,4261031.90
Total interest-bearing deposits96,30467.0789,546347.3981,6548531.04
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements239.026706.882642.66
Bank notes and other short-term borrowings77081.081,45212.85730172.31
Long-term debt (f), (g)12,3912211.7912,5782862.3613,0624543.52
Total interest-bearing liabilities109,704296.27104,246651.6395,7101,3261.39
Noninterest-bearing deposits48,73137,74028,376
Accrued expense and other liabilities2,8192,4332,456
Discontinued liabilities (g)632775984
Total liabilities161,886145,194127,526
EQUITY
Key shareholders’ equity17,66517,63616,636
Noncontrolling interests1
Total equity17,66517,63616,637
Total liabilities and equity$179,551$162,830$144,163
Interest rate spread (TE)2.42%2.57%2.67%
Net interest income (TE) and net interest margin (TE)4,0982.50%4,0632.77%3,9413.04%
Less: TE adjustment (b)272932
Net interest income, GAAP basis$4,071$4,034$3,909

(a)Results are from continuing operations. Interest excludes the interest associated with the liabilities referred to in (g) below, calculated using a matched funds transfer pricing methodology.

(b)Interest income on tax-exempt securities and loans has been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.

(c)For purposes of these computations, nonaccrual loans are included in average loan balances.

(d)Commercial and industrial average loan balances include $134 million, $130 million, and $141 million of assets from commercial credit cards for the years ended December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019, respectively.

(e)Yield is calculated on the basis of amortized cost.

(f)Rate calculation excludes basis adjustments related to fair value hedges.

(g)A portion of long-term debt and the related interest expense is allocated to discontinued liabilities as a result of applying our matched funds transfer pricing methodology to discontinued operations.

(h)Average balances presented are based on daily average balances over the respective stated period.

50

Table of contents

Figure 2 shows how the changes in yields or rates and average balances from the prior year affected net interest income. The section entitled “Financial Condition” contains additional discussion about changes in earning assets and funding sources.

Figure 2. Components of Net Interest Income Changes from Continuing Operations

2021 vs. 2020
Dollars in millionsAverageVolumeYield/ RateNet Change(a)
INTEREST INCOME
Loans$(95)$(241)$(336)
Loans held for sale(9)(10)(19)
Securities available for sale204(142)62
Held-to-maturity securities(49)12(37)
Trading account assets(1)(1)
Short-term investments14(4)10
Other investments11
Total interest income (TE)65(385)(320)
INTEREST EXPENSE
NOW and money market deposit accounts22(187)(165)
Savings deposits(1)(1)
Certificates of deposit ($100,000 or more)(32)(35)(67)
Other time deposits(16)(31)(47)
Total interest-bearing deposits(26)(254)(280)
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements(2)(4)(6)
Bank notes and other short-term borrowings(7)3(4)
Long-term debt(4)(61)(65)
Total interest expense(39)(316)(355)
Net interest income (TE)$104$(69)$35

(a)The change in interest not due solely to volume or rate has been allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.

Provision for credit losses

Our provision for credit losses was a net benefit of $418.0 million for 2021, compared to $1.0 billion expense for 2020. The decrease in our provision for credit losses included a reserve release of $602 million and was largely driven by improvements in the economic outlook and asset quality as well as lower net charge-offs. In 2020, our provision for credit losses was impacted by the economic stress and uncertainty in the U.S. and globally from the ongoing pandemic caused by COVID-19 as well as increased net loan charge-offs. In 2022 we expect net charge-offs to average loans to be in the range of 20 to 30 bps.

51

Table of contents

Noninterest income

Noninterest income for 2021 was $3.2 billion, compared to $2.7 billion during 2020. Noninterest income represented 44% of total revenue for 2021 and 39% of total revenue for 2020. In 2022, we expect noninterest income to be down 1% to 3% compared to 2021.

The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest income and the factors that caused those elements to change.

Figure 3. Noninterest Income

(a)Other noninterest income includes operating lease income and other leasing gains, corporate services income, corporate-owned life insurance income, consumer mortgage income, commercial mortgage servicing fees, and other income. See the "Consolidated Statements of Income" in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report.

52

Table of contents

Trust and investment services income

Trust and investment services income consists of brokerage commissions, trust and asset management commissions, and insurance income. For 2021, trust and investment services income increased $23 million, or 4.5% as a result of an increase in assets under management.

A significant portion of our trust and investment services income depends on the value and mix of assets under management. At December 31, 2021, our bank, trust, and registered investment advisory subsidiaries had assets under administration of $55.8 billion, compared to $47.1 billion at December 31, 2020. The increase from 2020 to 2021 was primarily attributable to the strength of the equity markets during the year.

Figure 4. Assets Under Administration

Year ended December 31,Change 2021 vs. 2020
Dollars in millions20212020AmountPercent
Discretionary assets under management by investment type:
Equity$33,767$27,384$6,38323.3%
Securities lending131(131)(100.0)
Fixed income13,85112,1301,72114.2
Money market4,5414,495461.0
Total discretionary assets under management$52,159$44,140$8,01918.2%
Non-discretionary assets under administration$3,647$2,946$70123.8%
Total$55,806$47,086$8,72018.5%

Investment banking and debt placement fees

Investment banking and debt placement fees consist of syndication fees, debt and equity underwriting fees, financial advisor fees, gains on sales of commercial mortgages, and agency origination fees. For 2021, investment banking and debt placement fees increased $276 million, or 41.8%, from the prior year driven by growth in M&A advisory fees and debt and equity underwriting fees.

Service charges on deposit accounts

Service charges on deposit accounts increased $26 million, or 8.4%, in 2021 compared to the prior year. This increase stemmed from account analysis services and overdraft fees.

Cards and payments income

Cards and payments income, which consists of debit card, consumer and commercial credit card, and merchant services income, increased $47 million, or 12.8%, in 2021 compared to 2020. This increase was primarily due to increased transaction volume and spend on debit and credit card, with a slight offset from reduced prepaid card activity as customers roll off government support programs.

Other noninterest income

Other noninterest income includes operating lease income and other leasing gains, corporate services income, corporate-owned life insurance income, consumer mortgage income, commercial mortgage servicing fees, and other income. Other noninterest income increased $170 million, or 21.1%, in 2021 compared to 2020, driven by increases in commercial loan servicing fees and corporate services income stemming from other non-yield loan and commitment fees.

Noninterest expense

Noninterest expense for 2021 was $4.4 billion, compared to $4.1 billion for 2020. Figure 5 gives a breakdown of our major categories of noninterest expense as a percentage of total noninterest expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2021. In 2022, we expect noninterest expense to be down 1% to 3% compared to 2021.

The following discussion explains the composition of certain elements of our noninterest expense and the factors that caused those elements to change.

53

Table of contents

Figure 5. Noninterest Expense

(a)Other noninterest expense includes equipment, operating lease expense, marketing, intangible asset amortization and other miscellaneous expense. See the "Consolidated Statements of Income" in Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of this report.

Personnel

As shown in Figure 6, personnel expense, the largest category of our noninterest expense, increased by $225 million, or 9.6%, in 2021 compared to 2020. The increase was driven by higher production-related incentives from our record fee production.

Figure 6. Personnel Expense

Year ended December 31,Dollars in millionsChange 2021 vs. 2020
20212020AmountPercent
Salaries and contract labor$1,311$1,329$(18)(1.4)%
Incentive and stock-based compensation (a)86162723437.3
Employee benefits3883503810.9
Severance130(29)(96.7)
Total personnel expense$2,561$2,336$2259.6%

(a)Excludes directors’ stock-based compensation of $2 million in 2021 and $2 million in 2020, reported as “other noninterest expense” in Figure 5.

Non-personnel expense

In total, other non-personnel expense increased $95 million, or 5.4%, in 2021 compared to 2020 stemming from increased software and cloud expenses, professional service fees, and marketing spend.

54

Table of contents

Income taxes

We recorded a tax provision from continuing operations of $642 million for 2021, compared to $227 million for 2020. The effective tax rate, which is the provision for income taxes as a percentage of income from continuing operations before income taxes, was 19.7% for 2021 and 14.6% for 2020. In 2022, we expect our GAAP tax rate to be approximately 20%.

In 2021, our federal tax expense and effective tax rate differ from the amount that would be calculated using the federal statutory tax rate primarily due to investments in tax-advantaged assets, such as corporate-owned life insurance, tax credits associated with investments in low-income housing projects and energy related projects, and periodic adjustments to our tax reserves as described in Note 14 (“Income Taxes”).

Business Segment Results

This section summarizes the highlights and segment imperatives, market and business overview, and financial performance of our two major business segments (operating segments): Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank. Note 25 (“Business Segment Reporting”) describes the products and services offered by each of these business segments and provides more detailed financial information pertaining to the segments. Dollars in the charts are presented in millions.

Consumer Bank

Segment imperatives

•Simplification and digitalization to drive growth and operating leverage

•Relationship-based strategy with a focus on financial wellness as a differentiator

•Omni-channel approach in delivering products and services

Market and business overview

As the banking industry moves forward, so do our clients. Anticipating our clients’ needs not only today, but for tomorrow and into the future, has become one of the biggest challenges for the banking industry. We view these challenges as an opportunity to help our current client base meet their own goals, as well as attract new and diverse clients. In an increasingly digital world focused on specialized convenience, we have made meaningful steps to meet those demands through new digital portals including the rollout of our national digital affinity bank, Laurel Road for Doctors. These platforms place us in a strong position to develop long lasting and meaningful relationships with our current and prospective clients. Financial wellness is a core tenet of our customer relationships and we see it in three different ways: diagnose, enhance, and sustain. Our goal is to get our clients to a place where they can comfortably sustain their current financial position so we can be there for them when they are ready to grow. Clients no longer go to a branch to conduct transactions only, they go to seek advice and gain new perspectives on issues they may be facing.

Summary of operations

•Net income attributable to Key of $876 million in 2021, compared to $653 million in 2020, a increase of 34.2%.

•Taxable equivalent net interest income decreased in 2021 by $46 million, or 1.9%, from the prior year, related to the sale of the indirect auto portfolio, partially offset by strong consumer mortgage balance sheet growth and fees related to PPP loans.

•Average loans and leases increased in 2021 by $1.5 billion, or 4.0%, from the prior year. This was driven by growth in residential mortgage and Laurel Road, offset by the sale of the indirect auto loan portfolio.

•Average deposits increased in 2021 by $8.7 billion, or 10.9%, from the prior year. This was driven by consumer retention of stimulus payments and relationship growth.

55

Table of contents

•Provision for credit losses decreased $402 million in 2021 compared to the prior year. The provision for credit losses was a net benefit and primarily driven by lower reserve levels.

•Noninterest income increased in 2021 by $69 million, or 6.9%, from the prior year, driven by higher cards and payments income and trust and investment services income. Partially offsetting the increase was consumer mortgage income, reflecting higher balance sheet retention and lower gain on sale margins.

•Noninterest expense increased in 2021 by $128 million, or 5.7%, from the prior year, driven by higher production-related incentives and increased marketing expense related to Laurel Road.

Commercial Bank

Segment imperatives

•Solve complex client needs through a differentiated product set of banking and capital markets capabilities

•Drive targeted scale through distinct product capabilities delivered to a broad set of clients

•Utilize industry expertise and broad capabilities to build relationships with narrowly targeted client sets

56

Table of contents

Market and business overview

Building relationships and delivering complex solutions for middle market clients requires a distinctive operating model that understands their business and can provide a broad set of product capabilities. As competition for these clients intensifies, we have positioned the business to maintain and grow our competitive advantage by building targeted scale in businesses and client segments. Strong market share in businesses such as real estate loan servicing and equipment finance highlights our ability to successfully meet customer needs through targeted scale in distinct product capabilities. Clients expect us to understand every aspect of their business. Our seven industry verticals are aligned to drive targeted scale in segments where we have a breadth of industry expertise. Our business model is positioned to meet our client needs because our focus is not on being a universal bank, but rather being the right bank for our clients.

Summary of operations

•Net income attributable to Key of $1.6 billion in 2021, compared to $651 million in 2020, an increase of 152.7%.

•Taxable equivalent net interest income decreased in 2021 by $70 million, or 4.1%, from the prior year. The decrease in net interest income was primarily driven by lower average loan balances offset by fees related to PPP loans.

•Average loan and lease balances decreased $4.0 billion in 2021, or 6.2%, compared to the prior year reflecting a decline in PPP balances, partly offset by core growth in commercial and industrial and commercial real estate loans.

•Average deposit balances increased $8.6 billion in 2021, or 18.2%, compared to the prior year, driven by growth in targeted relationships and higher commercial escrow deposits.

•Provision for credit losses decreased $1.0 billion in 2021 compared to the prior year. The provision for credit losses was a net benefit, driven by reduced reserve levels and lower net loan charge-offs.

•Noninterest income increased $465 million in 2021, or 30.5%, from the prior year, driven by elevated investment banking client activity and corporate services income, partially offset by lower cards and payments income.

•Noninterest expense increased by $115 million in 2021, or 6.6%, from the prior year, driven by higher production-related incentives related to strong investment banking and debt placement fees.

57

Table of contents

Financial Condition

Loans and loans held for sale

Figure 7. Breakdown of Loans

(a)Other consumer loans include Consumer direct loans, Credit cards, and Consumer indirect loans. See Note 4 (“Loan Portfolio”) Item 8. Financial Statements of this report.

COVID-19 Hardship Relief Programs

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, beginning in March 2020 and continuing in 2021, we provided relief accommodations to our clients in the form of interest and or principal payment deferrals, waivers and adjustments of performance covenants, loan modifications, facilitation and support of government stimulus in multiple ways, and we suspended repossession, foreclosures and other default remedies to ensure our customers had adequate resources to withstand the economic disruption caused by the pandemic. All of these accommodations are and were made based upon our strong relationship focus with our clients and were consistent and in compliance with regulatory, statutory and executive rules, guidance, and requirements. While the solutions for our commercial borrowers are individually negotiated and tailored to each borrower’s specific facts and circumstances, the most commonly offered relief measures included temporary covenant waivers and/or deferrals of principal and/or interest payments for up to 90 days. We have also granted short-term loan modifications for our consumer loan customers through extensions, deferrals, and forbearance.

The following table provides a summary of portfolio loans and leases as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, that have received a payment deferral or forbearance as part of our COVID-19 hardship relief programs:

58

Table of contents

Figure 8. Loans and Leases COVID-19 Hardship Relief

Outstanding Balance of Loans and Leases
December 31, 2021
Dollars in millionsCompleted ReliefIn Active ReliefTotal that have Received Payment Relief
Commercial Loans$1,880$19$1,899
Consumer Loans84456900
Total Portfolio Loans and Leases$2,724$75$2,799
December 31, 2020
Dollars in millionsCompleted ReliefIn Active ReliefTotal that have Received Payment Relief
Commercial Loans$2,899$181$3,079
Consumer Loans1,1793941,572
Total Portfolio Loans and Leases$4,077$575$4,652

The total outstanding balance of commercial loans in active relief as of December 31, 2021, represented 0.02% of our commercial loan portfolio and the total outstanding balance of consumer loans in active relief as of December 31, 2021, represented 0.2% of the consumer portfolio.

Under the CARES Act as well as banking regulator interagency guidance, certain loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial distress as a result of the economic impacts created by COVID-19 may not be required to be treated as TDRs under U.S. GAAP.  For COVID-19 related loan modifications which occurred from March 1, 2020, through December 31, 2021, and met the loan modification criteria under either the CARES Act or the criteria specified by the regulatory agencies or were otherwise considered to be short term in nature, we have elected to suspend TDR accounting for such loan modifications.  Additionally, loans qualifying for these modifications are not required to be reported as delinquent, nonaccrual, impaired, or criticized solely as a result of a COVID-19 loan modification. Refer to Note 5 (“Asset Quality”) under the headings “TDRs” and “Nonperforming and Past Due Loans”.

For loans that receive a payment deferral or forbearance under these hardship relief programs, we continue to accrue interest and recognize interest income during the period of the deferral. Depending on the terms of each program, all or a portion of this accrued interest may be paid directly by the borrower (either during the relief period, at the end of the relief period, or at maturity of the loan) or added to the customer’s outstanding balance. For certain programs, the maturity date of the loan may also be extended by the number of payments deferred. Interest income will continue to be accrued at the original contractual interest rate unless that rate is concurrently modified upon entering the relief program (in which case, the modified rate would be used to recognize interest).

59

Table of contents

Figure 9 shows the composition of our loan portfolio at December 31 for each of the past five years.

Figure 9. Composition of Loans

20212020
December 31,Dollars in millionsAmountPercent of TotalAmountPercent of Total
COMMERCIAL
Commercial and industrial (a)$50,52549.6%$52,90752.3%
Commercial real estate:
Commercial mortgage14,24413.912,68712.5
Construction1,9962.01,9872.0
Total commercial real estate loans16,24015.914,67414.5
Commercial lease financing (b)4,0714.04,3994.3
Total commercial loans70,83669.571,98071.1
CONSUMER
Real estate — residential mortgage15,75615.59,2989.2
Home equity loans8,4678.39,3609.2
Consumer direct loans5,7535.64,7144.7
Credit cards9721.09891.0
Consumer indirect loans700.14,8444.8
Total consumer loans31,01830.529,20528.9
Total loans (c)$101,854100.0%$101,185100.0%

(a)Loan balances include $139 million and $127 million, of commercial credit card balances at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively.

(b)Commercial lease financing includes receivables held as collateral for a secured borrowing of $16 million and $19 million at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively. Principal reductions are based on the cash payments received from these related receivables. Additional information pertaining to this secured borrowing is included in Note 20 (“Long-Term Debt”).

(c)Total loans exclude loans of $567 million at December 31, 2021, and $710 million at December 31, 2020, related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business.

At December 31, 2021, total loans outstanding from continuing operations were $101.9 billion, compared to $101.2 billion at the end of 2020. For more information on balance sheet carrying value, see Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Loans” and “Loans Held for Sale.”

Commercial loan portfolio

Commercial loans outstanding were $70.8 billion at December 31, 2021, a decrease of $1.1 billion, or 1.6%, compared to December 31, 2020. The decrease versus the prior year reflects the impact of PPP balances, which

declined $5.1 billion in 2021 as a result of $8.0 billion of PPP loans forgiven. Excluding the impact of PPP loans,

commercial loans increased $4.0 billion, or 5.5%, reflecting core growth in commercial and industrial loans and

commercial real estate loans.

As a result of the current economic environment, our commercial loan portfolio is going through active portfolio surveillance. We are conducting ongoing portfolio reviews on our commercial loans with any risk rating migrations being closely monitored. We have centralized internal reporting on enterprise-wide relief initiatives, as well as following any potential relief initiatives that may come in the future. We have also established a pandemic watchlist and are performing ongoing reviews of commercial clients that are likely to be impacted by COVID-19. Overall, these clients represent a small portion of the overall portfolio and are diversified by type and geography. Figure 10 summarizes our commercial portfolios that are at risk of being impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic as of December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020.

60

Table of contents

Figure 10. Select Commercial Portfolio Focus Areas

Dollars in millionsOutstanding as of December 31, 2021Percentage of total loans as of December 31, 2021Outstanding as of December 31, 2020Percentage of total loans as of December 31, 2020
Consumer behavior (a)$5,3375.2%$5,0835.0%
Education1,5961.61,5411.5
Sports563.6690.7
Restaurants431.4400.4
Retail commercial real estate (b)364.4525.5
Nondurable retail (c)650.6638.6
Travel/Tourism (d)2,3852.32,5232.5
Hotels610.6784.8
Leveraged lending (e)2,1702.11,7001.7
Oil and gas1,8051.81,9922.0
Upstream (reserve based)1,1711.11,2631.2
Midstream374.4468.5
Downstream70.198.1

(a)Consumer behavior includes restaurants, sports, entertainment and leisure, services, education, etc.

(b)Retail commercial real estate is mainly composed of regional malls, strip centers (unanchored) and lifestyle centers.

(c)Nondurable retail includes direct lending to retailers including apparel, hobby shops, nursery garden centers, cosmetics, and gas stations with convenience stores.

(d)Travel/Tourism includes hotels, tours, and air/water/rail leasing.

(e)Leveraged lending exposures have total debt to EBITDA greater than four times or senior debt to EBITDA greater than three times and meet the purpose test (the new debt finances a buyout, acquisition, or capital distribution).

61

Table of contents

Figure 11 provides our commercial loan portfolio by industry classification as of December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020.

Figure 11. Commercial Loans by Industry

December 31, 2021Commercial and industrialCommercial real estateCommercial lease financingTotal commercial loansPercent of total
Dollars in millions
Industry classification:
Agriculture$872$161$84$1,1171.6%
Automotive1,253609181,8802.7
Business products1,732131391,9022.7
Business services3,2022351773,6145.1
Chemicals78625228331.2
Construction materials and contractors2,2483382642,8504.0
Consumer goods3,7605552764,5916.5
Consumer services4,9988894246,3118.9
Equipment1,650971381,8852.7
Finance6,676983807,15410.1
Healthcare3,1381,3022454,6856.6
Metals and mining1,21971551,3451.9
Oil and gas1,75826351,8192.6
Public exposure2,768157203,5034.9
Commercial real estate6,49411,456917,95925.3
Technology64991498071.1
Transportation1,2881345511,9732.8
Utilities5,4914675,9588.4
Other5438918650.9
Total$50,525$16,240$4,071$70,836100.0%
December 31, 2020Commercial and industrialCommercial real estateCommercial lease financingTotal commercial loansPercent of total
Dollars in millions
Industry classification:
Agriculture$1,002$148$97$1,2471.7%
Automotive1,863510192,3923.3
Business products1,523117451,6852.3
Business services4,0982212024,5216.3
Chemicals70030347641.1
Construction materials and contractors2,5712712333,0754.3
Consumer goods3,8324043714,6076.4
Consumer services6,1239005257,54810.5
Equipment1,447841201,6512.3
Finance6,190923966,6789.3
Healthcare4,3481,3963066,0508.4
Metals and mining1,07456291,1591.6
Oil and gas1,92843622,0332.8
Public exposure2,332257093,0664.3
Commercial real estate5,96610,1871116,16422.5
Technology741201919521.2
Transportation1,4341446312,2093.1
Utilities5,23913975,6377.8
Other4962521542.8
Total$52,907$14,674$4,399$71,980100.0%

Commercial and industrial. Commercial and industrial loans are the largest component of our loan portfolio, representing 51% of our total loan portfolio at December 31, 2021, and 52% at December 31, 2020. This portfolio is approximately 81% variable rate and consists of loans primarily to large corporate, middle market, and small business clients.

Commercial and industrial loans totaled $50.5 billion at December 31, 2021, a decrease of $2.4 billion, or 4.5%, compared to December 31, 2020. The decline was broad-based and spread across most industry categories,

and reflects an increase in PPP loans forgiven in 2021. Excluding the the impact of PPP loans, commercial

and industrial loans increased $2.7 billion, or 5.2%, from core portfolio growth during the second half of 2021.

Commercial real estate loans. Our commercial real estate lending business includes both mortgage and construction loans, and is conducted through two primary sources: our 15-state banking franchise, and KeyBank Real Estate Capital, a national line of business that cultivates relationships with owners of commercial real estate located both within and beyond the branch system. Nonowner-occupied properties, generally properties for which at least 50% of the debt service is provided by rental income from nonaffiliated third parties, represented 79% of total commercial real estate loans outstanding at December 31, 2021. Construction loans, which provide a stream of

62

Table of contents

funding for properties not fully leased at origination to support debt service payments over the term of the contract or project, represented 12% of commercial real estate loans at year end.

At December 31, 2021, commercial real estate loans totaled $16.2 billion, comprised of $14.2 billion of mortgage loans and $2.0 billion of construction loans. Compared to December 31, 2020, this portfolio increased $1.6 billion driven by growth in multi-family lending. We continue to focus primarily on owners of completed and stabilized

commercial real estate in accordance with our relationship strategy.

As shown in Figure 12, our commercial real estate loan portfolio includes various property types and geographic locations of the underlying collateral. These loans include commercial mortgage and construction loans in both Consumer Bank and Commercial Bank.

Figure 12. Commercial Real Estate Loans

Geographic Region
Dollars in millionsWestSouthwestCentralMidwestSoutheastNortheastNationalTotalPercent of TotalConstructionCommercialMortgage
December 31, 2021
Nonowner-occupied:
Retail properties$158$15$128$210$47$303$162$1,0236.3%$43$980
Multifamily properties8665291,2021,0061,7751,4032397,02043.21,3375,683
Health facilities12532136621264873861,3548.31131,241
Office buildings2661238137141487471,3178.1411,276
Warehouses802967512192321408185.095723
Manufacturing facilities7215373448152.9152
Hotels/Motels7521430101282591.627232
Residential properties134347.347
Land and development1334252855.43223
Other11221679741973017904.946744
Total nonowner-occupied1,7036301,8231,5592,4543,3151,35112,83579.01,73411,101
Owner-occupied1,0652935921241,3313,40521.02623,143
Total$2,768$630$2,116$2,151$2,578$4,646$1,351$16,240100.0%$1,996$14,244
Nonowner-occupied:
Nonperforming loans$2$$17$25$44N/M$44
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more$1$168N/M$17
Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days5124535N/M1619
December 31, 2020
Nonowner-occupied:
Retail properties$119$15$129$122$72$448$122$1,0276.8%$54$973
Multifamily properties6852288758001,2841,4932295,59438.11,4424,152
Health facilities835385871704873381,3038.7911,212
Office buildings2762531421936281471,63911.2481,591
Warehouses54316640522591616634.674589
Manufacturing facilities4228154034432021.310192
Hotels/Motels761912107913052.118287
Residential properties35356.456
Land and development155252855.43322
Other10822693692452798226.465757
Total nonowner-occupied1,4583541,4611,3041,8973,7821,41011,66680.01,8359,831
Owner-occupied8704275499631,2973,00820.01522,856
Total$2,328$358$1,736$1,803$1,960$5,079$1,410$14,674100.0%$1,987$12,687
Nonperforming loans$1$76$44$44$102N/M$102
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more1$2223N/M$122
Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days3$23715N/M15
West –Alaska, California, Hawaii, Idaho, Montana, Oregon, Washington, and Wyoming
Southwest –Arizona, Nevada, and New Mexico
Central –Arkansas, Colorado, Oklahoma, Texas, and Utah
Midwest –Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Michigan, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North Dakota, Ohio, South Dakota, and Wisconsin
Southeast –Alabama, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maryland, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia, Washington, D.C., and West Virginia
Northeast –Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, and Vermont
National –Accounts in three or more regions

63

Table of contents

Consumer loan portfolio

Consumer loans outstanding at December 31, 2021, totaled $31.0 billion, an increase of $1.8 billion, or 6.2%, from one year ago. Consumer loans continue to reflect strength from the consumer mortgage business and

Laurel Road, partly offset by the exit of the indirect auto loan portfolio, which reduced consumer loans by $4.7 billion.

The residential mortgage portfolio is comprised of loans originated by our Consumer Bank primarily within our 15-state footprint and is the largest segment of our consumer loan portfolio as of December 31, 2021, representing approximately 51% of consumer loans. This is followed by our home equity portfolio comprising approximately 27% of consumer loans outstanding at year end.

We held the first lien position for approximately 71% of the Consumer Bank home equity portfolio at December 31, 2021, and 64% at December 31, 2020. For loans with real estate collateral, we track borrower performance monthly. Regardless of the lien position, credit metrics are refreshed quarterly, including recent FICO scores as well as original and updated loan-to-value ratios. This information is used in establishing the ALLL. Our methodology is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.”

Figure 13. Consumer Loans by State

December 31, 2021Real estate — residential mortgageHome equity loansConsumer direct loansCredit cardsConsumer indirect loansTotal
State
New York$679$2,467$638$345$4$4,133
Ohio2,6311,28448520684,614
Washington2,2641,0762348123,657
Pennsylvania3516343275541,371
California1,781144303102,238
Texas184534344540
Colorado2,602284156303,072
Connecticut837319962621,280
Oregon1,0096701104011,830
Florida5914637813101,038
Other2,8271,6682,556169257,245
Total$15,756$8,467$5,753$972$70$31,018
December 31, 2020
New York$1,164$2,553$593$353$731$5,394
Ohio6981,3754792179573,726
Washington1,8351,30023686203,477
Pennsylvania51614303419856
California286648255525391,780
Texas747241310335
Colorado8283451403061,349
Connecticut91435287251411,519
Oregon720782974141,644
Massachusetts239481035460855
Other2,0241,9362,1801731,9578,270
Total$9,298$9,360$4,714$989$4,844$29,205

64

Table of contents

Loan sales

As shown in Figure 14, during 2021, we sold $19 billion of our loans. Sales of loans classified as held for sale generated net gains of $282 million during 2021.

Figure 14 summarizes our loan sales during 2021 and 2020.

Figure 14. Loans Sold (Including Loans Held for Sale)

Dollars in millionsCommercialCommercialReal EstateCommercialLeaseFinancingResidentialReal EstateConsumer DirectConsumer IndirectTotal
2021
Fourth quarter$296$3,460$93$987$4,836
Third quarter2151,99668901$3,3056,485
Second quarter1,0851,907751,1924,259
First quarter1241,9301561,1293,339
Total$1,720$9,293$392$4,209$3,305$18,919
2020
Fourth quarter$197$2,412$135$1,256$4,000
Third quarter1631,999671,235$2083,672
Second quarter822,661479253,715
First quarter552,022815462,704
Total$497$9,094$330$3,962$208$14,091

Figure 15 shows loans that are either administered or serviced by us but not recorded on the balance sheet; this includes loans that were sold.

Figure 15. Loans Administered or Serviced

December 31,Dollars in millions20212020201920182017
Commercial real estate loans$444,131$371,016$347,186$291,158$238,718
Residential mortgage10,3128,3116,1465,2094,582
Education loans415516625766932
Commercial lease financing1,2361,3591,047916862
Commercial loans750684591549488
Consumer direct6991,7112,243
Consumer indirect2,714
Total$460,257$383,597$357,838$298,598$245,582

In the event of default by a borrower, we are subject to recourse with respect to approximately $6.4 billion of the $460 billion of loans administered or serviced at December 31, 2021. Additional information about this recourse arrangement is included in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Recourse agreement with FNMA.”

We derive income from several sources when retaining the right to administer or service loans that are sold. We earn noninterest income (recorded as “Consumer mortgage income” and “Commercial mortgage servicing fees”) from fees for servicing or administering loans. This fee income is reduced by the amortization of related servicing assets. In addition, we earn interest income from investing funds generated by escrow deposits collected in connection with the servicing loans. Additional information about our mortgage servicing assets is included in Note 9 (“Mortgage Servicing Assets”).

65

Table of contents

Maturities and sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates

Figure 16 shows the remaining maturities of our loan portfolio and the sensitivity of certain loans to changes in interest rates as of December 31, 2021.

Figure 16. Remaining Maturities and Sensitivity of Certain Loans to Changes in Interest Rates(a)

December 31, 2021
Dollars in millionsWithin One YearOne - Five YearsFive - Fifteen YearsOver Fifteen YearsTotal
Commercial
Commercial and industrial$10,810$32,316$7,106$293$50,525
Commercial Mortgage3,7956,8693,27430614,244
Real estate — construction975773561921,996
Commercial lease financing2452,4331,365284,071
Total commercial loans15,82542,39111,80181970,836
Consumer
Real estate - residential mortgage254185914,83115,756
Home equity loans162722,8475,3328,467
Consumer direct loans5361,1202,4831,6145,753
Credit Cards972972
Consumer indirect loans1591070
Total consumer loans1,5501,4926,19921,77731,018
Total loans$17,375$43,883$18,000$22,596$101,854
Loans with floating or adjustable interest rates (b)$37,663$6,848$10,239$54,750
Loans with predetermined interest rates (c)6,22111,15112,35729,729
Total$43,884$17,999$22,596$84,479

(a)Accrued interest of $198 million at December 31, 2021, is presented in "Accrued income and other assets" on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and is excluded from the amortized cost basis disclosed in this table.

(b)Floating and adjustable rates vary in relation to other interest rates (such as the base lending rate) or a variable index that may change during the term of the loan.

(c)Predetermined interest rates either are fixed or may change during the term of the loan according to a specific formula or schedule.

Securities

Our securities portfolio totaled $52.9 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $35.2 billion at December 31, 2020. Available-for-sale securities were $45.4 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $27.6 billion at December 31, 2020. Held-to-maturity securities were $7.5 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $7.6 billion at December 31, 2020.

As shown in Figure 17, all of our mortgage-backed securities, which include both securities available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities, are issued by government-sponsored enterprises or GNMA, and are traded in liquid secondary markets. These securities are recorded on the balance sheet at fair value for the available-for-sale portfolio and at cost for the held-to-maturity portfolio. For more information about these securities, see Note 6 (“Fair Value Measurements”) under the heading “Qualitative Disclosures of Valuation Techniques,” and Note 7 (“Securities”).

Figure 17. Mortgage-Backed Securities by Issuer

December 31,Dollars in millions20212020
FHLMC$10,585$8,782
FNMA17,87613,213
GNMA12,46912,109
Total (a)$40,930$34,104

(a)Includes securities held in the available-for-sale and held-to-maturity portfolios.

66

Table of contents

Securities available for sale

The majority of our securities available-for-sale portfolio consists of Federal Agency CMOs and mortgage-backed securities. CMOs are debt securities secured by a pool of mortgages or mortgage-backed securities. These mortgage securities generate interest income, serve as collateral to support certain pledging agreements, and provide liquidity value under regulatory requirements.

We periodically evaluate our securities available-for-sale portfolio in light of established A/LM objectives, changing market conditions that could affect the profitability of the portfolio, the regulatory environment, and the level of interest rate risk to which we are exposed. These evaluations may cause us to take steps to adjust our overall balance sheet positioning.

In addition, the size and composition of our securities available-for-sale portfolio could vary with our needs for liquidity and the extent to which we are required (or elect) to hold these assets as collateral to secure public funds and trust deposits. Although we generally use debt securities for this purpose, other assets, such as securities purchased under resale agreements or letters of credit, are used occasionally when they provide a lower cost of collateral or more favorable risk profiles.

Our investing activities continue to complement other balance sheet developments and provide for our ongoing liquidity management needs. Our actions to not reinvest the monthly security cash flows at various times served to provide the liquidity necessary to address our funding requirements. These funding requirements included ongoing loan growth and occasional debt maturities. At other times, we may make additional investments that go beyond the replacement of maturities or mortgage security cash flows as our liquidity position and/or interest rate risk management strategies may require. Lastly, our focus on investing in high quality liquid assets, including GNMA-related securities, is related to liquidity management strategies to satisfy regulatory requirements.

Figure 18 shows the composition, TE yields, and remaining maturities of our securities available for sale. For more information about these securities, including gross unrealized gains and losses by type of security and securities pledged, see Note 7 (“Securities”).

67

Table of contents

Figure 18. Securities Available for Sale

Dollars in millionsU.S. Treasury, Agencies, and CorporationsAgency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a)Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a),(b)Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a)Other SecuritiesTotalWeighted-Average Yield(b)
December 31, 2021
Remaining maturity:
One year or less$$152$3$230$3853.57%
After one through five years9,4727,7382,2692,52021,9991.34
After five through ten years12,4102,6414,960(c)20,0111.48
After ten years8192091,9412,9691.53
Fair value$9,472$21,119$5,122$9,651(c)$45,364
Amortized cost9,57321,4305,1379,75345,8931.43%
Weighted-average yield (b)0.45%1.58%1.59%2.00%0.62%1.43%
Weighted-average maturity2.6 years6.1 years5.1 years7.7 years7.7 years5.6 years
December 31, 2020
Fair value$1,000$14,273$2,164$10,106$13$27,556
Amortized cost1,00014,0012,0949,707826,8102.09%

(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.

(b)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.

(c)Other Securities amounts total less than $1 million for both after five through ten years and total fair value.

68

Table of contents

Held-to-maturity securities

The majority of our held-to-maturity portfolio consists of Federal Agency CMOs and mortgage-backed securities. The portfolio is also comprised of asset-backed securities that were acquired as the result of balance sheet optimization strategies, including the indirect auto portfolio transaction in the third quarter of 2021. The remaining balance is comprised of foreign bonds. Figure 19 shows the composition, yields, and remaining maturities of these securities.

Figure 19. Held-to-Maturity Securities

Dollars in millionsAgency Residential Collateralized Mortgage Obligations(a)Agency Residential Mortgage-backed Securities(a)Agency Commercial Mortgage-backed Securities(a)Asset-backed securitiesOther SecuritiesTotalWeighted-Average Yield(b)
December 31, 2021
Remaining maturity:
One year or less$52$$17$3$4$762.67%
After one through five years1,5331411,4632,482125,6312.27
After five through ten years611231,1981,8322.64
After ten years
Amortized cost$2,196$164$2,678$2,485$16$7,5392.37%
Fair value2,2291702,7962,454167,665
Weighted-average yield(b)2.10%2.50%2.82%2.10%2.62%2.37%
Weighted-average maturity3.8 years4.3 years4.6 years2.6 years2.0 years3.7 years
December 31, 2020
Amortized cost$3,775$271$3,51519$15$7,5952.46%
Fair value3,8992853,80519158,023

(a)Maturity is based upon expected average lives rather than contractual terms.

(b)Weighted-average yields are calculated based on amortized cost. Such yields have been adjusted to a TE basis using the statutory federal income tax rate in effect that calendar year.

Deposits and other sources of funds

Figure 20. Breakdown of Deposits at December 31, 2021

Deposits are our primary source of funding. At December 31, 2021, our deposits totaled $152.6 billion, an increase of $17.3 billion, compared to December 31, 2020. The increase in deposits compared to the prior year was driven by growth from consumer and commercial relationships, including higher commercial escrow deposits, as well as growth from the retention of consumer stimulus payments and lower consumer spending.

Wholesale funds, consisting of short-term borrowings and long-term debt, totaled $12.8 billion at December 31, 2021, compared to $14.7 billion at December 31, 2020. Strong deposit growth and elevated levels of liquidity resulted in less reliance on wholesale funds in 2021.

69

Table of contents

Uninsured deposits totaled $77.6 billion and $63.9 billion at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. Uninsured amounts are estimated based on the portion of account balances, including allocated interest payable amounts, in excess of FDIC insurance limits.

Figure 21 shows the maturity distribution of uninsured time deposits.

Figure 21. Maturity Distribution of Uninsured Time Deposit Amounts

December 31, 2021Total
Dollars in millions
Remaining maturity:
Three months or less$96
After three through six months52
After six through twelve months66
After twelve months35
Total$249

Capital

The objective of management of capital is to maintain capital levels consistent with our risk appetite and sufficient in size to operate within a wide range of operating environments. We have identified three primary uses of capital:

1.Investing in our businesses, supporting our clients, and loan growth;

2.    Maintaining or increasing our Common Share dividend; and

3.    Returning capital in the form of Common Share repurchases to our shareholders.

The following sections discuss certain ways we have deployed our capital. For further information, see the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity and Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).

(a)Common Share repurchases were suspended during the second quarter of 2020 in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and resumed in the first quarter of 2021.

Dividends

Consistent with our capital plans, the Board declared a quarterly dividend of $.185 per Common Share for the first three quarters of 2021 and $.195 for the fourth quarter of 2021. These quarterly dividend payments brought our annual dividend to $.75 per Common Share for 2021.

Common Shares outstanding

Our Common Shares are traded on the NYSE under the symbol KEY with 30,734 holders of record at December 31, 2021. Our book value per Common Share was $16.76 based on 928.9 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2021, compared to $16.53 based on 975.8 million shares outstanding at December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2021, our tangible book value per Common Share was $13.72, compared to $13.61 at December 31, 2020.

Figure 22 shows activities that caused the change in our outstanding Common Shares over the past two years.

70

Table of contents

Figure 22. Changes in Common Shares Outstanding

2021 Quarters
In thousands2021FourthThirdSecondFirst2020
Shares outstanding at beginning of period975,773930,544960,276972,587975,773977,189
Open market repurchases, repurchases under an ASR program, and return of shares under employee compensation plans(54,986)(2,482)(29,923)(13,304)(9,277)(8,974)
Shares issued under employee compensation plans (net of cancellations)8,0637881919936,0917,558
Shares outstanding at end of period928,850928,850930,544960,276972,587975,773

During 2021, Common Shares outstanding decreased by 46.9 million shares, primarily driven by the execution of an ASR program, but also due to Common Share repurchases under our 2020 and 2021 capital plans. For additional information on the ASR program including total repurchases under the program, see Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).

At December 31, 2021, we had 327.9 million treasury shares, compared to 280.9 million treasury shares at December 31, 2020. Going forward, we expect to reissue treasury shares as needed in connection with stock-based compensation awards and for other corporate purposes.

Capital adequacy

Capital adequacy is an important indicator of financial stability and performance. All of our capital ratios remained in excess of regulatory requirements at December 31, 2021. Our capital and liquidity levels are intended to position us to weather an adverse operating environment while continuing to serve our clients’ needs, as well as to meet the Regulatory Capital Rules described in the “Supervision and regulation” section of Item 1 of this report. Our shareholders’ equity to assets ratio was 9.36% at December 31, 2021, compared to 10.56% at December 31, 2020. Our tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio was 6.95% at December 31, 2021, compared to 7.93% at December 31, 2020. The new minimum capital and leverage ratios under the Regulatory Capital Rules together with the estimated ratios of KeyCorp at December 31, 2021, calculated on a fully phased-in basis, are set forth under the heading “Basel III” in the “Supervision and Regulation” section in Item 1 of this report.

71

Table of contents

Figure 23 represents the details of our regulatory capital positions at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, under the Regulatory Capital Rules. Information regarding the regulatory capital ratios of KeyCorp’s banking subsidiaries is presented in Note 24 (“Shareholders' Equity”).

Figure 23. Capital Components and Risk-Weighted Assets

December 31, Dollars in millions20212020
COMMON EQUITY TIER 1
Key shareholders’ equity (GAAP)$17,423$17,981
Less:Preferred Stock (a)1,8561,856
Add:CECL phase-in (b)237375
Common Equity Tier 1 capital before adjustments and deductions15,80416,500
Less:Goodwill, net of deferred taxes2,5712,560
Intangible assets, net of deferred taxes125151
Deferred tax assets11
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of deferred taxes(300)583
Accumulated gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, net of deferred taxes(14)460
Amounts in AOCI attributed to pension and postretirement benefit costs, net of deferred taxes(272)(306)
Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital13,69313,051
TIER 1 CAPITAL
Common Equity Tier 113,69313,051
Additional Tier 1 capital instruments and related surplus1,8561,856
Less:Deductions
Total Tier 1 capital15,54914,907
TIER 2 CAPITAL
Tier 2 capital instruments and related surplus1,5401,657
Allowance for losses on loans and liability for losses on lending-related commitments (c)9411,412
Less:Deductions
Total Tier 2 capital2,4813,069
Total risk-based capital$18,030$17,976
RISK-WEIGHTED ASSETS
Risk-weighted assets on balance sheet$109,041$103,604
Risk-weighted off-balance sheet exposure33,85329,240
Market risk-equivalent assets1,5001,354
Gross risk-weighted assets144,394134,198
Less:Excess allowance for loan and lease losses
Net risk-weighted assets$144,394$134,198
AVERAGE QUARTERLY TOTAL ASSETS$183,604$166,771
CAPITAL RATIOS
Tier 1 risk-based capital10.77%11.11%
Total risk-based capital12.4913.40
Leverage (d)8.478.94
Common Equity Tier 19.489.73

(a)Net of capital surplus.

(b)Amount reflects our decision to adopt the CECL transitional provision.

(c)The ALLL included in Tier 2 capital is limited by regulation to 1.25% of the institution’s standardized total risk-weighted assets (excluding its standardized market risk-weighted assets). The ALLL includes $28 million and $36 million of allowance classified as “discontinued assets” on the balance sheet at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively.

(d)This ratio is Tier 1 capital divided by average quarterly total assets as defined by the Federal Reserve less: (i) goodwill, (ii) the disallowed intangible and deferred tax assets, and (iii) other deductions from assets for leverage capital purposes.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Off-balance sheet arrangements

We are party to various types of off-balance sheet arrangements, which could lead to contingent liabilities or risks of loss that are not reflected on the balance sheet.

Variable interest entities

In accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for consolidations, we consolidate a VIE if we have: (i) a variable interest in the entity; (ii) the power to direct activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance; and (iii) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or the right to receive benefits from the entity that could potentially be significant to the VIE (i.e., we are considered to be the primary beneficiary). Additional information regarding the nature of VIEs and our involvement with them is included in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation” and in Note 13 (“Variable Interest Entities”).

72

Table of contents

Commitments to extend credit or funding

Loan commitments provide for financing on predetermined terms as long as the client continues to meet specified criteria. These commitments generally carry variable rates of interest and have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. We typically charge a fee for our loan commitments. Since a commitment may expire without resulting in a loan or being fully utilized, the total amount of an outstanding commitment may significantly exceed any related cash outlay. Further information about our loan commitments at December 31, 2021, is presented in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Commitments to Extend Credit or Funding.”

Other off-balance sheet arrangements

Other off-balance sheet arrangements include financial instruments that do not meet the definition of a guarantee in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance, and other relationships, such as liquidity support provided to asset-backed commercial paper conduits, indemnification agreements and intercompany guarantees. Information about such arrangements is provided in Note 22 under the heading “Other Off-Balance Sheet Risk.”

Guarantees

We are a guarantor in various agreements with third parties. As guarantor, we may be contingently liable to make payments to the guaranteed party based on changes in a specified interest rate, foreign exchange rate or other variable (including the occurrence or nonoccurrence of a specified event). These variables, known as underlyings, may be related to an asset or liability, or another entity’s failure to perform under a contract. Additional information regarding these types of arrangements is presented in Note 22 (“Commitments, Contingent Liabilities, and Guarantees”) under the heading “Guarantees.”

Risk Management

Overview

Like all financial services companies, we engage in business activities and assume the related risks. The most significant risks we face are credit, compliance, operational, liquidity, market, reputation, strategic, and model risks. Our risk management activities are shown in the following chart, and we manage such risks across the entire enterprise to maintain safety and soundness and maximize profitability. Certain of these risks are defined and discussed in greater detail in the remainder of this section.

Federal banking regulators continue to emphasize with financial institutions the importance of relating capital management strategy to the level of risk at each institution. We believe our internal risk management processes help us achieve and maintain capital levels that are commensurate with our business activities and risks, and

73

Table of contents

conform to regulatory expectations. The table below depicts our risk management hierarchy and associated responsibilities and activities of each group.

74

Table of contents

GroupOverview and ResponsibilitiesActivities
Board of Directors–Oversight capacity–Ensure Key’s risks are managed in a manner that is not only effective and balanced, but also has a fiduciary duty to the shareholders–Understands Key's risk philosophy–Approves the risk appetite–Inquires about risk practices–Reviews the portfolio of risks–Compares the actual risks to the risk appetite–Is apprised of significant risks, both actual and emerging, and determines whether management is responding appropriately–Challenges management and ensures accountability
Board of Directors Audit Committee (a)–Oversight of financial statement integrity, regulatory and legal requirements, independent auditors’ qualifications and independence, and the performance of the internal audit function and independent auditors–Financial reporting, legal matters, and fraud risk–Meets with management and approves significant policies relating to the risk areas overseen by the Audit Committee–Receives reports on enterprise risk–Meets bi-monthly–Convenes to discuss the content of our financial disclosures and quarterly earnings releases
Board of Directors Risk Committee (a)–Assist the Board in oversight of strategies, policies, procedures, and practices relating to the assessment and management of enterprise-wide risk, including credit, market, liquidity, model, operational, compliance, reputation, and strategic risks–Assist the Board in overseeing risks related to capital adequacy, capital planning, and capital actions–Reviews and provides oversight of management’s activities related to the enterprise-wide risk management framework, which includes an annual review of the ERM Policy, including the Risk Appetite Statement, and management and ERM reports–Approves any material changes to the charter of the ERM Committee and significant policies relating to risk management, including corporate risk tolerances for major risk categories
ERM Committee–Chaired by the Chief Executive Officer and comprising other senior level executives–Manage risk and ensure that the corporate risk profile is managed in a manner consistent with our risk appetite–Oversees the ERM Program, which encompasses our risk philosophy, policy, framework, and governance structure for the management of risks across the entire company–Approves and manages the risk-adjusted capital framework we use to manage risks
Disclosure Committee–Includes representatives from each of the Three Lines of Defense–Meets quarterly to review recent internal and external events to determine whether all appropriate disclosures have been made in reports filed with the SEC–Convenes quarterly to discuss the content of our 10-Q and 10-K
Tier 2 Risk Governance Committees–Include attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense–The First Line of Defense is the line of business primarily responsible to accept, own, proactively identify, monitor, and manage risk–The Second Line of Defense comprises Risk Management representatives who provide independent, centralized oversight over all risk categories by aggregating, analyzing, and reporting risk information–Risk Review, our internal audit function, provides the Third Line of Defense. Its role is to provide independent assessment and testing of the effectiveness of, appropriateness of, and adherence to KeyCorp’s risk management policies, practices, and controls–Supports the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments
Chief Risk Officer–Ensure that relevant risk information is properly integrated into strategic and business decisions–Ensure appropriate ownership of risks–Provides input into performance and compensation decisions–Assesses aggregate enterprise risk–Monitors capabilities to manage critical risks–Executes appropriate Board and stakeholder reporting

–The Audit and Risk Committees meet jointly, as appropriate, to discuss matters that relate to each committee’s responsibilities. Committee chairpersons routinely meet with management during interim months to plan agendas for upcoming meetings and to discuss emerging trends and events that have transpired since the preceding meeting. All members of the Board receive formal reports designed to keep them abreast of significant developments during the interim months.

Market risk management

Market risk is the risk that movements in market risk factors, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, and volatilities will reduce Key’s income and the value of its portfolios. These factors influence prospective yields, values, or prices associated with the instrument. We are exposed to market risk both in our trading and nontrading activities, which include asset and liability management activities. Information regarding our fair value policies, procedures, and methodologies is provided in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Fair Value Measurements” and Note 6 (“Fair Value Measurements”) in this report.

75

Table of contents

Trading market risk

Key incurs market risk as a result of trading activities that are used in support of client facilitation and hedging activities, principally within our investment banking and capital markets businesses. Key has exposures to a wide range of risk factors including interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates, credit spreads, and commodity prices, as well as the associated implied volatilities and spreads. Our primary market risk exposures are a result of trading and hedging activities in the derivative and fixed income markets, including securitization exposures. At December 31, 2021, we did not have any re-securitization positions. We maintain modest trading inventories to facilitate customer flow, make markets in securities, and hedge certain risks including but not limited to credit risk and interest rate risk. The risks associated with these activities are mitigated in accordance with the Market Risk hedging policy.  The majority of our positions are traded in active markets.

Management of trading market risks. Market risk management is an integral part of Key’s risk culture. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of trading market risks. The ERM Committee and the Market Risk Committee regularly review and discuss market risk reports prepared by our MRM that contain our market risk exposures and results of monitoring activities. Market risk policies and procedures have been defined and approved by the Market Risk Committee, a Tier 2 Risk Governance Committee, and take into account our tolerance for risk and consideration for the business environment.

The MRM, as the second line of defense, is an independent risk management function that partners with the lines of business to identify, measure, and monitor market risks throughout our company. The MRM is responsible for ensuring transparency of significant market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits, and escalating limit exceptions to appropriate senior management. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. Market risk is monitored through various measures, such as VaR, and through routine stress testing, sensitivity, and scenario analyses. The MRM conducts stress tests for each position using historical worst case and standard shock scenarios. VaR, stressed VaR, and other analyses are prepared daily and distributed to appropriate management.

Covered positions. We monitor the market risk of our covered positions as defined in the Market Risk Rule, which includes all of our trading positions as well as all foreign exchange and commodity positions, regardless of whether the position is in a trading account. Key’s covered positions may also include mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities that may be identified as securitization positions or re-securitization positions under the Market Risk Rule. The MRM as well as the LOB that trades securitization positions monitor the positions, the portfolio composition and the risks identified in this section on a daily basis consistent with the Market Risk policies and procedures. At December 31, 2021, covered positions did not include any re-securitization positions. Instruments that are used to hedge nontrading activities, such as bank-issued debt and loan portfolios, equity positions that are not actively traded, and securities financing activities, do not meet the definition of a covered position. The MRM is responsible for identifying our portfolios as either covered or non-covered. The Covered Position Working Group develops the final list of covered positions, and a summary is provided to the Market Risk Committee.

Our significant portfolios of covered positions are detailed below. We analyze market risk by portfolios of covered positions and do not separately measure and monitor our portfolios by risk type. The descriptions below incorporate the respective risk types associated with each of these portfolios.

•Fixed income includes those instruments associated with our capital markets business and the trading of securities as a dealer. These instruments may include positions in municipal bonds, bonds backed by the U.S. government, agency and corporate bonds, certain mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, securities issued by the U.S. Treasury, money markets, and certain CMOs. The activities and instruments within the fixed income portfolio create exposures to interest rate and credit spread risks.

•Interest rate derivatives include interest rate swaps, caps, and floors, which are transacted primarily to accommodate the needs of commercial loan clients. In addition, we enter into interest rate derivatives to offset or mitigate the interest rate risk related to the client positions. The activities within this portfolio create exposures to interest rate risk.

VaR and stressed VaR. VaR is the estimate of the maximum amount of loss on an instrument or portfolio due to adverse market conditions during a given time interval within a stated confidence level. Stressed VaR is used to assess extreme conditions on market risk within our trading portfolios. The MRM calculates VaR and stressed VaR on a daily basis, and the results are distributed to appropriate management. VaR and stressed VaR results are also provided to our regulators and utilized in regulatory capital calculations.

76

Table of contents

We use a historical simulation VaR model to measure the potential adverse effect of changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, and credit spreads on the fair value of our covered positions and other non-covered positions. Historical scenarios are customized for specific positions, and numerous risk factors are incorporated in the calculation. Additional consideration is given to the risk factors to estimate the exposures that contain optionality features, such as options and cancellable provisions. VaR is calculated using daily observations over a one-year time horizon, and approximates a 95% confidence level. Statistically, this means that we would expect to incur losses greater than VaR, on average, five out of 100 trading days, or three to four times each quarter. We also calculate VaR and stressed VaR at a 99% confidence level.

The VaR model is an effective tool in estimating ranges of possible gains and losses on our positions. However, there are limitations inherent in the VaR model since it uses historical results over a given time interval to estimate future performance. Historical results may not be indicative of future results, and changes in the market or composition of our portfolios could have a significant impact on the accuracy of the VaR model. We regularly review and enhance the modeling techniques, inputs, and assumptions used. Our market risk policy includes the independent validation of our VaR model by Key’s internal model validation group on an annual basis. The Model Risk Committee oversees the Model Validation Program, and results of validations are discussed with the ERM Committee.

Actual losses for the total covered positions did not exceed aggregate daily VaR on any day during the quarters ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020. The MRM back tests our VaR model on a daily basis to evaluate its predictive power. The test compares VaR model results at the 99% confidence level to daily held profit and loss. Results of back testing are provided to the Market Risk Committee. Back testing exceptions occur when trading losses exceed VaR. We do not engage in correlation trading or utilize the internal model approach for measuring default and credit migration risk. Our net VaR approach incorporates diversification, but our VaR calculation does not include the impact of counterparty risk and our own credit spreads on derivatives.

The aggregate VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for all covered positions was $1.0 million at December 31, 2021, and $2.8 million at December 31, 2020. Figure 24 summarizes our VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020.

Figure 24. VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions

20212020
Three months ended December 31,Three months ended December 31,
Dollars in millionsHighLowMeanDecember 31,HighLowMeanDecember 31,
Trading account assets:
Fixed income$1.5$.8$1.2$.9$2.9$1.4$2.1$2.1
Derivatives:
Interest rate$.2$.1$.1$.1$1.0$.2$.5$.5

Stressed VaR is calculated by running the portfolios through a predetermined stress period which is approved by the Market Risk Committee and is calculated at the 99% confidence level using the same model and assumptions used for general VaR. The aggregate stressed VaR for all covered positions was $4.3 million at December 31, 2021, and $2.8 million at December 31, 2020. Figure 25 summarizes our stressed VaR at the 99% confidence level with a one day holding period for significant portfolios of covered positions for the three months ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020.

Figure 25. Stressed VaR for Significant Portfolios of Covered Positions

20212020
Three months ended December 31,Three months ended December 31,
Dollars in millionsHighLowMeanDecember 31,HighLowMeanDecember 31,
Trading account assets:
Fixed income$6.5$3.4$5.4$3.6$2.9$1.4$2.1$2.1
Derivatives:
Interest rate$.6$.3$.3$.5$.9$.2$.5$.5

77

Table of contents

Internal capital adequacy assessment.  Market risk is a component of our internal capital adequacy assessment. Our risk-weighted assets include a market risk-equivalent asset amount, which consists of a VaR component, stressed VaR component, a de minimis exposure amount, and a specific risk add-on including the securitization positions. The aggregate market value of the securitization positions as defined by the Market Risk Rule was $18 million at December 31, 2021, all of which were mortgage-backed security positions. Specific risk is the price risk of individual financial instruments, which is not accounted for by changes in broad market risk factors and is measured through a standardized approach. Market risk weighted assets, including the specific risk calculations, are run quarterly by the MRM in accordance with the Market Risk Rule, and approved by the Chief Market Risk Officer.

Nontrading market risk

Most of our nontrading market risk is derived from interest rate fluctuations and its impacts on our traditional loan and deposit products, as well as investments, hedging relationships, long-term debt, and certain short-term borrowings. Interest rate risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by the potential for fluctuations in net interest income and the EVE. Such fluctuations may result from changes in interest rates and differences in the repricing and maturity characteristics of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. We manage the exposure to changes in net interest income and the EVE in accordance with our risk appetite and in accordance with the Board approved ERM policy.

Interest rate risk positions are influenced by a number of factors, including the balance sheet positioning that arises out of customer preferences for loan and deposit products, economic conditions, the competitive environment within our markets, changes in market interest rates that affect client activity, and our hedging, investing, funding, and capital positions. The primary components of interest rate risk exposure consist of reprice risk, basis risk, yield curve risk, and option risk.

•“Reprice risk” is the exposure to changes in the level of interest rates and occurs when the volume of interest-bearing liabilities and the volume of interest-earning assets they fund (e.g., deposits used to fund loans) do not mature or reprice at the same time.

•“Basis risk” is the exposure to asymmetrical changes in interest rate indexes and occurs when floating-rate assets and floating-rate liabilities reprice at the same time, but in response to different market factors or indexes.

•“Yield curve risk” is the exposure to non-parallel changes in the slope of the yield curve (where the yield curve depicts the relationship between the yield on a particular type of security and its term to maturity) and occurs when interest-bearing liabilities and the interest-earning assets that they fund do not price or reprice to the same term point on the yield curve.

•“Option risk” is the exposure to a customer or counterparty’s ability to take advantage of the interest rate environment and terminate or reprice one of our assets, liabilities, or off-balance sheet instruments prior to contractual maturity without a penalty. Option risk occurs when exposures to customer and counterparty early withdrawals or prepayments are not mitigated with an offsetting position or appropriate compensation.

The management of nontrading market risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. The Risk Committee of our Board provides oversight of nontrading market risk. The ERM Committee and the ALCO review reports on the interest rate risk exposures described above. In addition, the ALCO reviews reports on stress tests and sensitivity analyses related to interest rate risk. These committees have various responsibilities related to managing nontrading market risk, including recommending, approving, and monitoring strategies that maintain risk positions within approved tolerance ranges. The A/LM policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of interest rate risk and is administered by the ALCO. The MRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight.

LIBOR Transition

As disclosed in Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report, LIBOR in its current form will generally not be available after 2021 for new contracts and the LIBOR Administrator will cease publishing all U.S. LIBOR tenors entirely after June 30, 2023. For most products, the most likely replacement rate is expected to be SOFR, which has been recommended by the ARRC, although uncertainty remains as to whether new benchmarks may evolve and a different credit sensitive benchmark could instead become the market-accepted benchmark. The Federal Reserve and the OCC have encouraged financial institutions not to wait for the end of 2021 to make the transition away from LIBOR. We have established an enterprise wide program to identify and address all LIBOR transition issues. We

78

Table of contents

are collaborating closely with regulators and industry groups on the transition and closely monitoring developments in industry practices related to LIBOR alternatives. The goals of our LIBOR transition program are to:

•Identify and analyze LIBOR-based exposure and develop and execute transition strategies;

•Review and update near-term strategies and actions for our LIBOR-based business in response to evolving regulatory and market conditions;

•Assess financial impact and risk while planning and executing mitigation actions;

•Understand and strategically address the market approach to LIBOR leading up to December 31, 2021, and then post December 31, 2021 relative to transition to alternative reference rates;

•Determine and execute system and process work to be operationally ready for additional credit sensitive benchmarks; and

•Remediate remaining LIBOR contracts.

As part of the LIBOR transition program, we completed an initial risk assessment to help us identify the impact and risks associated with various products, systems, processes, and models. This risk assessment has assisted us in making necessary updates to our infrastructure and operational systems and processes to implement a replacement rate, and we are operationally ready for various SOFR-based benchmarks, including but not limited to, Daily Simple SOFR in Arrears, SOFR Compounded in Arrears, SOFR Averages in Advance, and Term SOFR. We are actively quoting alternative indexes other than LIBOR, such as SOFR and Term SOFR, and have begun to originate new loans in those indexes. We have also begun to originate a small number of new loans using credit sensitive rates in a limited and managed fashion.

We have compiled an inventory of existing legal contracts that are impacted by the LIBOR transition. We have assessed the LIBOR fallback language in those contracts and are devising a strategy to address the LIBOR transition for those contracts. Our progress is well-paced, especially as many of the legacy contracts will be provided additional time to remediate due to announcements by the ICE Benchmark Administration, the FCA-regulated and authorized administrator of LIBOR, that certain LIBOR tenors may continue until June 2023 for legacy contract purposes. In addition, we completed our work to address contracts with LIBOR tenors that had to transition by the end of 2021. We expect to leverage recommendations made by the ARRC and ISDA that are tailored to our specific client segments.

As of December 31, 2021, Key had the following loans, derivative contracts, and other financial instruments with attributes that are either directly or indirectly dependent on LIBOR:

Figure 26. Amounts Directly or Indirectly Dependent upon LIBOR

Dollars in millionsMaturity through June 30, 2023Maturity past June 30, 2023Total Exposures
Outstanding balance of loans$12,830$29,896$42,726
Notional value of derivative contracts28,92773,701102,628
Investment securities691691
Debt and equity instruments4001,2761,676

Net interest income simulation analysis. The primary tool we use to measure our interest rate risk is simulation analysis. For purposes of this analysis, we estimate our net interest income based on the current and projected composition of our on- and off-balance sheet positions, accounting for recent and anticipated trends in customer activity. The analysis also incorporates assumptions for the current and projected interest rate environments and balance sheet growth projections based on a most likely macroeconomic view. The modeling incorporates investment portfolio and swap portfolio balances consistent with management's desired interest rate risk positioning. The simulation model estimates the amount of net interest income at risk by simulating the change in net interest income that would occur if rates were to gradually increase or decrease over the next 12 months (subject to a floor on market interest rates at zero).

Figure 27 presents the results of the simulation analysis at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2021, our simulated impact to changes in interest rates was modest. Exposure to declining rates

remains nominal given the low level of market rates in comparison to the floor utilized in the scenario. Exposure to

rising rates has was relatively stable, while exposure to declining rates increased due to higher market rates, leaving room for term rates to fall. Tolerance levels for risk management require the development of remediation plans to maintain residual risk within tolerance if simulation modeling demonstrates that a gradual, parallel 200 basis point increase or 200 basis point decrease in interest rates over the next 12 months would adversely affect

79

Table of contents

net interest income over the same period by more than 5.5%. Current modeled exposure is within Board approved tolerances.

Figure 27. Simulated Change in Net Interest Income

December 31, 2021December 31, 2020
Basis point change assumption (short-term rates)-200+200-200+200
Assumed floor in market rates (in basis points)N/AN/A
Tolerance level-5.50%-5.50%-5.50%-5.50%
Interest rate risk assessment-3.86%5.15%-2.52%4.98%

Simulation analysis produces a sophisticated estimate of interest rate exposure based on assumptions input into the model. We tailor certain assumptions to the specific interest rate environment and yield curve shape being modeled and validate those assumptions on a regular basis. However, actual results may differ from those derived in simulation analysis due to unanticipated changes to the balance sheet composition, customer behavior, product pricing, market interest rates, changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning, investment, funding and hedging activities, and repercussions from unanticipated or unknown events.

We also perform regular stress tests and sensitivity analyses on the model inputs that could materially change the resulting risk assessments. Assessments are performed using different shapes of the yield curve, including steepening or flattening of the yield curve, immediate changes in market interest rates, and changes in the relationship of money market interest rates. Assessments are also performed on changes to the following assumptions: loan and deposit balances, the pricing of deposits without contractual maturities, changes in lending spreads, prepayments on loans and securities, investment, funding and hedging activities, and liquidity and capital management strategies.

The results of additional assessments indicate that net interest income could increase or decrease from the base simulation results presented in Figure 27. Net interest income is highly dependent on the timing, magnitude, frequency, and path of interest rate changes and the associated assumptions for deposit repricing relationships, lending spreads, and the balance behavior of transaction accounts. If fixed rate assets increase by $1 billion, or fixed rate liabilities decrease by $1 billion, then the benefit to rising rates would decrease by approximately 25 basis points. If the interest-bearing liquid deposit beta assumption increases or decreases by 5% (e.g., 40% to 45%), then the benefit to rising rates would decrease or increase by approximately 130 basis points.

Our current interest rate risk position could fluctuate to higher or lower levels of risk depending on the competitive environment and client behavior that may affect the actual volume, mix, maturity, and repricing characteristics of loan and deposit flows. Corporate Treasury discretionary activities related to funding, investing, and hedging may also change as a result of changes in customer business flows or changes in management’s desired interest rate risk positioning. As changes occur to both the configuration of the balance sheet and the outlook for the economy, management proactively evaluates hedging opportunities that may change our interest rate risk profile.

We also conduct simulations that measure the effect of changes in market interest rates in the second and third years of a three-year horizon. These simulations are conducted in a manner similar to those based on a 12-month horizon. To capture longer-term exposures, we calculate exposures to changes of the EVE as discussed in the following section.

Economic value of equity modeling. EVE complements net interest income simulation analysis as it estimates risk exposure beyond 12-, 24-, and 36-month horizons. EVE modeling measures the extent to which the economic values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments may change in response to fluctuations in interest rates. EVE is calculated by subjecting the balance sheet to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates, measuring the resulting change in the values of assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet instruments, and comparing those amounts with the base case of the current interest rate environment. The interest rate shock scenarios are equal to the current Fed Target Rate capped at 200 basis points. In the current low rate environment, the declining shock scenario is reduced with a 100 basis point minimum.  This analysis is highly dependent upon assumptions applied to assets and liabilities with non-contractual maturities. Those assumptions are based on historical behaviors, as well as our expectations. We develop remediation plans that would maintain residual risk within tolerance if this analysis indicates that our EVE will decrease by more than 15% in response to an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates. We are operating within these guidelines as of December 31, 2021.

80

Table of contents

Management of interest rate exposure. We use the results of our various interest rate risk analyses to formulate A/LM strategies to achieve the desired risk profile while managing to our objectives for capital adequacy and liquidity risk exposures. Specifically, we manage interest rate risk positions by purchasing securities, issuing term debt with floating or fixed interest rates, and using derivatives. We predominantly use interest rate swaps and options, which modify the interest rate characteristics of certain assets and liabilities.

Figure 28 shows all derivative positions that we hold for A/LM purposes. The swap positions are used to convert the contractual interest rate index of agreed-upon amounts of assets and liabilities (i.e., notional amounts) to another interest rate index. For example, fixed-rate debt is converted to a floating rate through a “receive fixed/pay variable” interest rate swap. The volume, maturity, and mix of portfolio swaps change frequently as we adjust our broader A/LM objectives and the balance sheet positions to be hedged. For more information about how we use interest rate swaps to manage our risk profile, see Note 8 (“Derivatives and Hedging Activities”).

Figure 28. Portfolio Swaps and Options by Interest Rate Risk Management Strategy

December 31, 2021
Weighted-AverageDecember 31, 2020
Dollars in millionsNotional AmountFair ValueMaturity (Years)Receive RatePay RateNotional AmountFair Value
Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional A/LM (a)$23,950$92.41.2%0.1%$21,035$632
Receive fixed/pay variable — conventional debt7,4321373.31.60.17,787415
Receive fixed/pay variable — forward A/LM850(1)2.60.80.1
Pay fixed/receive variable — conventional debt50(7)6.50.13.650(11)
Pay fixed/receive variable — forward securities6,2801358.91.21.12,08021
Total portfolio swaps$38,562$273(c)3.61.30.3$30,952$1,057(c)
Floors — conventional A/LM — purchased (b)$$$5,00017
Floors — conventional A/LM — sold (b)
Total floors$$$5,00017

(a)Portfolio swaps designated as A/LM are used to manage interest rate risk tied to both assets and liabilities.

(b)Conventional A/LM floors do not have a stated receive rate or pay rate and are given a strike price on the option.

(c)Excludes accrued interest of $108 million and $145 million at December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively.

Liquidity risk management

Liquidity risk, which is inherent in the banking industry, is measured by our ability to accommodate liability maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, and fund new business opportunities at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences. Liquidity management involves maintaining sufficient and diverse sources of funding to accommodate planned, as well as unanticipated, changes in assets and liabilities under both normal and adverse conditions.

Governance structure

We manage liquidity for all of our affiliates on an integrated basis. This approach considers the unique funding sources available to each entity, as well as each entity’s capacity to manage through adverse conditions. The approach also recognizes that adverse market conditions or other events that could negatively affect the availability or cost of liquidity will affect the access of all affiliates to sufficient wholesale funding.

The management of consolidated liquidity risk is centralized within Corporate Treasury. Oversight and governance is provided by the Board, the ERM Committee, the ALCO, and the Chief Risk Officer. The Asset Liability Management Policy provides the framework for the oversight and management of liquidity risk and is administered by the ALCO. The Corporate Treasury Oversight group within the MRM, as the second line of defense, provides additional oversight. Our current liquidity risk management practices are in compliance with the Federal Reserve Board’s Enhanced Prudential Standards.

These committees regularly review liquidity and funding summaries, liquidity trends, peer comparisons, variance analyses, liquidity projections, hypothetical funding erosion stress tests, and goal tracking reports. The reviews generate a discussion of positions, trends, and directives on liquidity risk and shape a number of our decisions. When liquidity pressure is elevated, positions are monitored more closely and reporting is more intensive. To ensure that emerging issues are identified, we also communicate with individuals inside and outside of the company on a daily basis.

81

Table of contents

Factors affecting liquidity

Our liquidity could be adversely affected by both direct and indirect events. An example of a direct event would be a downgrade in our public credit ratings by a rating agency. Examples of indirect events (events unrelated to us) that could impair our access to liquidity would be an act of terrorism or war, natural disasters, global pandemics (including COVID-19), political events, or the default or bankruptcy of a major corporation, mutual fund or hedge fund. Similarly, market speculation, or rumors about us or the banking industry in general, may adversely affect the cost and availability of normal funding sources.

Our credit ratings at December 31, 2021, are shown in Figure 29. We believe these credit ratings, under normal conditions in the capital markets, will enable KeyCorp or KeyBank to issue fixed income securities to investors.

Figure 29. Credit Ratings

December 31, 2021Short-Term BorrowingsLong-Term Deposits(a)Senior Long-Term DebtSubordinated Long-Term DebtCapital SecuritiesPreferred Stock
KEYCORP (THE PARENT COMPANY)
Standard & Poor’sA-2N/ABBB+BBBBB+BB+
Moody’sP-2N/ABaa1Baa1Baa2Baa3
FitchF1N/AA-BBB+BB+BB+
DBRSR-1 (low)N/AAA (low)A (low)BBB
KEYBANK
Standard & Poor’sA-2N/AA-BBB+N/AN/A
Moody’sP-2P-1/A1A3Baa1N/AN/A
FitchF1F1/AA-BBB+N/AN/A
DBRSR-1 (middle)A (high)A (high)AN/AN/A

(a)P-1 rating assigned by Moody’s is specific to KeyBank’s short-term bank deposit ratings. F1 assigned by Fitch Ratings, Inc. is specific to KeyBank’s short-term deposit ratings.

Managing liquidity risk

Most of our liquidity risk is derived from our business model, which involves taking in deposits, many of which can be withdrawn at anytime, and lending them out in the form of illiquid loan assets. The assessments of liquidity risk are measured under the assumption of normal operating conditions as well as under a stressed environment. We manage these exposures in accordance with our risk appetite, and within Board-approved policy limits.

We regularly monitor our liquidity position and funding sources and measure our capacity to obtain funds in a variety of hypothetical scenarios in an effort to maintain an appropriate mix of available and affordable funding. In the normal course of business, we perform a monthly hypothetical funding erosion stress test for both KeyCorp and KeyBank. In a “heightened monitoring mode,” we may conduct the hypothetical funding erosion stress tests more frequently, and use assumptions to reflect the changed market environment. Our testing incorporates estimates for loan and deposit lives based on our historical studies. Erosion stress tests analyze potential liquidity scenarios under various funding constraints and time periods. Ultimately, they determine the periodic effects that major direct and indirect events would have on our access to funding markets and our ability to fund our normal operations. To compensate for the effect of these assumed liquidity pressures, we consider alternative sources of liquidity and maturities over different time periods to project how funding needs would be managed.

We maintain a Contingency Funding Plan that outlines the process for addressing a liquidity crisis. The plan provides for an evaluation of funding sources under various market conditions. It also assigns specific roles and responsibilities for managing liquidity through a problem period. As part of the plan, we maintain on-balance sheet liquid reserves referred to as our liquid asset portfolio, which consists of high quality liquid assets. During a problem period, that reserve could be used as a source of funding to provide time to develop and execute a longer-term strategy. The liquid asset portfolio at December 31, 2021, totaled $46.2 billion, consisting of $35.9 billion of unpledged securities, $21 million of securities available for secured funding at the FHLB, and $10.2 billion of net balances of federal funds sold and balances in our Federal Reserve account. The liquid asset portfolio can fluctuate due to excess liquidity, heightened risk, changes in market value, or prefunding of expected outflows, such as debt maturities. Additionally, as of December 31, 2021, our unused borrowing capacity secured by loan collateral was $23.9 billion at the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland and $12.8 billion at the FHLB of Cincinnati. In 2021, Key’s outstanding FHLB of Cincinnati advances decreased by $3.3 million due to a decrease in borrowings.

82

Table of contents

Long-term liquidity strategy

Our long-term liquidity strategy is to be predominantly funded by core deposits. However, we may use wholesale funds to sustain an adequate liquid asset portfolio, meet daily cash demands, and allow management flexibility to execute business initiatives. Key’s client-based relationship strategy provides for a strong core deposit base that, in conjunction with intermediate and long-term wholesale funds managed to a diversified maturity structure and investor base, supports our liquidity risk management strategy. We use the loan-to-deposit ratio as a metric to monitor these strategies. Our target loan-to-deposit ratio is 90-100% (at December 31, 2021, our loan-to-deposit ratio was 68.9%), which we calculate as the sum of total loans, loans held for sale, and nonsecuritized discontinued loans divided by deposits.

Sources of liquidity

Our primary sources of liquidity include customer deposits, wholesale funding, and liquid assets. If the cash flows needed to support operating and investing activities are not satisfied by deposit balances, we rely on wholesale funding or on-balance sheet liquid reserves. Conversely, excess cash generated by operating, investing, and deposit-gathering activities may be used to repay outstanding debt or invest in liquid assets.

Liquidity programs

We have several liquidity programs, which are described in Note 20 (“Long-Term Debt”), that are designed to enable KeyCorp and KeyBank to raise funds in the public and private debt markets. The proceeds from most of these programs can be used for general corporate purposes, including acquisitions. These liquidity programs are reviewed from time to time by the Board and are renewed and replaced as necessary. There are no restrictive financial covenants in any of these programs.

On June 16, 2021, KeyBank issued $800 million Fixed-to-Floating Rate Senior Bank Notes due June 14, 2024, and $400 million Floating Rate Senior Bank Notes due June 14, 2024.

Liquidity for KeyCorp

The primary source of liquidity for KeyCorp is from subsidiary dividends, primarily from KeyBank. KeyCorp has sufficient liquidity when it can service its debt; support customary corporate operations and activities (including acquisitions); support occasional guarantees of subsidiaries’ obligations in transactions with third parties at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner, and without adverse consequences; and fund capital distributions in the form of dividends and share buybacks.

We use a parent cash coverage months metric as the primary measure to assess parent company liquidity. The parent cash coverage months metric measures the number of months into the future where projected obligations can be met with the current quantity of liquidity. We generally issue term debt to supplement dividends from KeyBank to manage our liquidity position at or above our targeted levels. The parent company generally maintains cash and short-term investments in an amount sufficient to meet projected debt maturities over at least the next 24 months. At December 31, 2021, KeyCorp held $2.3 billion in cash, which we projected to be sufficient to meet our projected obligations, including the repayment of our maturing debt obligations for the periods prescribed by our risk tolerance.

Typically, KeyCorp meets its liquidity requirements through regular dividends from KeyBank, supplemented with term debt. Federal banking law limits the amount of capital distributions that a bank can make to its holding company without prior regulatory approval. A national bank’s dividend-paying capacity is affected by several factors, including net profits (as defined by statute) for the two previous calendar years and for the current year, up to the date of dividend declaration. During 2021, KeyBank paid $1.9 billion in cash dividends to KeyCorp. At January 1, 2022, KeyBank had regulatory capacity to pay $844 million in dividends to KeyCorp without prior regulatory approval.

83

Table of contents

Our liquidity position and recent activity

Over the past 12 months, our liquid asset portfolio, which includes overnight and short-term investments, as well as unencumbered, high quality liquid securities held as protection against a range of potential liquidity stress scenarios, has increased as a result of the elevated level of deposits. The liquid asset portfolio continues to exceed the amount that we estimate would be necessary to manage through an adverse liquidity event by providing sufficient time to develop and execute a longer-term solution.

From time to time, KeyCorp or KeyBank may seek to retire, repurchase, or exchange outstanding debt, capital securities, preferred shares, or Common Shares through cash purchase, privately negotiated transactions or other means. Additional information on repurchases of Common Shares by KeyCorp is included in Part II, Item 5. Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities of this report. Such transactions depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity and capital requirements, contractual restrictions, regulatory requirements, and other factors. The amounts involved may be material, individually or collectively.

The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows summarize our sources and uses of cash by type of activity for the years ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020.

Credit risk management

Credit risk is the risk of loss arising from an obligor’s inability or failure to meet contractual payment or performance terms. Like other financial services institutions, we make loans, extend credit, purchase securities, provide financial and payments products, and enter into financial derivative contracts, all of which have related credit risk.

Credit policy, approval, and evaluation

We manage credit risk exposure through a multifaceted program. The Credit Risk Committee approves management credit policies and recommends significant credit policies to the Enterprise Risk Management Committee, the KeyBank Board, and the Risk Committee of the Board for approval. These policies are communicated throughout the organization to foster a consistent approach to granting credit.

Our credit risk management team and certain individuals within our lines of business, to whom credit risk management has delegated limited credit authority, are responsible for credit approval. Individuals with assigned credit authority are authorized to grant exceptions to credit policies. It is not unusual to make exceptions to established policies when mitigating circumstances dictate, however, a corporate level tolerance has been established to keep exceptions at an acceptable level based upon portfolio and economic considerations.

Our credit risk management team uses risk models to evaluate consumer loans. These models, known as scorecards, forecast the probability of serious delinquency and default for an applicant. The scorecards are embedded in the application processing system, which allows for real-time scoring and automated decisions for many of our products. We periodically validate the loan scoring processes.

We maintain an active concentration management program to mitigate concentration risk in our credit portfolios. For individual obligors, we employ a sliding scale of exposure, known as hold limits, which is dictated by the type of loan and strength of the borrower.

84

Table of contents

Allowance for loan and lease losses

We estimate the appropriate level of the ALLL on at least a quarterly basis. The methodology used is described in Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the heading “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.” Briefly, the ALLL estimate uses various models and estimation techniques based on our historical loss experience, current borrower characteristics, current conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts and other relevant factors. On January 1, 2020, we adopted ASC 326, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses, and as such, an expected credit loss methodology, specifically current expected credit losses for the remaining life of our loans and leases, will be used to estimate the appropriate level of the ALLL. For more information, see Note 5 (“Asset Quality”).

As shown in Figure 30, our ALLL from continuing operations decreased by $565 million, or 34.7%, from December 31, 2020. The commercial ALLL decreased by $411 million, or 37.4%, from December 31, 2020, driven by improvements in the economic outlook as pressures from the global COVID-19 pandemic eased and asset quality improved. The consumer ALLL decreased $154 million, or 29.2%, from December 31, 2020, driven by an improved economic outlook partially offset by growth in the portfolio.

Figure 30. Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

20212020
December 31,Dollars in millionsTotalAllowancePercent ofAllowanceto TotalAllowancePercent ofLoan Typeto TotalLoansTotalAllowancePercent ofAllowanceto TotalAllowancePercent ofLoan Typeto TotalLoans
Commercial and industrial$44541.9%49.6%$67841.7%52.3%
Commercial real estate:
Commercial mortgage18217.213.932720.112.5
Construction292.72.0472.92.0
Total commercial real estate loans21119.915.937423.014.5
Commercial lease financing323.04.0472.94.3
Total commercial loans68864.869.51,09967.671.1
Real estate — residential mortgage959.015.51026.39.2
Home equity loans11010.48.317110.59.2
Consumer direct loans1059.95.61285.34.7
Credit cards615.71.0877.91.0
Consumer indirect loans2.2.1392.44.8
Total consumer loans37335.230.552732.428.9
Total loans (a)$1,061100.0%100.0%$1,626100.0%100.0%

(a)Excludes allocations of the ALLL related to the discontinued operations of the education lending business in the amount of $28 million at December 31, 2021, and $36 million at December 31, 2020,

Net loan charge-offs

Figure 31 shows the trend in our net loan charge-offs by loan type, while the composition of loan charge-offs and recoveries by type of loan is presented in Figure 33. Figure 32 shows the ratio of net charge-offs by loan category as a percentage of the respective average loan balance.

85

Table of contents

Over the past 12 months, net loan charge-offs decreased $259 million. In 2022, we expect net loan charge-offs to average loans to be in the range of 20 to 30 basis points.

Figure 31. Net Loan Charge-offs from Continuing Operations

Year ended December 31,
Dollars in millions20212020
Commercial and industrial$91$317
Real estate — commercial mortgage3116
Real estate — construction
Commercial lease financing(a)(1)34
Total commercial loans121367
Real estate — residential mortgage(a)(5)1
Home equity loans44
Consumer direct loans2130
Credit cards1931
Consumer indirect loans2410
Total consumer loans6376
Total net loan charge-offs$184$443
Net loan charge-offs to average loans.18%.43%
Net loan charge-offs from discontinued operations — education lending business$2$

(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.

Figure 32. Net Loan Charge-offs to Average Loans from Continuing Operations

Year ended December 31,
20212020
Commercial and industrial0.18%0.57%
Real estate — commercial mortgage0.240.12
Real estate — construction
Commercial lease financing(a)(0.02)0.76
Total commercial loans0.170.49
Real estate — residential mortgage(a)(0.04)0.01
Home equity loans0.040.04
Consumer direct loans0.410.71
Credit cards2.053.10
Consumer indirect loans0.850.21
Total consumer loans0.210.27
Total net loan charge-offs0.18%0.43%

(a)Credit amounts indicate that recoveries exceeded charge-offs.

86

Table of contents

Figure 33. Summary of Loan and Lease Loss Experience from Continuing Operations

Year ended December 31,Dollars in millions20212020
Average loans outstanding$100,269$102,689
Allowance for loan and lease looses at the end of the prior period$1,626$900
Cumulative effect from change in accounting principle (a)204
Allowance for loan and lease losses at beginning of period1,6261,104
Loans charged off:
Commercial and industrial174351
Real estate — commercial mortgage4019
Real estate — construction
Total commercial real estate loans (c)4019
Commercial lease financing635
Total commercial loans (d)220405
Real estate — residential mortgage(2)2
Home equity loans911
Consumer direct loans2937
Credit cards2739
Consumer indirect loans3928
Total consumer loans102117
Total loans charged off322522
Recoveries:
Commercial and industrial8334
Real estate — commercial mortgage93
Real estate — construction
Total commercial real estate loans (c)93
Commercial lease financing71
Total commercial loans (d)9938
Real estate — residential mortgage31
Home equity loans57
Consumer direct loans87
Credit cards88
Consumer indirect loans1518
Total consumer loans3941
Total recoveries13879
Net loan charge-offs(184)(443)
Provision (credit) for loan and lease losses(381)965
Foreign currency translation adjustment
Allowance for loan and lease losses at end of year$1,061$1,626
Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at the end of the prior period$197$68
Liability for credit losses on contingent guarantees at the end of the prior period7
Cumulative effect from change in accounting principle (a)(b)66
Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at beginning of the year197141
Provision (credit) for losses on lending-related commitments(37)56
Liability for credit losses on lending-related commitments at end of the year (e)$160$197
Total allowance for credit losses at end of the year$1,221$1,823
Net loan charge-offs to average total loans.18%.43%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to period-end loans1.041.61
Allowance for credit losses to period-end loans1.201.80
Allowance for loan and lease losses to nonperforming loans233.7207.1
Allowance for credit losses to nonperforming loans268.9232.2
Discontinued operations — education lending business:
Loans charged off$4$5
Recoveries25
Net loan charge-offs$(2)$

(a)The cumulative effect from change in accounting principle relates to the January 1, 2020, adoption of ASC 2016-13.

(b)Excludes $4 million related to the provision for other financial assets.

(c)See Figure 12 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.

(d)See Figure 11 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.

(e)Included in “accrued expense and other liabilities” on the balance sheet.

87

Table of contents

Nonperforming assets

Figure 34 shows the composition of our nonperforming assets. As shown in Figure 34, nonperforming assets decreased $448 million during 2021. Along with the activity as shown in Figure 35, the decrease was also partly driven by the sale of a single large property from OREO. See Note 1 (“Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”) under the headings “Nonperforming Loans,” “Impaired Loans,” and “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” for a summary of our nonaccrual and charge-off policies.

Figure 34. Summary of Nonperforming Assets and Past Due Loans from Continuing Operations

December 31,
Dollars in millions20212020
Commercial and industrial$191$385
Real estate — commercial mortgage44104
Real estate — construction
Total commercial real estate loans (a)44104
Commercial lease financing48
Total commercial loans (b)239497
Real estate — residential mortgage72110
Home equity loans135154
Consumer direct loans45
Credit cards32
Consumer indirect loans117
Total consumer loans215288
Total nonperforming loans454785
Nonperforming loans held for sale2449
OREO8100
Other nonperforming assets33
Total nonperforming assets$489$937
Accruing loans past due 90 days or more$68$86
Accruing loans past due 30 through 89 days165241
Restructured loans — accruing and nonaccruing (c)220363
Restructured loans included in nonperforming loans (c)99229
Nonperforming assets from discontinued operations — education lending business45
Nonperforming loans to period-end portfolio loans.45%.78%
Nonperforming assets to period-end portfolio loans plus OREO and other nonperforming assets (c).48.92

(a)See Figure 12 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial real estate loan portfolio.

(b)See Figure 11 and the accompanying discussion in the “Loans and loans held for sale” section for more information related to our commercial loan portfolio.

(c)Restructured loans (i.e., TDRs) are those for which Key, for reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the borrower that it would not otherwise consider. See Note 5 (“Asset Quality“) for more information on our TDRs.

Figure 35 shows the types of activity that caused the change in our nonperforming loans during each of the last four quarters and the years ended December 31, 2021, and December 31, 2020.

Figure 35. Summary of Changes in Nonperforming Loans from Continuing Operations

2021 Quarters
Dollars in millions2021FourthThirdSecondFirst2020
Balance at beginning of period$785$554$694$728$785$577
Loans placed on nonaccrual status6141161161861961,199
Charge-offs(326)(51)(66)(74)(135)(521)
Loans sold(78)(38)(17)(10)(13)(24)
Payments(333)(68)(136)(92)(37)(226)
Transfers to OREO(5)(1)(1)(3)(6)
Loans returned to accrual status(203)(58)(36)(44)(65)(214)
Balance at end of period$454$454$554$694$728$785

88

Table of contents

Operational and compliance risk management

Like all businesses, we are subject to operational risk, which is the risk of loss resulting from human error or malfeasance, inadequate or failed internal processes and systems, and external events. These events include, among other things, threats to our cybersecurity, as we are reliant upon information systems and the Internet to conduct our business activities. Operational risk intersects with compliance risk, which is the risk of loss from violations of, or noncompliance with, laws, rules and regulations, prescribed practices, and ethical standards. This includes our compliance with lending programs established by the CARES Act, including the PPP and Main Street Lending Program. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, large financial companies like Key are subject to heightened prudential standards and regulation. This heightened level of regulation has increased our operational risk. While operational and compliance risk are separate risk disciplines in KeyCorp’s ERM framework, losses and/or additional regulatory compliance costs are included in operational loss reporting and could take the form of explicit charges, increased operational costs, harm to our reputation, or foregone opportunities.

We seek to mitigate operational risk through identification and measurement of risk, alignment of business strategies with risk appetite and tolerance, and a system of internal controls and reporting. We continuously strive to strengthen our system of internal controls to improve the oversight of our operational risk and to ensure compliance with laws, rules, and regulations. For example, an operational event database tracks the amounts and sources of operational risk and losses. This tracking mechanism helps to identify weaknesses and to highlight the need to take corrective action. We also rely upon software programs designed to assist in assessing operational risk and monitoring our control processes. This technology has enhanced the reporting of the effectiveness of our controls to senior management and the Board.

The Operational Risk Management Program provides the framework for the structure, governance, roles, and responsibilities, as well as the content, to manage operational risk for Key. The Compliance Risk Management Program serves the same function in managing compliance risk for Key. The Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee support the ERM Committee by identifying early warning events and trends, escalating emerging risks, and discussing forward-looking assessments. Both the Operational Risk Committee and the Compliance Risk Committee include attendees from each of the Three Lines of Defense. Primary responsibility for managing and monitoring internal control mechanisms lies with the managers of our various lines of business. The Operational Risk Committee and Compliance Risk Committee are senior management committees that oversee our level of operational and compliance risk and direct and support our operational and compliance infrastructure and related activities. These committees and the Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management functions are an integral part of our ERM Program. Our Risk Review function regularly assesses the overall effectiveness of our Operational Risk Management and Compliance Risk Management Programs and our system of internal controls. Risk Review reports the results of reviews on internal controls and systems to senior management and the Risk and Audit Committees and independently supports the Risk Committee’s oversight of these controls.